• We have updated our Community Code of Conduct. Please read through the new rules for the forum that are an integral part of Paradox Interactive’s User Agreement.
Introduction Post + Economic Summary: Perm Year 769
  • Sanvone

    Captain
    28 Badges
    Jun 22, 2013
    356
    710
    • Crusader Kings II
    • Crusader Kings II: Sword of Islam
    • Crusader Kings II: Legacy of Rome
    • Crusader Kings II: Sunset Invasion
    • Crusader Kings II: The Republic
    • Crusader Kings II: The Old Gods
    • Crusader Kings II: Sons of Abraham
    • Crusader Kings II: Rajas of India
    • Crusader Kings II: Charlemagne
    • Crusader Kings II: Way of Life
    • Crusader Kings II: Horse Lords
    • Crusader Kings II: Conclave
    • Crusader Kings II: Reapers Due
    • Crusader Kings II: Monks and Mystics
    • Crusader Kings II: Jade Dragon
    • Crusader Kings II: Holy Fury
    • Warlock: Master of the Arcane
    • Age of Wonders III
    • Stellaris
    • Stellaris: Digital Anniversary Edition
    • Stellaris: Leviathans Story Pack
    • Stellaris - Path to Destruction bundle
    • Stellaris: Apocalypse
    • Stellaris: Distant Stars
    • Stellaris: Megacorp
    • Stellaris: Ancient Relics
    • Stellaris: Federations
    • Victoria 2
    XT22RxZ.jpeg

    Siberian Prosperity - an Economic Crusader Kings 2 After Action Report

    Introduction: Be welcomed to my first attempt at gameplay AAR with this experimental playthrough in CK2. I hope to bring you dear reader alongside to experience search for an answer to an interesting question: "how much can you economically develop your lands while being landlocked?" For that I have picked region of Perm/Siberia, that consist of some of the least developed counties on the map, constituting not only a challenge but also one of the biggest scales to measure progress. There will be no raiding distant lands with ships, no generating money out of air with many exploits and not going wide for most of the game. I consider myself a light min/maxer with over 1400 hours in CK2, who bothers as long as it doesn't gets too silly. I'm also not a native speaker so bear with any grammar mistakes. It fascinates me how good landlocked kingdom/empire without merchants republics, pocket pope or Silkroads can become. That said given this is AAR I reserve myself right to not "tryhard" all the time as if this AAR is succesfully kept it will go towards end date (being either 1453 or whatever date will kill me) so I need to conserve my sanity. I'm just curious if our potential can rival western europe/middle east/india. Can we make Siberia into feudal economic powerhouse, even with odds stacked against? I wonder how such country will fare against various Mongol+Turkic invasions. How many extra holdings events will fire and how many prosperity modifiers will we accumulate by end date? Lastly how much some creative methods of funding your country (via corruption) and aiming for some less than acceptable by community religions will work out? Let's find out how can I break the game in process while still being somewhat believable.

    Self Rules:
    - We are ironmaning it! (I hope nothing crashes...),
    - No mods but almost all DLC (lack few portraits and most of Coats of Arms),
    - No raiding with ships (so I have to make do with neighbours in... Siberia and ransoming prisoners),
    - No world conquest (it isn't interesting to develop if you have the wealth of whole world backing you up),
    - No Merchant Republics and it's many sheningans (I'm looking at you "Printing money through farming Patricians exploit"),
    + My usual Game Rules in Spoiler below

    ==== CK2 AAR Game Rules ====

    Ironman Mode: Enabled

    The Reaper's Due Major Epidemics: Dynamic
    The Reaper's Due Minor Epidemics: Default
    The Reaper's Due: Non-Epidemic Diseases

    Monks and Mystics:
    Devil Worshippers: Default
    Secret Religious Cults: Default

    Generate Families: Off
    Gender Equality: Default
    Supernatural Events: Unrestricted
    Absurd Events: Unrestricted
    Interfaith Marriages: Restricted
    Matrilineal Marriages: On
    Invitation to Court: Default
    Diplomatic Range: On
    Regencies: On
    Assasination: Plot Only
    Way of Life AI Seduction: On
    Way of Life Intrigue: On
    Way of Life Dueling: Default
    Release Prisoners after Punishment: On
    Conclave Childhood Focus Alerts: All
    Pregnancy Flavor: On

    Exclave Indepedence: Harsh
    Dynamic De Jure Drift: Default
    De Jure Assimilation Duration: Default
    De Jure Requirements: Default
    Vassal Republics: Restricted
    Vassal Theocracies: Restricted
    Horse Lords: Nomad Stability Unstable
    Culture Conversion: Faster Melting Pots
    Religious Conversion Speed: Default
    Pagan Reformation: Allowed
    Titles Named After Dynasties: On
    Cultural Title Names: On
    Demense Size: Default
    Vassal Limit: Default
    Grant Indepedence: Restricted
    Non-Aggresion Pact Faction Block: On
    Hellenic Revival: On
    Great Works: On
    Historical Great Works: On
    Court Size Limit: On

    Jade Dragon Chinese Invasions: All
    Jade Dragon Chinese Interactions: Within Range
    Jade Dragon Border Dispute Wars: On
    Jade Dragon New Casus Bellis: On
    Raiding: Historical
    Adventurers: Normal
    Shattered Retreat: On
    Army Movement Lock: On
    Siege Assaults: On
    Siege Events: On
    Defensive Pacts: Off
    Provincial Revolts: Normal
    The Old Gods Provincial Revolt Strenght: Very Powerful (x4)
    Defensive Attrition: On
    Blood Splatter: On
    Martial Headgear: On

    Charlemagne Custom Realms: On
    Charlemagne Story Events: On
    The Iron Century Story Events: On
    Mongol Invasion: Historical
    Sunset Invasion: 13th Century
    Turkic Conquerors: Historical
    Crusader States: Default
    Sons of Abraham Shepherd's Crusade: On
    Holy Fury Fourth Crusade: On
    Holy Fury Children Crusade: On
    Holy Fury Northern Crusade: On
    Holy Fury Reconquista: On
    Holy Fury Child of Destiny: On

    - Additionally every +/- 50 years I will report my and world progress in standarised layout for summary. First at the post bottom post (it should provide interesting data for how various decisions affect economy),

    - Part I (769-774),
    - Part II (774-785),
    - Part III (786-793),
    - Part IV (794-800),
    - Economic Report Year 800,
    - Part V (801-808),
    - Part VI (809-816),
    - Part VII (817-824),
    - Part VIII (825-833),
    - Part IX (834-842),
    - Part X (843-850),
    - Economic Report Year 850,
    - Part XI (851-859),
    - Part XII (860-865),
    - Part XIII (865-876),
    - Part XIV (877-884),
    - Part XV (885-892),
    - Part XVI (893-900),
    - Economic Report Year 900,
    - Part XVII (901-908),
    - Part XVIII (909-916).
    - Part XIX (917-925),
    - Part XX (925-933),
    - Part XXI (934-942),
    - Part XXII (943-950),
    - Economic Report Year 950,
    - Part XXIII (951-958),
    - Part XXIV (959-967),
    - Part XXV (968-975),
    - Part XXVI (976-983),
    - Part XXVII (984-992),
    - Part XXVIII (993-1000),
    - Economic Report Year 1000,
    - Part XXIX (1001-1008),
    - Part XXX (1009-1016),
    - Part XXXI (1017-1025),
    - Part XXXII (1026-1033),
    - Part XXXIII (1034-1042),
    - Part XXXIV (1043-1050),
    - Economic Report Year 1050,
    - Part XXXV (1051-1058),
    - Part XXXVI (1059-1067),
    - Part XXXVII (1068-1075).
    - Part XXXVIII (1076-1083),
    - Part XXXIX (1084-1092),
    - Part XL (1093-1100) ,
    - Economic Report Year 1100,
    - Part XLI (1101-1108),
    - Part XLII (1109-1117),
    - Part XLIII (1118-1125),
    - Part XLIV (1126-1133),
    - Part XLV (1134-1142),
    - Part XLVI (1143-1150),
    - Economic Report Year 1150,
    - Part XLVII (1150-1158),
    - Part XLVIII (1159-1166),
    - Part XLIX (1167-1176),
    - Part L (1177-1184),
    - Part LI (1185-1192),
    - Part LII (1193-1200),
    - Economic Report Year 1200,
    - Part LIII (1200-1208),
    - Part LIV (1209-1216),
    - Part LV (1217-1225),
    - Part LVI (1226-1233),
    - Part LVII (1234-1242),
    - Part LVIII (1243-1250),
    - Economic Report Year 1250,
    - Part LIX (1251-1258),
    - Part LX (1259-1267),
    - Part LXI (1268-1275),
    - Part LXII (1276-1283),
    - Part LXIII (1284-1292),
    - Part LXIV (1293-1300),
    - Economic Report Year 1300,
    - Part LXV (1301-1308),
    - Part LXVI (1309-1316),
    - Part LXVII (1317-1325),
    - Part LXVIII (1326-1333),
    - Part LXIX (1334-1342),

    c5ZvpqS.jpeg

    Perm Year - 769 (game start)

    Realm size: 14
    Yearly Income: 7,47
    Treasury: 61
    Number of Cities in Realm: 0
    Number of Cities in Personal Demense: 0
    Number of Prosperity Province Modifiers: 0
    Number of Holding Slots Generated: 0
    Number of Great Works: 0
    Global Construction Speed modifier: 0%
    Global Construction Cost modifier: 0%

    5 Highest Income Realms (Yearly Income)
    1. Abbasid Empire (304,1)
    2. Umayyad Sultanate (301,31)
    3. Bizantine Empire (263,81)
    4. Sultanate of Ifriqiya (232.74)
    5. Pala Kingdom (206,13)

    5 Wealthies Counties Worldwide (Province Wealth)
    1. Constantinopole (209,6) (Byzantine Empire)
    2. Al-Iskandariyya (185,1) (Abbasid Empire)
    3. Tunis (124.3) (Sultanate of Ifriqiya)
    4. Ilam (116,2) (Abbasid Empire)
    5. Mosul (113) (Abbasid Empire)
     
    Last edited:
    • 4Like
    • 3
    Reactions:
    Part I (769-774)
  • JZDt96k.jpeg

    Part I (769-774)


    Initial Setup + Year 769
    ==================================

    After succesful test run and then failed 1st run (died on year 2 due to infection from dueling) I roll another start. Not the best, not the worst with Martial education, Diligent and Cruel but also Content and Arbitrary. Stats while not the best are sufficient - 8/11/7/10/8 (Diplomacy/Martial/Stewardship/Intrigue/Learning). This version of Omurtag senior will do for our initial objectives and will contribute nicely for some long term setups. At this place I will say few things about Perm choice. While not in Siberia itself it has few things going that will make my life less miserable. Being big and more towards west gives at least some diplomatic interactions with range restriction as well as agency regarding early game Nomads potential outcomes. While I'm capable of reverting such misfortunes it will eat up time that could be spent towards economy and thus I would like to avoid it. Komi culture has also bigger imprint on map and makes converting fellow believers easier. Most importantly it has quite big de jure duchy (Perm) with some non-arctic terrain, right amount of holding slots for this challenge and Suomenusko holy site. The last thing will be provide fantastic opportunities at late game for collecting extra prosperity modifiers. While working your way up from count/chief has it's charm, being conquered and losing access to Crown Focus is potentially ruining. Also we have quite a few vassals, which are still managable and consolidating power shouldn't take too long.

    We begin by setting ambition to "See the Realm Prosper", which in exchange for 5 year peace period will reward us with bunch of prosperity across our country. It will become habit to pick it up first because of 25 years cooldown before being available again and I want to be able to pick it asap before each ruler life ends. Then we start focusing our Komi CEO on Business - getting up to +2 Stewardship from trader modifier, greedy and possibly leveling up our Stewardship education are all good for our start. Randomly generating both +100 prestige and gold is also invaluable because each such event equates to over 12 years of our current passive income. For last of our important economic decisions we set capital Perm as Crown Focus.

    We set our child - Omurtag "Junior" as heir, set his education to: Thrift (chance for smart/cynical and patient) and make him cupbearer as the only current option to let him accumulate prestige.
    Looking through our council it isn't good. Inviting stewardship person costs a little, and I decide to keep 11 value noble who is arbitrary hoping for some sweet corruption. Each councillor currently concentrates on what's best:
    Chancellor - Doesn't matter much so he designated just to make some vassal happy,
    Diviner - Build Zeal for that piety gains,
    Steward - Build Legend for prestige,
    Marshal - Organise Raid (I want to try farming event troops),
    Spymaster - sent to Constantinopole to steal secret and get rid of him to inherit his counties Pil'va+Kolva which are part of our starting Duchy,

    Honorary Titles distributed mostly among small 1 county chiefs in Ural mountains and commanders set on auto (not that we have anyone remarkable).
    Started joining "Followers of Otto" warrior lodge, mostly to be passive background crowd member. It is too much risk and I don't aim for bloodline as I plan on forging one later. One that will actually help me with this AAR objective. I still want those benefits though. Welcoming duel goes well and we continue without wound.

    6th of june our biggest vassal from Votyaki dies and we lose our Marshal. His lands are inherited by his few years old son. So at least we are not instantly over the demense limit. Time to invite some commander and start improving our council. We get 14 Martial Diligent character which will help triggering event for more military tech points - not bad. For now he will Organize Raids. Also upon checking Steward doesn't get anything from slothful so new one it is! Three Characters later we land on 20 Stewardship character which will be good enough. Was hoping was ambitious as well for chance for 500 gold in "temporaral" exchange for some tribe. We also start building Earthen Hillfort in Perm.
    On 12th september our Diviner raises zealots (+/- 300 troops). I can use them for raiding with exploit to set them on that stance and I do. We start gathering raiders and 9 days later we expected trade expedition event fires. So lucky! On November we arrive to Fergana and upon measuring Sheikh approval we decide for medium gift for +5 approval at the cost of 15 gold which will put him at -12 (from -17), which greatly increases chances of success. Then we decide to screw our expedition members in decisions by not taking their sides, to not gather more negative approval and just like that we get the trade agreement. We spent less than 50 gold to get 100 gold, 150 prestige and +2 Stewardship modifier on top of +30% income modifier to Perm. Not bad first year. I decide to reward steward with 4 gold to not garner more negative attention from him. We might need to keep paying to keep such modifiers afloat for late game. Depending on how many rulers we go through before game ends.
    Year 770
    ========

    At the start of 770 we decide to proclaim that "Ukko Rulez" as patron deity for that further +2 Stewardship bonus and chance for events (which will further give +1 Stewardship each time). Also more friends won't hurt even though we are not eligible for stats improvment via friendship event. Then we worship ancestors and ask for Wisdom as either Smart/Learning modifier/Genius Woman are highly good rewards. We sacrifice 14 stewardship "fail" noble we previously bought and get 60 piety in return.
    In march I contemplate trying to write book. Without stewarship education and any smart trait I decide against it as chances for quality 3 are miniscule. I only want stewardship books for the long run (especially that sweet book on architecture with 10% building cost reduction which will be worth thousand of coins). Also in the same month garden event triggers. Seems we are on the roll when it comes to event luck. We definetely will do that for that extra modifier. I also decide to spent money from book writing on additional earthen hillfort in Kudymkar. We also decide to spend whole 5.3 gold on getting proud trait after succeding in diligent check (but we already had diligent).
    In April we loot Mansia for 1.13 gold and no prisoners (we still are noobs in Warrior Lodge though). Then we decide to roll on +1 Prestige/month for 26,5 gold as it will easily translate at least into 240 prestige over the next 20 years for our 30 year old ruler. We also get gluttonous, which isn't as bad, as we will be able to get rid of it later if we decide on Theology. It is also our 6th trait and only 2 of them are good so if we are to lose some trait it most likely will be something not to be missed. Then we proceed with Pavilon modifier (+3 to general opinion) for 4g.

    In July we end 1st Earthen Hillfort and continue constructing by selecting Warcamp in Perm (need numbers). We also get hunter quest from Warrior Lodge which isn't the best but I decide to participate. Then I read that it requires Hunting focus so I just abort it. Thought it was the one eventline in which you go with some veteran. I also disband event zealots before I forget and suffer prestige hit. Rest of raiders are on route to Severnaya (next target). By month end I finish garden questline and choose modifiers (+1 Stewardship and +1 Diplomacy) instead of lifestyle trait (+2 Stewardship, +1 Learning) because we still have modifiers to collect!

    Year 771
    ========

    On 2nd january almost at the same time we both loot Severnaya and our Steward raises event warriors (~300). I decide to add those 300 warriors to my raiding party. Once April rolls in we finish Earthen Hillfort (Kudymkar) and we start building Warcamp there as well. Now we have enough limit for retinues but the moment is bad for spawning as there is 500 nomad raiders bullying our vassals next to capital.

    With may comes some minor focus event regarding merchant ideas that gives us whole 2.1 gold... Never seen it before. In June we loot Vychegda for another few gold coins if we count what was behind walls.
    By end of July main army moves onto Syktyvkar, while event troops continue looting Vychegda. We also finish Warcamp in Perm and spent our prestige on Practise Range for more Archers. Keeping their numbers high will be important as it will enable us powerful Feint tactics which makes the most of our Light Infantry armies.

    In October I fish for better (more corrupt!) realm priest. I fail to find one but still upgrade from 9 Learning to 15 Learning so at least piety gain increases (but at the cost of 75 piety). Who would thought that generating corruption would be so hard! I start looking to character finder... I also disband event troops in November as their time limit nears. By the end of year another tribe is looted for pity sum (0.39) but at least I soften neighbours before my ambition timer runs out.

    Year 772
    =======

    As our Riders arrive at Viled in Fabruary, our Marshal finaly spawns event Riders (being the last councillor to do so even though he had not the worse chances). March starts with 1000 Nomad host moving onto one of our vassals land and there is literally nothing I can do about it. Not big issue as sieged tribe isn't ours and hasn't constructed anything. I also realise that 100 extra event riders spawned in previously looted enemy land (as they couldn't be left over Zealots, cause they would revolt month before) so I move them to main force, while 300 raiders from capital are on the move. Kudymkar finishes Warcamp in April but currently we don't have enough to keep building. June is blessed with another looted tribe, so non-event raiders move onto Veliky Ustug while Event troops combine while finishing Viled.

    Weird things happen and in July my event riders disband even though they are currently looting in Viled, that still has wealth ready for plundering. WTF?! Hello Game!? We are bambozzled for 3.4 gold as penalty and finish Practise Range in Perm. Maybe it has something to do with my tinkering of their stance (as they spawned with raid option greyed out but... I could combine them with raiding regular army anyhow even if I didn't)

    In September I participate in arm wrestling, lose and duel my vanquisher resulting in High Chief Omurtag being wounded! I couldn't afford that renown penalty though, need to proceed asap to next level within Warrior Lodge for Reaver passive which will start making our looting actually profitable. Few days later I get honor duel mission (the safe one) but it seems I will have to wait some time to recover due to previous laps of judgment. We loot Veliky Ustug for 1.13 gold in October. Still no prisoners :<. Our wounds heal in October so I decide to pursue Warrior Lodge mission. But I can't because I still have character flag "Recently dueled". I order another Earthen Hillfort with saved money (which drops me to 14 gold) in Udmurts (which is quite risky). Finger crossed. Also able to start building Practise Range in Kudymkar. I choose it over Weaponsmith (+25 Retinue limit) in Perm. We end the year with rumour of spy inside our lands, for extra 20 piety.

    Year 773
    ========

    Our raider host moves towards Mari (which has not only tribe but also temple). I don't care if I ruin my own religion Moral Authority as I'm not going to convert anything anytime soon anyway. My subjects also present me Greek Iconoclast renowned physician with 14 Learning... While interesting I decide to get 50 gold instead. I can do better and I'm currently not in need of health services. With extra gold we start construction of last possible lvl 1 Earthen Hillfort in our personal demense (Tynea tribe). Which leaves us over 20 gold for potential monument event from Steward.
    With April Mari warriors decide to try and relieve their capital. I combine all the warriors into single wing and put it under my own ruler which has Cruel Trait which will be key to winning. Morale damage is precious and I find that many people over the years have dismissed cruel far too easily. From what I read on some reddit posts in recent years CK2 combat system wasn't exactly what people thought up to 2020. Before enemies arrive nomads help us by destroying 300 out of 700 Mari Soldier while the other oblivious 400 are movement locked onto us :). We roll badly on Shieldwall against hostile Mari Volley tactic but still proceed nicely thanks to numbers. I get battlefield event in which I choose becoming Brave and dueling instead of +15 prestige as well as capture Mari Shaman which has over 100 gold in his pockets. We destroy Mari suffering 22 casualties while inflicting over 90. More important we cash in 25 gold for ransoming captured Shaman. With extra gold I decide to spend it on Tribal Festival (50g) for increasing prosperity in capital. I choose +2 Learning at the cost of -1 Stewardship modifier and don't get stressed (20% chance).

    In June I pernamently increase my stewardship through patron deity event. I also move raiders as those 20 losses were enough to not be able to siege Mari anymore, so Kerzhenets it is! I don't give gold to old fortune teller. Once month changes I got notification of my tribal festival being interupted by peasant uprising in my vassal lands. Very unfortunate as it means I throwed 50g down the drain and now I have 4000 enemies to deal with. Also some of vassals refuse call to war, so no wonder our ruler gets stressed!

    With December I combine our troops south of Capital, but only reach 1800 people. Both Udymkar and Kudurts finish their constructions, Pil'va is lost to rebels (it is inside my duchy! Screw you, Chief Kezhapa of Pil'va who wouldn't die in Constantinopole!).

    Year 774
    =========

    We finish our ambition to see realm prosper at start of January. I seriously consider just surrendering, without having commanders or terrain advantage to win against 4k rebels with better troop composition. Letting them siege down any of my tribes, will result only in loses of troops inside. I give Pil'va away (wasn't mine anyway) and just move on with life. 100 prestige hurts, but better cut my losses short, than having to replenish troops after peasant rampage through my personal demense. New count in Pil'va gets his event troops downsized to 1400 people, which completely managable. What's more it partially could help me taking over my duchy. First thing first, I move onto Mari to loot it (this time with 1100+ instead of 740 warriors).

    In february I go bankrupt by funding my Marshal technology venture (30g) for potential military tech points. Which puts me at -20 treasury value. I also remind myself to set new ambition: "Become the King of Perm". This will be the biggest goal of Omurtag's lifetime and probably the most warmongering Komi people will do for quite some time.

    April marks time we can finally commit to honor duel. Which we win putting our ruler almost at promotion level of renown (738/750). We will unlock it way before Mari is sieged down.

    Time passes until June, when our Marshall presents us 50 military techpoints (screaming arrows). I decide to switch spymaster (infamous chief Kezhapa with 6 intrigue) for some 15 intrigue courtier, as I'm still kinda pissed with him living so long and annoying me with his poor managment resulting in rebels (Pil'va rebeled because of peasant unrest modifier...) and lack of technology events. We still can't get Legalism I for title revocations. I can but don't change focus yet (I want one of those +100 gold events from Business). By end of month we rank up in Warrior Lodge getting access special trait, summoning lodge commanders and most importantly increased chances at capturing people while sacking holdings.

    July rolls out with what I was just saying - minting coins event! +100 prestige and gold helps us (we reach around 80 prestige and gold balance). Tynea also finished it's hillfort some time ago, increasing our retinue limit even further. So we can finally start thinking about some expansion and punishing those pesky Komi rebels in our duchy.

    Which is good point to conclude this part of almost 5 years of peace. Suprisingly I got more screwed because of some bizzaire things (event raiders vanishing before 5 months time, while parked on sieged down tribe, with loot to pick up in looting stance) and that peasant unrest from dude, who just wouldn't let himself get castrated by Basileos like normal spymasters do.

    Edit (January 2025): Due to some things I was trying, hosting deleted graphics from this post :(. Did my best to at least create back initial terrain map.
     
    Last edited:
    • 5Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part II (774-785)
  • Part II (774-785)

    Year 774
    ===================

    We start July by changing our focus to War. We also make changes in our council appointing new, better chancellor (19 diplomacy) who will fabricate claim (14,46% yearly chance - it will be cheap though) to speed up realm managment.

    In September we officially join warriors rank in society and loot Mari for over 3 gold. But more importantly we get 6 prisoners! Mari chief currently doesn't have gold, but we got a hold of all of his children and we can force Heritage focus on them after moving them from cells to house arrest. This way we will culture convert them, saving ourselves trouble later with assimilating them into our realm. And I want Mari sooner or later. We also start our Retinue and set our Marshal to organise army for military buildup. Here is good place to discuss it - I decide on Sworn defenders. It is unorthodox approach but hear me out. Even though that retinue isn't meta pick, it plays better into our objectives. First - it costs piety instead of prestige that we spend on construction. Second - it has 50%-50% split of Light Infantry/Archers, which we want. Increasing the number of archers unlocks powerful "Feint Tactic" (+100% LI Offensive, +50% LI Defensive, +150% Archers Offensive) making most of our LI armies but also plays nicely with both Suomenusko Warrior Lodge as well as city armies. The only downside is that it will currently eat into future piety discount for creating kingdom title.
    unT6Mkr.jpg

    Humble beginnings of retinue army

    In October we lose fleeting in society and get the nickname: Blushing. What hurts more is the lose of 50 prestige. Perhaps shouldn't have participated.

    In November we get duel Honor mission against 33 PC Finn (we have 36 PC). We accept. Sadly we lose and got wounded but still get rewarded with 100 renown. Also some nomad raiders (500) show in Ural. We move out our barely started retinue province away just in case.

    At start of December we loot Temple of Lopatino for over 20 gold! Our biggest houl so far We move our raiders towards Kerzhenets.
    ZD492PX.jpg

    Probably most gold we will see from our neighbours

    Year 775
    ==================

    Nothing happens till February in which our vassal's tribe gets looted.
    In March I decide to start construction of Weaponsmith I in Perm for 100 prestige. By months end we also get sweet corruption event meaning our Diviner managed to generate additional 100g! I wonder if there is some hidden cooldown for that event or limit 1 per character but can't find any info on it. I would need to wait till April to assign Marshal to arresting to increase chances of getting that gold. That said perhaps we will inherit it cause this is heirless courtier? After some consideration I decide to test out if that diviner will abuse his office again, keeping them and just counting on inheriting his wealth passively.
    UkyqmOR.jpg

    Beggining of corruption driven economy!

    April is relatively steady. Kerzhenets gets looted for 4g. With this I think we have enough for now, I bring back our warriors. Time to switch our attention towards expanding our realm and thus the need to replenish&consolidate armies. The neighbourhood got sufficiently weaker thanks to raiding.

    First I decide to hold Ukon Juhla Festival for more prestige and piety. While our ruler is partying with his few vassals, Marshal finds new commander (16 martial), which replaces other 14 martial commander. New one is interesting cause he is both Arbitrary and Brave (thus not Craven) which gives him chances of abusing the office. I initially thought he would have good chances cause he is Cynical but no. It doesn't count. Greedy and Deceitful does. Will have to keep that in mind for future reference.

    In June we conclude festival for extra 100 prestige and piety, which means extra retinue unit (we can afford 2 almost 3 but are capped on limit) and 1 construction which I decide to postpone for now. IRC getting claim requires having some prestige so we hold onto it. Day later our Ruler dies due to stress! It seems like I will never learn to avoid being both wounded and stressed (-2 health all together). It really puts a wrench into my plans as I was just about to start doing things and going places. What's more I was planning on using Omurtag military education to further enhance mercenary band I was aiming to create after establishing kingdom. On the positive note - we just finished prosperity ambition and as soon as our new ruler is eligible we can take it again thus avoiding 19 years of cooldown.
    hPkjbSU.jpg

    Omurtag I dies and gets succeeded by Omurtag II

    We switch to playing 10 years old Omurtag "Junior" II. Not the worst but also not the best. We first assign new guardian. After some deliberation we decide on... Chief Kezhapa of Kolva (the same that created issues for us). While not having the highest education trait he has nice combination of traits: Kind, Diligent, Greedy. Those will either positively influence his choices in events or transform our child trait the way we want/need. Later I will have to switch to higher stats/education trait guardian for better final events and result but for now it will suffice.
    xLgaNf8.jpg

    Carefully assigning educator for our character

    We rebuild our Council (always wondered why we could as child but oh well). Switching Spymaster to Chief of Thisageta who is just barely worse that our previous one (14 vs 15 intrigue) but is also vassal and is diligent. We also employ our latest corrupt event commander as new Marshal cause he is better (16 vs 13 Martial) and in hopes of him doing what he marketed himself for :). I also remember to appoint Gregarious Court Tutor for our prisoners, as we no longer can oversee that ourselves. Sadly we lost most of our prestige and piety :/ from religious pagan feast.

    Thus time moves to September. We get event for Curious in which we succeed! It has potential to develop into "Shrewd" and our Guardian isn't cynical so he won't neccesarily choose it over the Shrewd if it will be possible option

    In October while looking through pop-up notification on screen I realise, that our dear Guardian and Regent Chief Kezhapa is plotting to fabricate claim on our High Chiefdom. Joke is on him - I wanted reason to revoke anyway. I will keep asking to stop backers for now. Situation doesn't pose much threat as plot power is only around 28%. If he plotted to kill me it would be different story especially given how we lack any backup ruler currently.
    ZY6ql0a.jpg

    First issue arrives. Let's hope it doesn't get out of hand

    Year 776
    ==================

    In march our Marshall generates fantastic commander! Aggresive Leader and Hunter is such a powerful combination for tribals! Many people consider Aggresive leader to be bad but I differ. Most of tribal warfare is about defeating enemy in skirmish phase of battle. Anything that increases damage or morale damage is thus welcomed. Also it helps light infantry, which don't benefit from technology. Easily our best commander so far, and I will cheerish him.
    Vw5HT6d.jpg

    First commander joins our High Chiefdom. Will aggresively shout at his men to shoot arrows harder ;D

    September marks Weaponsmith in Perm being finished. While it pushes our retinue limit up, it is still around 100 short of being able to start 3rd company of Sworn Defenders.

    In November one of Commanders get's trained gaining +2 Martial and Siege Leader (totalling 12 Martial total). That's useful as it open up option of trying to snipe nomad capitals before relief force shows up. I also think this leader may be one of our vassal and thus extra martial translates into more troops that he can bring. This is one of the reasons for actually having even bad vassals as commanders in order to strenghten the realm.

    December doesn't lack problems as our guardian dies due to syphilism and now his 2 year old son rules Kol'va. Which is really interesting and I definetely don't start plotting how to relieve that child of such burden :). We have to fish for new guardian and the best we find is somewhat less ideal, that what we had. Let's try for those positive outcomes anyway with Diligent/Patient but also... Cruel.

    Year 777
    ==================
    January presents option to start tribal festival but I don't bother. Not too keen on throwing away most of my cash just for chance at some modifiers and prosperity. More importantly we can set education focus further, as we reached age of 12 - and we choose stewardship. Omurtag II is gonna be our first "prosperity" aim ruler so get used to uniformity. Stewardship is the better way than learning, as currently we can improve the first option via focuses but can't improve second via lack of access to hermetic society.

    Nothing happens until June where Perm finally break the treshold for lvl 1 Prosperity. First such notification out of many. It now will need 250 prosperity points and just as I write it I realise that I never understood if this means total points or points toward next level. Well fasten the seatbealts folks - we gonna find anyway. This reminds me also of discussion in other thread about raising prosperity on Arctic terrain being challenge. I disagree - while this isn't quick it is inevitable. As long as we can police steppes, we should not become victim of raiding. So sooner or later every county in Perm will be at maximum "Booming" prosperity level. The real challenge and luck will come down to prosperity events (extra holding slots and modifiers).
    zxeBH3G.jpg

    Thus our prosperity grind begins!

    In July I decide to start building Weaponsmith in Kudymkar for more retinue limit.

    On September we are lucky and transform Affectionate into Kind. While not important for us it is the best outcome.

    In October we finally get event fom stealing technology in Thrake. We generate 50 economic technology points and spend them on Construction I. We still are in need of Cultural technology points to reach Legalism I for some basic realm managment but this is better than nothing. We have some catching up to do not only economic wise but also technology wise. Technology will take a long time to spread throughout region so better to start early. Also Construction is one of more important techs because it will make building cheaper.
    kXUiy2R.jpg

    Technology progress in our capital. Boy are we 100 years behind everyone...

    Year 778
    ==================

    In January we got nasty visitors in Tynea (which we hold) - 1000 Nomad Raiders from Khagan Taridin of Bashkiria. We can't deal with that. So we must suffer that sacking and hope nothing gets destroyed in our tribe. It happens in May and we don't lose single building we had there. Lucky unlucky I guess.

    In September the same nomads sack our vassal tribe of Thisageta (which had no buildings). Annoying but well could be worse.

    In December Basileos catches our Spymaster. Sounds like "him" problem. I appoint previous slightly better courtier spymaster and send her to Thrake as well.

    Year 779
    ==================

    In February we finish Weaponsmith in Kudymkar and increase our limit enough to purchase another regiment of retinues (if we had the piety for it). We decide to allocate 100 prestige into another building in capital. Our Culture unique building - Warrior Gathering Ground seems like best investment, so we commit. I really like going with flat increases to base number of troops first as then it makes those % bonuses better.

    In June one of Mari Chief daughters culture converts via educations. Nice start! It is followed in July by main Heir to chiefdom converts as well!. Seems like Komi culture is the high culture of the region :). Culture conversion is also one of the few things that we can focus more in our "tribal" stage when it comes to Finno-Ugric lands.

    In September another education event fires and converts Fussy into Diligent (+1 all stats, +5 vassal opinion)! This is really good luck, as Diligent will also help with education trait later. We also developed Temperate (+2 Stewardship). With that and only Curious left, we can change guardian for high level education trait and stat purposes. I could risk it with some non-Stewardship guardian for chance of becoming Ambitious, but I prefer to just stick to our realm steward for better chance of lvl 3 or 4 stewardship education.

    Year 780
    ==================

    We finish Warrior Gathering Ground in January. By May last male heir to chiefdom of Mari converts from Mordvin to Komi culture. We also start 3rd company of Sworn Defenders. Our Marshal discoveres another commander - 23 Battlefield Terrain Master (+50% Narrow Flank). Not the greatest but we may have uses for him. If I get some Heavy Infantry troops for being anvil, we can assign this commander for that purpose while most our army is in single column. We replace him for one of commanders who got cancer.

    By June last of Mari children converts. We also ransom the youngest for 46 gold as father has gold. Also I find out that chief of Mari he has the nickname: chaste. Which makes our culture conversiona attempt seem more resistant to siring more children (even without taking into consideration that we have both his wife and concubine). Then I realise mistake I just commited. Their father can convert back his children, so the 6 year daughter most likely won't stay in Komi culture. That said we were cautious and still have rest of his children and most importantly - all males. Good thing I started with youngest non-heir.

    Year 781
    ==================

    sGGw7HI.jpg

    (Our new CEO of Komi'mpany)

    On 1st January of year 781 we finally reach adulthood. We roll nicely on traits (getting both shrewd and cynical!) but poorly on education trait - getting only lvl 2 stewardship "Thrift Clerk". We start by choosing Business Focus in order to develop our Stewardship and education trait more and choose ambition to see realm prosper. If we achieve it by age 21 it will mean we will be eligible to choose it again at the age of 46. One silver lining of that whole situation titled "premature death of Omurtag I". I also decide to join Warrior Lodge, counting on avoiding stacking both stressed + wounded by going early. We also Worship Ancestors early for extra piety and choosing patron deity. Perhaps I shouldn't as I could leave it for +health in case both focus and warrior lodge screws our ruler again with wounded+stressed. But I'm greedy and never learn :D. In quick succession we sacrifice concubine of Mari's Chief for wisdom option (counting on either pet owl or genius woman), choose Ukko as patron deity (+2 Stewardship -1 Intrigue) and win our initiation duel. First level of legalism is unlocked to enact Title Revocation law, as well as Military Organisation I (for retinue limit). Given our 140 gold we decide also on great tribal festival for prosperity. January is not over, as Steward proposes construction of monument, which we will dedicate for prestige gain. During festival I decide on temporal malus to stewardship (-2) to increase my health (+1) for over a year. We are 4/6 on demense and I don't want to get stressed or spend 25g for 4 prestige...

    In March I decide to build Archery range in Udmurts as it seems relatively safe and I want to improve my army.

    In June one festival ends so I decide to hold Ukon Juhla again (for that prestige and piety that we could use given our retinue limit doubled). We can also afford another Sworn Defenders retinue company. We get issued looting mission and the target are some nomad lands adjecent to our borders. County doesn't have any holding so it seems like quick in&out mission. So I decide to muster our raiders again.

    In July 1000 Nomads decide to loot Tynea again (which barely recovered). We finish Ukon Kuhla but don't spend prestige and piety for the moment.

    By October Tynea got sacked again but still doesn't lose building it has. I also realise that the mission is not to sack but to wage war upon nomads. Which is a no-go, not only beacuse of power differences but also because currently we can't declare war that would set Culture Conquest flag easily. Which seems really needed for converting nomad lands into stable long term territory. So we abort warrior lodge mision.

    In November the results of Ancestor Worship arrives in shape of Pet Owl for +1 Learning and Health. Not bad. It will stick for quite a while. It also puts us at required value for Composing a Book.

    We end the year by raiding some nomad land and changing our Marshal from organising the army to training troops for +45% levy size in capital.

    Year 782
    ==================

    In January we become stressed from Business event pulse and decide to move our Raiders (1284) under Siege leader to loot Kerzhenets tribe belonging to Mari. Then our Steward finishes building monuments which nets us 250 Prestige and +10% prestige gain :) but also removes 50% levy penalty in Perm. I decide to spend 200 on 2nd level of Practise Range (+15 Archers base) in Perm.

    February starts with Thisageta Tribe being looted by 1000 Nomad host of Khagan Taridin - our southern nomad neighbour. Nothing of value was lost as there was nothing.

    March marks Practise Range I being finished in Udmurts Tribe.

    By May we loot Kerzhenets by almost 4g. Now we have enough to start writing our book but I decide against it as I want to keep both gold&prestige for events. We also move raiders from Mari lands to Veliky Ustug to despawn Mari defenders.
    FuasR2B.jpg

    Initial step on business lifestyle progression. Now he is eligible for Trade expedition

    In September we luckily roll on Minting Coins event for extra 100 gold and prestige. We also get Greedy but not Deceitful. We then get progress modifier meaning no penalty!

    By October Veliky Ustug is "searched" by our warriors thoroughly and they "find" 2 prisoners. One of which (sister to girl chief of tribe) can be ransomed for 10g. That's what I call good business! With that I can safely start composing book but I want to wait till we get trade route event which can upgrade our education level for better chances at Quality 3 artifact.

    In November we find our Marshal stealing from treasury but sadly we can't call dibs on that. Instead we take favour from him with nothing better to choose from, as we want him to ramp up his corruption. We do reward business sense in Perm! We just need him to be right kind of corrupt.
    wtiMgTj.jpg

    Wrong kind of corruption. We want you to be greedy but not this way

    By december we lose our Chancellor Pivtsay who dies due to Pneumonia. Time to replace him Chief Chipaz of Votyaki (10 diplomacy) and send him to fabricate claim on Pil'va again. Having nothing better to do I do use character finder and find 2 interesting landless characters with bunch of gold (100+ and 200+). I do intend to inherit their wealth, and one of them has almost really great combination of traits to be corrupt (Greedy+Arbitrary) but sadly has kind which prevents him from those events. I'm not sure how much I will bother as with diplomatic range we are pretty limited in options for "oldminting".

    Year 783
    ==================

    In January our female Spymaster generates us event tech points again. I rolls +50 economy techpoints again. With that I can push Castle Infrastructure I to get access to lvl 3/4 Hillforts and start spreading that tech across realm. It will be needed for feudalising later, so unlocking it early is good I guess. We also pivot our raiders from Veliky Ustug to Mari capital.

    By end of April we loot Mari for around 4g and no prisoners. Which is just appetizer. Main dish is temple that we previously looted and we just start besieging again.

    Which we do by June for extra 20g!. Time for Viled tribe in the north. Omurtag Junior is also attracted to this lady, who won previous weaving competition during great tribal festival. I allow this, as it gives us potential chance for spare child in shape of bastard. She also has cool nickname!
    Tfgy6sQ.jpg

    Winner of tribal festival. What a nickname though!

    We become lovers, Practise Range II finishes in Perm and I realise I screwed up. Notification pops up that 200 gold courtier just died... Just not in our court (he had to move and I didn't realise :/). So some other Chief far away in Finland inherited that cash and perhaps starts dreaming about Finnish tribal corporation the way our Omurtags do.

    July starts with construction of Practise Range II in Kudymkar (gotta pump those archers numbers!). We also participate in another fleeting but it turns out not joining isn't much of an option as it costs 50 prestige. So we try on some easy opponent and win some prestige instead. We get issued mission to choose carousing event and decline. I want renown but won't take mission that we will never finish. Gotta hope for better RNG I guess. By end of August we get news that our lover is pregnant.

    Viled gets looted in September for 2g. After cleaning province clean we move towards Syktyvkar. I also decide to spent some gold on 2nd level of Wooden Fort in Perm.
    onfOcKW.jpg

    Manouvering to avoid local defenders to preserve manpower

    Year 784
    ==================

    Our courties are unhappy with our cynism and we lose it. Well it could be worse and we could lose Diligent but I wanted to kept it as it increases chances for some prosperity modifiers later.

    In February our lover delivers child. Turns out, we get boy. He is sickly though. Time to get some Court Physician.

    By April we loot another tribe for 2g and bethrothed of rulling child chief. He has gold but I think we have to wait to get our grubby little hands on it, because currently the game doesn't consider fiancee as "close family" and AI doesn't wants to ransom that character.

    In May I move towards Bolghar Khan capital to try my luck.

    By August we finally start Trade expedition. I was waiting for it. We decide to get regular ships and bring priests with us (-25g, +5g)

    In September while we are away, our troops loot Vetluga but sadly don't get any of Khagan courtiers for sweet ransom.

    In October Woden Hillfort is finished in Perm. We arrive at Sultan Amir court in Armenia and give him gift for 15g for +5 opinion (as he seats at -14). Then routinely we side with foreign ruler against our Steward and Priests and by november we succeed (+100 gold, +150 Prestige, Trader Modifier). But not becoming Fortune Builder (lvl 3 stewardship education trait) :/. We get caught by Bolghars while looting Kremenchuk, but by consolidating all warriors into single column under our best leader we win. Sadly our son also dies due to sickness.
    e6o58Og.jpg

    First battle against Bolgharian nomad raiders

    Year 785
    ==================

    January 2nd = Pracise Range finishes in Kudymkar. I start Warcamp in Udmurts, Warrior Gathering Grounds in Kudymkar and Market Village I in Perm. I thought I won't invest in income buildings but upon closer inspection it also provides some retinue limit. Given how we failed to increase our education, I decide to start writing book now. Why? Because it will take between 3 to 16 year and then it gives 20 years cd. The sooner we start the better chances at being able to write 2 books in single lifetime. Not sure what the 2nd book will be as I think you can't write twice about the same subject.
    GCmXjHE.jpg

    Time to start writing books for our descendants

    Most of the year is uneventful as our raiders rest. By October warrior lodge event for "Lack of Diligence" kicks off. Sadly it is not for us but someone else. So I got excited for nothing as I forgot Omurtag II is diligent.

    One thing I didn't report is, that I started plot to revoke chiefdom of Kol'va. Finally in this month I found 2 backers and I can revoke it. I won't until my ambition is fulfilled cause, if my vassal would protest I would need to go into war which would ruin "Seeing the realm prosper". Lucky it is not long.

    By end of year 2 out of 3 current construction end (Warcamp I in Udmurts and Practise Range II in Kudymkar). Leting time run a little more and we finish our ambition, thus get the nickname: "the Affable".

    P. S. : With that once again we are about to start expanding and once again I will stop for now. Check out next part for more "non-economic" action in Perm. Give me a heads up if such chunky updates are welcomed. You might also notice some editing of screenshots for both better clarity and cutting down on file sizes.
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part III (786-793)
  • Part III (786-793)

    Year 786
    ==================================

    Once again it is time to get busy. We finally are about to expand our realm. We start by picking up: "Become the King of Perm" ambition for unlimited Subjugation CB against target within de jure borders. But before that I plan on using my "once per lifetime" subjugation against target outside - Yugra (our eastern neighbour and part of de jure kingdom of Siberia). While not neccesarily the best gameplay wise, I want to have some lands corresponding in-game to the title of this AAR :>.

    We also can change focus of Omurtag II "The Affable". We could remain on Business for some more minting coins events or garden event chain (for bunch of modifiers including +1 Stewardship and +0.5 Prestige) but I think other options will do us better. I was mainly torn between Scholarship and Rulership. Finally decided on Rulership. As nice and quick as Scholarship is, I really want to eat those stressed+depressed years as younger character and chance of upgrading education trait on top of possibility of becoming Just (+2 Stewardship, +1 Learning) and Ambitious (+2 all stats) is just too good to pass. Also it is pretty much hands off focus - ideal for time in which I will be more focused on military matters. I also have experience of those stewardship events firing at least semi regularly, if characters lacks most of possible positive traits. That said I'm realistically aiming for maybe 1 education trait upgrade and 2 positive traits between 10 to 20 years. During this time I will finish composing the book so Rulership will help. And as we are already Shrewd, we can patch our health with Ancestor worship. After that I will have to move on on deal with negative health and lack of heir. On that topic I decide to take older wife for my ruler - I found Ancestor Worship result Genius Mystic lady in court of 1 of my vassals. I will take 200 prestige hit for those stats!
    27UQyXU.jpg

    One thing I love defensive pagan religions for - ancestor worship. It really generates more Genius characters
    By 13th January we finish Market Village (I) in Perm. As weeding starts, I decide on +25 prestige instead of 10 gold. While gold is needed, if it such small one time amount I prefer prestige. My Diviner gets little to hyped and organises some zealots (483 event troops). I don't think I will have time to use them, but let's wait and see. We also commit to our plot and send demands for Kol'va tribe, which get refused. War it is then!
    2wtMQBr.jpg

    Centralizing control over de jure duchy of Perm

    By 1st March, skilled lady shows up and is eligible for being Chancellor. She has 18 Diplomacy but I decide against it as our most important vassal has that function. On the same day we also get notification that Udmurts prospers (lvl 1)! On March 8th our army combines in Udmurts (2520 men!) and they march towards rebels besieging one of our vassals in Ural mountains.
    VfmPou1.jpg

    Other counties starting their prosperity ladder climb

    We obliterate rebels in May, losing 10 men and killing 210 and then move to liberate Kol'va tribe. By august we finish siege and the war is concluded. Thanks to it, we currently hold 5 out of 6 counties in our capital duchy. Upon quick inspection Kol'va is somewhat build (Earth Hillfort, Market Village and Warrior Gathering Grounds), which saves us some coin. I instantly add Practise Range for construction in Kol'va, as from now on it will be one of our core territories.
    25VCOH4.jpg

    Vassal map mode
    By september our warriors arrive at eastern border and I declare Subjugation war on Yugra. I don't have to wait for allies, as young Chief in Siberia can muster only 600 men to our 1800. Then I'm reminded that I can't declare with levies already raised. What can I say? I'm still rusty after some longer time of not playing. So in the end we WILL wait for our vassals.

    As we move out of Perm with our army, our Steward raises some event troops. What a perfect timing! With this I can save our retinues. Between sessions I did some digging and found some wealthy courtiers to invite. One of them is Slavic Ilmenian with 353 gold that just joined us! Talk about good investment. I make him cupbearer so he doesn't leave us.

    Year 787
    ==================================

    6l05k4y.jpg

    One in a lifetime subjugation for pagan being used outside of de jure kingdom of Perm

    As we arrive in Siberia, weather worsens so much that we have to assault the tribe defences. We lose only around 100 men but we stabilize our supplies. It is important as we still lack Warrior Lodge commanders and traits to be able to ignore supply restrictions of the region. Enemy capital is ours and we move to meet hostile warriors.

    By march we get decision to sacrifice some of our wellbeing and health to focus more on writing the book. We take it to ensure getting Quality 3. By April we beat Yugra warriors and continue taking over local tribes. We also spend some good times with our lover - the Starweaver lady, which results us in getting Brave trait. While not something we need it doesn't hurt. While we are on Rulership hustle we can retrain diligent and rest of our traits are not something to cry if we lose them.
    SHksGCz.jpg

    Regular slight health hit in exchange for better book

    Slightly more concerning is fever that Omurtag started suffering. We decide to test our Court Physician. As it is minor symptom we decide for safe treatment. He thinks it is pneumonia :OOOOoooo. And then provides us with Excellent Treatment. Not cool game. Not cool. I decide to storm Yamalia wars - if we are about to die I would rather we finish that war at least. We instantly move towards Khantia to capture it and win the war as we are currently at 96%.

    Sickness turns out to be Pneumonia and our Court Physician provides us ill-treatment while we decided on safe options. We are currently at -6 health :x. Time to take as many concubines as we can (and hope for heir I guess). Maybe we manage to sire son, before we die. Sadly we can't counteract this turn of events by changing focus (Theology often helps) or getting health bonus (or penalty depending on rng) from Ancestor Worship.
    Xc92bx7.jpg

    =.= Well that's just complicated this AAR tremendously

    In august we finish Practise Range in Kolva and capture Khantia Tribe. With this the war is over. We instantly declare subjugation on Veliky Ustug (to not lose our event troops). Out of note: in our newly conquered lands one out of four vassal chiefs is already Komi culture. Not sure how it happened but it will make our life easier. No need to culture convert extra vassal.

    By september 18th we can seek treatment for Illness again and I decide to roll the dice. What do I have to lose? If I continue with safe options at worse I will just refresh our current penalty. This time I decide to bribe our doctor before and it seems to help (we get succesful treatment). Putting us from -6 health to -3. Still scary but now it actually seems possible to survive, till we can change focus for something health related. As our army assembled we march them towards Veliky Ustug with sense of URGENCY.

    In december we get warrior lodge request for honor sparring. I accept but have not plan on fullfilling it currently. Getting wounded or maimed would be one way to abruptly end this AAR :V.

    But this doesn't matter as by 1st of January we die! As we have no living relatives, it is game over folks! Or is it? Luckily I can keep continuing from last save from 4th of July. It seems I forced myself into kind of save scumming until we succeed xD. And such is my executive decision, as it is strictly better both for our ruler to not be dead as well for this AAR to be continued. But officially I managed to screw myself in just 19 years of playing, by trying to catch up with lost progress due to last time RNG punished Permians.

    Maaaany re-attempts later. We finally beat RNG and thus AAR continues. We lose Pneumonia which is far better result, that what I was counting on. This really helps a lot. I was repeating the same moves from July 787 with one difference - I decided to declare subjugation on three one county chiefs at once (for convenience).
    YWcKTux.jpg

    After my penance and spending time on reloading game each time we die, finally this AAR can continue T^T

    Year 788
    ==================================

    As our armies move from east to west I decide to move chancellor and start trying to fabricate claim on some of those newly conquered Khanty lands. I also wonder if I should set concubines aside, as we no longer need them. They do contribute nicely towards our prestige gain but having too many heirs at this point without any tool for managing it can set us back substantially. So I decide to set 1 concubine aside, while leaving both our Starweaver and lady who just happened to have Strong trait.

    By february we order Warcamp I in Kol'va. Month doesn't ends as one of our targets gets sniped away by High Chief of Vologda. Very rude. It means less prestige/piety for us. Pick your own de jure Kingdom (Nenetsia) Ukko'dammit! We will crush him later and dismantle his realm as punishment I suppose.

    In April we win Fleeting for 10 prestige. I'm definetely not interested in getting wounded after whole "Pneumonia" incident.

    May starts interestingly as our Chancellor (Chief of Votyaki) offers us to become multi-lingual for extra Learning. I completely forgot about it, but this is the reward for letting him keep his office I suppose. Certainly it makes for nice story. Gameplay-wise it is also nothing to sneeze at, as it can put us over some treshold later for prosperity events through Crown Focus. We also subjugate Veliky-Ustug tribe halfway through the month.
    pk635j5.jpg

    Chancellor improves us, thanks to our bad stats

    In June our skilled steward dies. I spend over 20 gold on rolling nobles until 13 Stewardship Ambitious new steward shows up. While not the highest stat, ambitious can be really lucrative as that man can generate us up to 500g! It will cost us a county but it isn't much (we will take it back after a while and still have way more cash!). We also conquer Viled but I don't end war yet as I want to prepare against next war by moving troops back.

    In August we conclude subjugation of Viled and start subjugating rebels in Pil'va. They have quite the army with all the event troops they didn't loose and 3 counties.

    We manouver a little as our enemies are much more concentrated and finally in November comes big battle. We have 2 good commanders and I hope for good rng for our killer flank. I also sell older daughter of Mari Chief back for 46g! Her father has over 200 gold so we can sell back both sons assimilated into our culture sons as well! Good haul! Battle of Perm starts!
    O5I1mA2.jpg

    Battle of Perm commencing

    We initially roll shieldwall on our holding left flank and roll Feint on our killer central flank. Our right flank rolls Volley which is not but but also not ideal and I hope it hold until reinforcments arrive in 10 days. After rest of our army arrives things look up for us. Our Killer flank moped up enemy center and left flank and now is beating on remaining right flank 3vs1. Also luckily on December 20th our Ilmenian Cupbearer dies due to poor health. We inherit his wealth and all of sudden our treasury shows 568 gold! As our brave warriors hunt down stragglers, battle concludes. We dealt with some of event troops - enemy won't pose as big of a threat anymore. The gamble paid off. Now is time to winter south while enemies flee to avoid Arctic attrition.
    ZScx2y1.jpg

    Revenge on Pil'vians. Give me back Permian tribes!

    Year 789
    ==================================

    As I check upon our rebel enemy I spot something funny. This random ruler somehow acquired 2 of the hardest modifiers in the game: Respected Ruler and Legendary Wisdom! There are many horror stories about trying to get it, as Rulership focus is famously stingy with MTTH for events. Who would thought that AI will get it, while under age of 40! I decide to spent some of newly found wealth on lvl 1 Market Villages in Kudymkar and Udmurts.
    2XrAvXC.jpg

    Kudos to all who know how hard it is to get those modifiers

    In february Kol'va finishes warcamp and proceeds with Weaponsmith I. For once I can be content with my foresight, as in february supplies drop to 1900 supportable men around lands we are trying to subjugate and our 3000 army would surely pay dearly for forced march + besieging.

    By march 2000 Pil'vian warriors come for 2nd round. Upon checking, it seems either I saw wrongly and Pil'va chief didn't have 1300 event troops (but more) or he got some new event troops (either stewards who was building his legend or run of the mill war volunteers). Now he has 1400 troops but his overall numbers dropped from 2700 to 2000, while our increased from around 2700 to 3200.

    April marks our advance from fledgling to warrior rank in lodge and Pil'va host trying to siege down Kudymkar tribe. We let them for now and they quickly lose 100 warriors due to harsh winter. General winter at it's finest.

    With may frost ends and we move towards tired besiegers. 1250 Nomad host shows in county next to us - Khlynov but I don't care as it belongs to my vassal.

    With june battle for Kudymkar starts and we roll somewhat poorly - shieldwall on all 3 flanks. Mostly due to allied armies I think. But I check out of curiosity - both central and right flank had around the same chance for Shieldwall as Feint 37-39%. So we just weren't lucky. We still win and bury those fools though! We also steal some technology from Thrake. This time 50 cultural techpoints.
    e6EzEam.jpg

    War going our way :)

    In august we ransom some Khanty daughters for 20g and start Pil'va siege. It drops by 44% every tick thanks to our siege leader. It seems it will be swift conquest. After we capture tribe and both chief's wife+concubine, we move onto next count just to realise I don't have to, as I can already end the war. So onto the next one! This time I decide to declare 4 wars at one for the rest of those 1 county chiefs in northern parts of our de-jure kingdom.
    HErlyIH.jpg

    Overview of our Northern Perm offensive campaign

    By october as our army assembles in Pil'va, I decide to hold retinues back. We push with winter assault as we have warrior-lodge vassal commander.

    By end of november we finish our linguistic studies for +1 Diplomacy/Learning bonus. Not as important - initial +1 learning was, +1 diplomacy not really.

    Year 790
    ==================================

    We start year by having to force our good warrior lodge commander to end his schemes for High Chiefdom of Yugra. It's the second time and he complies 'no problemo'. As our 3 thousand strong host is besieging Vel Tribe, Market Village finishes in Kudymkar and Udmurts. Even with Vel tribe in our hands we can't end the war, so I have to move towards Kozhva north-east luring enemies to fight on better supplies land.

    While we crush Kozhva host we capture Sunni dwarf court Physician (which can be useful - just need to either deal with his conversion attempts or just somehow convert him), and we double back towards Vel to catch enemies. But it turns to be not needed, because what I considered to be army of Kozhva was joint army of Kozhva and Vel. Must have missed notification of those 2 fighting and consolidating (which is somewhat shame as it robs us of extra prestige and 100 piety per succesful subjugation). By ending the war we get 2 counties, and divide bigger 1000 host of our enemies to the north into armies around 800 and 150, that fight each other. As supplies are still bad and I don't want to check on my own skin if +3 Winter Supply is enough to offset penalty for having 2800 troops on 1900 supply land I move towards well supplied Lyzha tribe.

    March is unlucky as our attention is driven away from our core lands - nomads arrive and beat up our retinues in Udmurts. We lose almost 200 out of our 600 retinues. We also finish our book!. We rolled Quality 3 Modest Measures for +1 Stewardship and +1 gold/month. Not what we wanted the most but it will help as it easily provides 1200 gold every 100 years. Which means 6000 gold worth of wealth before game end date.
    i9ornVM.jpg

    Book that involved some near-death experience. Both bonuses will be nice for future :)

    May is marked by capture of Lyzha, with 6 prisoners taken, which ends another war. Besieging crew moves towards Izhma.

    Bu June Udmurts is sacked and we lose Warcamp as well as Weaponsmith. OOF. We will have our revenge after we conclude our subjugations of the north.

    July starts with total subjugation of Izhma. 1200 nomad host moved towards Tynea and even though I only have single building there I decide to come back and chase them off.
    hO6v5PT.jpg

    Moving back to deal with Nomad's raiding annoyance

    By August Kolva tribe finishes weaponsmith -> and starts construction of Practise Range II.

    After arriving in Perm, we manouver a little against combined 2500 nomad host, to get defensive position in Udmurts forests. I can't force engagment (as I realise our best Warrior Lodge commander vassal died somehow) but I can dissuade them for now.

    December marks the need to order our wife to not murder us. All peceaful at our courts I suppose.

    Year 791
    ==================================

    By accident I commit to fighting nomads in open plains. I decide to do the best thing I can, by giving a try to our tribal hammer&anvil. Our troop deployment is unlucky: our anvil flank is against biggest enemy flank + we roll volley tactic on both center and left flank. We fail to defeat enemies and as battle rolls into melee phase I decide to retreat (we take 70 casualties a day in melee while enemy only 10). Seems two combined forces of Khans is too much for us. Yet there is more misery to experience. As we retreat to Udmurts and not further we get into another fight lose 300 more people. Sadly wee will let them sack Tynea. I didn't count on 2 independent nomads sticking together :/.
    cgnomO4.jpg

    Bolgharians teamed up and beat us. Ehhh

    By july Tynea gets sacked (luckily we don't lose the single building we have there). We also already started rebuilding warcamp in Udmurts. Troops moved back to finish last ongoing subjugation war. Meanwhile I start ransoming prisoners for total of 82 gold. That's some good news at least.

    In september we fight chiefdom of Snopa troops and do much better than against nomads. We take Sedyu tribe and beat them in Vel. In the same month, our ruler wife confronts my Starweaver lover, which forces her to end our relationship. Joke on her - she is still my concubine and thus only have lower fertility which I want.

    Warcamp is finished rebuilding in Udmurts by last month in calendar and Warrior Gathering Grounds are added to construction queue. We also finish taking over tribes, but I don't want to end the war just yet. I try again to catch some of the nomads as they split. Argh! Why couldn't they stay seperated earlier?
    VOtuBlP.jpg

    Now our neighbours can sack us to their heart content :/

    Year 792
    ==================================

    On the way back we are forced to eat some arctic attrition. We still have 2100 troops and as we near our demense we catch Bolghars (1250) moving to Khlynov. We let them get movement locked and move ourselves for the kill.

    In march rulership event fires. It's somewhat exotic moment given low weight of those event (beside famous: "Become stressed/depressed"). We get to judge a witch. I decide to burn her for extra piety and some revolt risk reduction (sadly only local not global as we could use it for some lands not of our culture). Most likely we didn't succeed, because day after we don't get any follow up message about administrator modifier progression/new trait. Well at least we got that piety!
    XLm2Mnt.jpg

    Rulership lifestyle progression event. RNG at it's finest :)"

    We also achieve bloody victory in Khlynov over Bolghars. We lose almost 1000 men to kill 250 of them. But victory is victory, which means now for few years they can't raid us. Thus we move back towards Vym, as whatever was left of it's army recaptured one of tribes.

    By august we have our subjugation wars mostly wrapped up. As I managed to bump my personal combat score up by sacrificing someone in one of last battles, I decide for that honor duel against older and clumsy member of warrior lodge. If something would happen, we have Ancestor Worship that is off the cooldown for emergency usage. It isn't needed as we just win. So I decide to dedicate my sacrifice to ancestors for some military boon. I mostly think about getting any commander trait or brawny as we won't have time for War focus.

    In september I decide on purchase of Warcamps II in Perm, Udmurts and Kolva which are our more safer lands (further from any borders). It costs almost all of our prestige, but will bolster our numbers tremendously. And we need to recover as to our north-western border new problems arise. High Chiefdom of Vologda is on the roll and they keep conquering small chiefdoms around. It is not good for me as I want to keep them fragmented for potential source of prestige to farm. We also need Syktyvkar to complete our de jure lands.

    By november Udmurts finishes Warrior gathering grounds and with that it is up to it's pre sacking status - levies which we need to replenish. On 10th December we get steward event troops. It might be enough to just push with war!

    Year 793
    ==================================

    I decide to construct fort in Udmurts. We have enough buildings here that it is worth to protect them better and buy ourselves more time to intervenek.

    In february we get notification about some poor sods becoming tributaries of China. Which reminds me that there is chance that we are already within interaction range of Chinese Empire - and sure we are.

    April is lucky as our corrupt diviner died. Which means we inherited his 100 wealth! As he didn't fire corruption again I suppose it is limited to 1-per character. If so then we gonna adapt and just arrest+banish our Diviners. Now it is time for our current 17 Learning Arbitrary and Brave Court Physician to try his hand in this branch of economy!

    By may our warriors arrive byto Syktyvkar. They also reinforced from 1900 to over 2100 men.

    By june we make a friend in warrior lodge and get issued another duel for honor. We agree but can't commit now, as we are still in war. We spent some of our renown to invite single Lodge Commander for use in arctic terrain. We roll poorly - 22 Martial Giant with Experimentality, Shield of the Tundra

    By july we capture Syktyvkar tribe, our opponent most likely will suurender in his attack on Tsilma tribe and we will sweep those previously Tsilma captured tribes with relative ease. We also get 3 more prisoners and ransom one of them for 10g.

    In september we get a news that our "Starweaving" concubine Setyamka is pregnant. Sadly her nickname got overwriten by "the Clumsy". As I'm currently an heir to many tribes I think I will manage. By the end of month we capture Syrj tribe with 8 prisoners (they are worth 160gold)!

    November means even more prisoners from Velsk tribe. Vologdan warriors are marching through our western lands to recapture Syktyvkar so we don't let them and intercept them.
    7IrNxyj.jpg

    Dealing with Vologdan warrior host

    P.S: This is an extra update as I kept playing and wanted to push towards year 800. As I was nearing that date I realised that to include all of that enjoyment in one post would be overkill so I split it into two 7 years parts. There probably will be another update on sunday - as usual.
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part IV (794-800)
  • Part IV (794-800)

    Year 794
    ==================================

    I decide in january to speed things up and divide our forces to pursue more strategic objectives at once. One army besieges enemy capital, other goes to relieve besieged garrison in Syktyvkar. Less whack-a-mole, more efficiency.

    February sees our new plans come into fruition - we catch Vologdan host in Syktyvkar and handilly beat them, while our duel partner dies thus invalidating mission from lodge.

    Warcamps are finished by march in Perm/Kudymkar/Kolva tribes. As we keep ransoming, we also hit 800 wealth mark in treasury. We also cordinate both armies in pincer movement to catch 300 Vologdan host, pushing from Hlynow to Velsk with 2nd army coming from east to Syrj. Our beautiful daughter is born, which resolves problem of potential extra heir. I can also matrilinealy marry her, to produce off-main branch dynasty members. While it would cost us prestige, it would save claim managment.

    In may another rulership focus event fires. This time it deals with one of our Siberian Khanty vassals. As I don't care for him and would be more than happy for him to plot and revolt (and definetely won't pay out of my own pocket or eat local risk penalty), decision is made: he can compensate on his own :). Alfter crushing Vologdans, we move to besiege both Pinega tribe to the north and Vologda tribe to the south.
    28UIC8z.jpg

    Another rulership focus event fires
    Pinega falls by july, so our brave warriors move onto next one in the north - Vashka.

    By august we capture Vologda, as it's host moves to recapture Syktyvkar.

    In september we take over Vashka tribe and end the war! By 17th day of month we finally create Kingdom of Perm. As we had the ambition for it and stockpiled maximum amount of piety (1000) we get nice discount so it is rather cheap.
    qTVg19J.jpg

    Long live the king!
    We are finally, a king tier ruler. Took us 25 in game years. Far longer than most people are used to even, if we take into consideration 5 years of regency following abruptHigh Chief Omurtag I death. But we had to in order to prioritise our economic long-term goals (and thus 2x See Realm Prosper ambition, as well as studying stewardship). Here's our current size.
    QsxlQy9.jpg

    Almost trippled our realm size
    While it isn't the end of our "map painting", it is a good moment to slow down and focus more on internal affairs. First with our newly found prestige I will order 3x Practise Range III (+15 Archers) in Perm, Kudymkar, Kolva plus Practise Range II in Udmurts for total of 1100 prestige. Then as we became the king and have quite the bank, it is time to commision for crown jewelry. We should get at least quality 2, but maybe we luck and get quality 3 set for cheap. The more prestige and piety we start getting early, the better.
    vJwq9xI.jpg

    Start of mass forging of artifacts due to reaching King rank
    Lastly as we no longer need so much piety, we can spent it on defensive pagan exclusive piety retinues, with our newly increased limits thanks to king rank. Just beforing pressing those buttons I push Military Organisation technology in Perm to II level. As we are currently at 809/3100 retinue limit I decide for split. 4 Retinues of other piety bands - Ardent Guardians. I will use that HI in "holding flanks". The rest of limit is filled with extra 6 bands of Sworn Defenders (putting them at 10 retinues total). It lowers our piety from over 1000 to 476, which won't last for long. At least we should be around halfway done with reinforcing. For that reason I think, it is worth to change Marshal from Training Troops to Organizing the army (to lower maintenance by almost 20%).
    muN47WO.jpg

    More piety retinues - this time more melee oriented

    We also have some imprisonment opportunities. Chief of Viled is plotting to become High Chief of Veliky Ustug, so we incite him to rebel by trying to arrest without setting our marshal for extra +arrest chance. Sadly we succeed (57% chance), so vassal chief doesn't rise up in rebelion. Wanted to replace him, because we are quite culturaly differse right now, and it seems to be a good idea to try starting culture conversion early. We also have Chief of Khantia, as target of lawful imprisonment. Sadly once again we succeed (46% chance). There is chance that by having both chiefs in cell, we will let death sort things out. That said chief of Mansia has 1 year old son.
    4fst4ze.jpg

    Cultures inside our newfly founded kingdom - all are in Finno-Ugric group

    As we let days go by till October I notice, ownership of Kostroma tribe in duchy of Mari. Don't plan on keeping it longterm, though given circumstances it is ideal to start settling Komi people into this Mordvin land. So our Stewards goes there with settle tribe mission. He is terrible at it (12 stewardship) and is sick (Great Pox), so my expectations aren't great. Also start plotting to revoke Chiefdom of Pil'va (last county in our capital duchy). We currently have too many duchies (4), so most of our newly conquered vassals hate us with passion. While it usually would be considered bad, I hope it allows us to pick and relieve them off their counties. All in order to assign new better administrators of our culture (especially in Nenets and Khanty tribes).

    (Between playing sessions I noticed, that my game has different Finno-Ugric portraits compared to what I've seen online. After investigating turns out that I don't own Conclave content pack. Which was since then remedied. So from now on, don't be suprised for change in visuals. I for once welcome that change, as I prefer those unique hats that Fledglings in Warrior Lodges sport. Did also spent some time looking for interesting courtiers (possible "investors"). Additionally spent some time looking through event files, to dig up crucial info. Turns out every corruption event sets invisible flag on character, making them not eligible for further such events. The same goes for ambitious stewards. So I will need to be more active with my approach to those one&done schemes.)

    In November we invite new steward to replace our current office holder (which is not eligible for desired event as well as being actually better at work). We also start FOUR wars to extort tribute from rest of Nenetsia chiefs to the north-west. Gold income is not the goal - 200 prestige per won war is. It will also be repeatable for each ruler. Thus such prestige farming will easily benefit Perm much.
    MrEzwSd.jpg

    18 Stewardship ambitious steward! Finger cross he will be industrous

    December starts with first enemy chief wishing to surrender - which we accept. As our new steward arrives, our chancellor dies, so I fish for another one. Before end of year, we get to choose what kind of gift we want to present ourselves from commisioned goldsmith. We go with 150g expensive option, hoping for improved quality. Day after new chancellor arrives (19) and we set him on trying to fabricate claim on Vologda tribe (which is currently held by Nenets chief). Also another chief wishes to surrender, which we accept.
    KK97l0K.jpg

    Let prestige rain begin! Imagine not having to siege down those terribly supplied provinces

    Year 795
    ==================================

    We gather our troops in Udmurts, while in March we get another goldsmith pop-up. Interestingely I decide to reprimand smith, as that 50 prestige doesn't stink but also has 5% chance of improving quality. King Omurtag II also spends 100 prestige on Practise Range I in Tylnea (which I refrained from investing so far, but now I think we will be able to defend it).

    By may we get Perm's regalia and contrary to what the event box says it is only quality 2 set, neating us currently +0.6 prestige/month and +6 Tribal Opinion. MEH! It still is 720 prestige per century, which by endgame will provide around 4300 prestige. Not bad, but I hoped for better outcome. For reference upgrading single tribe from 0 to max costs 5000 prestige.
    9CteLuu.jpg

    Some more artifacts to command respect among vassals and garner prestige

    As our troops slowly move across our kingdom, we get another rulership event (I'm quite content on how often they fire, not so keen on missing all 50% success chances so far). This time it is drunkard vassal variant. Having little love for him I order him ti pay for his damages and take extra 30 prestige. Finally we succeed and roll on +1 Administrator Modifier. Better than nothing I thought but upon some consideration that extra stewardship will be crucial once Omurtag II moves from Rulership Focus to still be at required tresholds for prosperity events. I don't want Administrator lifestyle trait though.
    dYCVtA7.jpg

    Finally Rulership focus success. Better late than never but that said I would prefer any other possible reward

    In July I spend some cash to invite 2 courtiers from across western lands. Both with objective of inheriting their gold. I make an error and buy favour from someone, who is on council and thus isn't keen to move even with favour. That's close to 100g that I spent for nothing! Mistakes were made :D".
    MGN1GK1.jpg

    Mistakes were made! Close to 100g went away. Will I never learn to check requirements instead of risking it? :rolleyes:

    This is also the time that I want to point out something. Yes - another mistake. Remember how I wrote about Parava, the Starweaver being our concubine. Well it turns out to be just our ruler (and my) wishes, as I mistook Concubine box with Lover box in character relations. And while we were lovers with "Starweaver", we never actually took her as concubine. The whole jig was up, once I started inspecting what happened to our favourite concubine nickname. Initially though that "Clumsy" has just higher in-game weight and thus overwrites "Starweaver". But no. For 8 years we didn't notice and though our concubine was someone else. What worse we have daughter with Setyamka. Ooopsie!
    QTBMLb6.jpg

    Ok Concubine. We had daughter and all but tell me: who are you exactly? :)

    By August, we hear from Followers of Otso - another mission. Another relatively safe honour duel, so we accept. Will eventually commit to it (soon tm).

    November marks another councillor dying. I don't know what it is in our council that keeps killing whoever is part of it. This time it was marshal. So once again I have to move myself to character finder to find someone eligible for corruption. And we do find an rather "exotic" option considering the distance that is both skilled (19), greedy and brave. Never expected to have access to african mercenary bands courtiers in... Siberia.

    Decembers really start to habitually bring us some goodies. Our capital reaches level 2 of prosperity. New Marshal is sent to Train Troops in capital (successes increase prosperity). Siege of Tsilma also starts.
    n4hYg6r.jpg

    Prosperity progressing nicely

    Year 796
    ==================================

    With January we take over Tsilma chief capital tribe, get some prisoners, ransom one of them and get the war finished. That leaves us with just 1 enemy High Chief of Bjarnia, who in meantime rampaged over some of our vassal tribes. Time to rectify that.
    aAcSCeu.jpg

    Finally moving out against pesky Bjarnians
    As Udmurts finishes Practise Range in March, I become little confused, why did it finish sooner that rest? The answer for this is - it was lower level. So now I add Warcamps II, cause it pads out the numbers and is comparetively cheaper. Also start Warcamp I in Tynea. We relieve Vashka and Pinega Tribes and march to confront Bjarmian invaders, who run.
    HctY8Co.jpg

    Slowly catching up with infrastructure in our southern-border demense

    April presents interesting opportunity. I can try to imprison Nenetsian Chief of Vologda for trying to kill someone. I would love to fail that, so we can revoke him without having to wait, for currently working there Chancellor. Not only can we assign someone there to speed up cultural conversion but it also is adjecent to many other wrong culture counties meaning, if we convert it it will help with spreading around. So we try and finally we fail, I mean succeed :).
    2RmMitK.jpg

    Sire! We failed you and your vassal rises in rebelion! King Omurtag II: NEAT! Finally someone does their damn job

    As we fight Bjarmians in Velsk, our trusted vassal commander slays their High Chief. Ha! Wouldn't submit like more wise neighbours and see what he got. This will make for gruel reminder for rest on what happens when you oppose our kingdom. How cool it would be, if game now did another check for surrender for new High Chief? Sadly it doesn't happen.
    5A1275P.jpg

    If it isn't demoralising for Bjarnian warriors, I don't know what is

    Sadly our marshal dies due to natural causes. Ukko'dammit! I find someone more realistic - Orthodox Alan Commander with both Greedy and Arbitrary. It is risky as I need to buy his favour. Didn't remember during play, if commander makes him impossible to invite through favour. If it succeeds I will get money spent on him sooner or later back on top of gold he generates through abuses of office. We commit and this time our effort pays off!
    Uo1GXtg.jpg

    What a find! Most corrupt marshall candidate up to date! More of them please :)

    Also the ruleship event fires again (rng madness!). We get the "soldiers burned farms by accident" flavour connected to one of our Khanty vassals. We order them to compensate (cause we don't want to pay from our own pocket). This time we fail (which makes us miss 3 out of 4 50% chances :/).

    By August we finish Vologda adventure (locking plotter safely into cell) and move onto Bjarnia. We also finish Practise Range in Perm. We proceed with Warrior Gathering II building for more and better heavy infantry (it affects our retinues as well). Tribes in Kudymkar and Kolva follow suit.

    By September, while our "Affable" king spends some time with daughter, our warriors move to relieve Pinega tribe and start siege of Dvina. By assigning Organiser commander we arrive just in time to prevent tribe from falling into enemy hands. We handily beat besiegers and move onto Dvina.

    October starts with more troubles with women. Our King tried to fancy some courtier, which awarded him with screams. Definetely not a dream result.

    In November our spymaster generates 50 culture technology points. More than enough to push towards Legalism II in our capital, with which we can enable Religious Title Revocation. Gaining more power in regard to deciding our realm religion, will be of utmost importance later. Not only does it make it easier to deal with stubborn vassals, but also makes for cheap culture correction. In far future I suspect there will be some religion swapping to suit our needs. For now it won't be of any danger to our vassals as we are still decades away from Military Organisation IV tech, which will make us not dependent on defensive pagan land attrition.

    By december 13th we conclude last of tributary wars, as new High Chief of Bjarnia after being beaten some more, surrenders just as we prepare to take over his demense. UFF! That was a lot of foreign wars. I welcome more internal focused gameplay with open arms.

    Year 797
    ==================================

    Sadly we start the year with Chief of Mansia dying in our dungeons. I thought about ransoming him for 70g but now that opportunity is gone. With most of warfare done for the moment, once again I can turn my attention towards internal matters. Thanks to all won tributary wars, vassals think more highly of Omurtag II (+40 tribal vassal opinion). It is more than enough to get plotters behind idea of revoking Pilv'a tribe and thus completing my capital duchy. I have to move my 75% ready retinues on county in question first though. In meantime we revoke Vologda from traitor, park our Steward there on "Settle the Tribe" mission (7,8% yearly chance) and move fabricating claims chancellor next door towards Galichy Mersky tribe.

    By February after refusing vassal giving more land, we get interesting event. Not sure if it is regular but prosperity in our capital hits level 3! I think it is associated with our Ukko patron god, as while looking through event file I did find one more event beside one increasing stewardship (which works till your character reaches 15 of associated stat). By being on maximum prosperity we are now eligible for all the prosperity goodies! That said with our somewhat lacking education, learning and no lifestyle that chance sure isn't high.
    jXiZisT.jpg

    Blessed be Suomenusko gods! Advanced from Prosperity II to Prosperity III in just 2 years. Less than 30 years to max prosperity

    Chief of Pilva refuses our demand and thus we have another revocation war. As our Retinue and his were both parked in the same county we start by ambushing their 790 warriors with out 1590.

    In March we mop up rest of Pilva standing host, finish another building in Tynea and start Heavy Infantry cultural building (100 prestige). I also commision level I Hillforts in Kostroma and Vologda to increase my retinue size further.

    By June we win, and start ransoming all 3 heirs to chiefdom of Pil'va for some serious cash (26g per son). With that we finally consolidate our core lands. Pil'va comes with some infrastructure already built (level 2: Hillfort, Market Town and level 1 Weaponsmith, Warrior Gathering Ground). We still have room for more as our demense sits at 8/11. That said we are in line to some inheritances - some counties in Ural seem pretty certain.
    xjkW3Ie.jpg

    Whole de jure duchy of Perm is ours. Finally we assembled our core demense for this playthrough

    After all that scuffle, our personal levy broke through 3000 treshold (3800), so it is high time to make another good long-term investment. I'm talking about assembling Mercenary Band. I choose one of our capable commanders - Rateg Rategid. It costs us initially 50g and generates good sized mercenary company, that I further upgrade with 3x50 Pikemen for total cost of 200g. We end up with total numbers of 527 Light Infantry, 70 Heavy Infantry, 150 Pikemen and 210 Archers. I hope this will be more than enough to not lose that Band, due to being wiped out in combat.
    nfdivXG.jpg

    Our hidden economicy stratagem - mercenaries! I have great hopes for them

    Also we try to arrest Chief of Vel who sits on 70g but also plots some murder, we once again fail in arresting him (and for once we could succeed as I don't need his land). So another small internal war it is. Being king is surely a busy work - let's hope that today's seeds of economic prosperity will result in tremendous long term harvest.

    It is almost October as War Camp II finishes in Udmurts, and given that we are somewhat strapped for prestige, I order Weaponsmith I (quicker replenishment and +25 retinue limit). Also I want to spend a moment to apprecieate, that somehow we are building in every single holding we currently have!
    KDJfPji.jpg

    Building sector living good in Perm right now
    Few days later we win, and now not only traitor chief is ransomable but also his family (once he gets enough cash). So far it seems civil wars are as profitable as raiding foreign realms.
    PuDLAqY.jpg

    We are making the bank by nationalising vassal funds ;)

    Before year ends, we are presented with need to keep the trade route in perm going. 70g is a lot but we have to keep those modifiers to be able to keep adding them to more counties so in far future it will pay off. But with that and only 230 gold in treasury it is time to be more stingy with our money. I need quite some bank for prosperity events to fire. It would be a real "feel bad moment" to have any instances of missing rng chances. Also I think given that Omurtag II trade expedition didn't apply trade route modifier anywhere that I have to change capital in future for that event chain, if I want to collect trade routes in every single county of our de jure duchy. That said probably I could let one or two instances of trade route disappear and still be able to collect enough before feudalising (we are limited to 1 trade expedition per ruler). I will err on the side of caution though.
    lF4AVwh.jpg

    The price of future greatness

    Year 798
    ==================================

    Year starts with something we didn't see for quite some time. Bolghar nomads (1135) arrive at our vassal tribe. We are more than able to chase them away even without our vassals, and we do. Fighting on land of our own religion is good course of action because of huge (+80%) defense bonus for our troops, meaning far fewer casualties sustained. This was really unfortunate for them, as with that action they gained my attention. Still remembering costly defeat they inflicted upon us in the past, revenge is potentially on table.
    PCEZ6qu.jpg

    Horse vs Elk rumble

    Tynea constructs Warrior Gathering Grounds I and goes onto Weaponsmith I in March. Our Warriors fall onto Bolghars and we roll powerful Feint tactic on 2 out of 3 flanks, thus inflicting some actually good losses on nomads (300 raiders loss). As we have our forces consolidated, it is good time to start pillaging again. We are in need of more gold!

    In May we opt to hold Ukon Juhla Festival. While it costs 50g, we could use more prestige and piety especially as this has some cooldown tied to itself.

    After feast, as our Hillforts finish we can now expand our retinues even further! We have enough piety for 6 bands of Sworn Defenders (75 LI, 75 Archers) and we purchase them. We also toggle raiding on our 4500 army and move quickly into Bolghar lands to snipe their capitals and take some prisoners. We also push Practise Range I in Pilva in order for that tribe to catch up with rest. We have also assigned siege leader to that raiding host and usually progress around 44% in each tick during sieges resulting in less than month to break through nomads encampnets.

    In August we say goodbye to our Slovien investor - Vratko. He generously left us his riches: +100 wealth added to treasury :). We totally demolish defenders of Qazan (1250), killing 300 for 100 losses of our own. We loot it in October and take 4 prisoners, then move south to Bolghar capital named... Bolghar.

    Before end of year we loot Khan capital and take... 14 prisoners! I hope tto exchange them for big bounty.
    s0no6ZP.jpg

    Adventures in Bolghar's lands

    Year 799
    ==================================

    New year starts with news of our "not-Starweaver" concubine being pregnant. In February the other concubine (Styaka, known for being physically strong) also becomes pregnant. To calm my nerves about potential of 2 non-planned boys, I start ransoming. Auto ransom assumes getting 800g, but after first round of ransoms the projection falls off with no further ransoms possible. Khan just doesn't have enough gold I guess/hope. We move south towards last of his vassal in Rhyn and fight defenders off.

    April is fruitful, as our diviner finally abuses his power. Time to cash in, starting with arrest for that extra 100g! Oh and also need to find new diviner I suppose. We also clean up Ryn and collect 17 prisoners. Time to spent some time making sure they are comfortable waiting for their liege to save money. That said with those numbers I'm not sure how long will I bother to move every single prisoner into house arrest. In the same ball park - once their rulers start plotting to free them I suspect to be buried into notifications, so maybe will have to turn them off.
    M15I5DT.jpg

    I feel like in our Kingdom corrupt priesthood slowly becomes an important pillar of our economy

    As we rampage through nomad lands south, Pilva opens up new Practise range and moves to have Warcamp as well. We are kidnapping so many people, that I lose count. We also become father of baby boy - Sarin. While not especially genetically gifted, we can use him to establish spare branch of family. Given our accidentally acquired tribes in Vologda. Maybe we will even push some over the limit duchies onto him. Month later another daughter is born and I can breathe out in relief, she is sickly though.

    With newly acquired wealth, we embark on ambitious project of pushing hillforts everywhere in Perm duchy level higher (towards level 2) .

    December starts with Iconoclasm overtaking Orthodoxy. Shame. out of curiosity I checked and beside lack of Knight Order's and Varangians, they also don't have access to somewhat rare "sponsor an icon" event which gives +1 to random stat. I mention it, because it is currently my go-to religion of choice for many reasons.

    We lose fleeting in warrior lodge, which costs us 75 prestige. Ouch! That's one hell of a price to pay for all the benefits. We also get contracted to loot some tribe under bolghar rule, so we move back planning to clean some raiding bolghars as well.

    Year 800
    ==================================

    eZhcZr7.jpg

    First time seeing that pop-up. Very cool for them I guess

    Viking age starts - wohoo! I usually don't play in this bookmark so this is first time I can read that. Doesn't affect us much, as we swear to not abuse riches accompanied by sea raiding.

    We clean up Bolghars in Votyaki tribe, after which we hear that first Vikings (Sjelland) convert to catholicism. Well that didn't take long, did it?. Seems that whole "Viking age" was overblown by analytics and hype didn't translate into reality. What's more upon short inspection it's not clear why did they decide on it. They are not exactly threatened by Franks and their realm is not terribly big. I can imagine as player waiting just for Viking Age to start to get those free Shipyard levels and then transitioning out but seems questionable, given all Germanic goodies (Viking Traits + Prepared Invasions).

    In September we wrap up Followers of Otso mission and have enough Renown to claim veterancy in lodge. Also those mission pay far more than I would get from those counties which is useful. It almost feels like paid advertisement before 1000 AD :). Ironic that given how much attention is focused on scandinavians, no one seems to notice that our raiders just dismantle steppes and roll out slowly but surely towards west.
    MenU8QX.jpg

    Another home visit sponsored by Followers of Otso

    Before year's end we finish upgrading hillforts and our men are moving towards High Chiefdom of Merya to pillage. Want to gradually pillage further and further by securing our direct vicinity first. As we keep hitting ransom button, our treasure quickly balloons. Sadly we are out of piety with all those piety retinues. That said I discover that piety based retinues keep reinforcing even after breaking into negative piety. Seems game only checks for gold and prestige. Huh. It seems like perfect knowledge to exploit. Still negative piety will diminish our dynasty prestige and thus prestige in the long run. It might also be counter-productive if we ever decide to forge saintly bloodline. So there are trade-offs.

    In last moments of 8th century decide to throw Great Tribal Festival. I'm not sure, but hope it generates prosperity everywhere. Maybe some good events will help us.

    P.S.: Wow! That part surely didn't lack action. I'm glad I broke last week playing sessions into halves. Finally picking up steam!
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Economic Summary: Perm Year 800
  • J62EB8c.jpg

    Economic Report: Perm Year 800

    Realm size: 38
    Yearly Income: 31,16
    Treasury: 583
    Number of Cities in Realm: 0
    Number of Cities in Personal Demense: 0
    Number of Prosperity Province Modifiers: 0
    Number of Holding Slots Generated: 0
    Number of Great Works: 0
    Global Construction Speed modifier: 0%
    Global Construction Cost modifier: 0%

    5 Highest Income Realms (Yearly Income)
    1. Abbasid Empire (417,8)
    2. Bizantine Empire (254,77), (currently at war with revolt which has 150,75 income)
    3. Empire of Tibet (192,21),
    4. Republic of Venice (168,08),
    5. Kingdom of Lombardy (157,17)

    5 Wealthiest Counties Worldwide (Province Wealth)
    1. Al-Iskandariyya (225,5) (Abbasid Empire)
    2. Ilam (147,5) (Abbasid Empire)
    3. Noli (130,7) (Kingdom of Lombardy)
    4. Basra (119,3) (Abbasid Empire)
    5. Cholamandalam (118,8) (Kingdom of Palava)

    Additional Comment on worldstate: As Iconoclasm prevailed, Byzantine Empire suffers from period of civil wars resulting in pillaged lands. Abbasid economy on other hand is booming and increased their income size by almost 30% in just 30 years. Umayyad Sultanate from Andalusia vanished from our ranking, as it got reconquista treatment by various Catholics (most likely meaning Iberia won't be among richest realms anymore), Sultanate of Ifraqiya is suffering from wars ravaging it's lands and Tibet is tributary to Western Protectorate (perhaps cutting it's income). Venice arrives in our rankings together with Lombardy, which suprises me as I was betting on consolidated descendant of Charlemagne to be first feudal european realm to show up. Indians slowly build up, but because of how fragmented they are it will take quite some time before they become absurdly wealthy as realms go.

    P.S: Double post for bookmarking purposes. Regular part above.
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part V (801-808)
  • Part V (801-808)

    Year 801
    ==================================

    The year starts fantastically, as we get our very first prosperity event! It is also the one we need the most at that - extra holding slot! We obviously purchase it (around 70g = equivalent to 2.5x year income). With that Perm now has 4 out of 7 holding slots, making our best county (on top of being capital). Two more such events and we are golden - the 7th holding slot will be acquired through different means. Also it was really quick - just in 2 years after reaching prosperity level: booming in Perm, when Medium Time To Happen (MTTH) is equivalent to 65 years at base. That's pretty good luck, if I say so myself and puts us nicely on time table for our goals.
    L8H4Xaz.jpg

    Slowly turning taiga into settlements

    I've also been thinking about changing Rulership focus. We have been on it for better part of last two decades. Normally I would move onto something different, but thanks to already having an heir, I can be more greedy/ambitious. So we will remain on it till Omurtag II reaches age of 40. After that I have to move on - remaining any longer will be too much of a risk (Stressed/Depressed are common outcomes of rulership and dangerously diminish health). Maybe, just maybe we either pick stewardship education trait level up (making us eligible for better MTTH for prosperity events) or Just/Ambitious. At this point while interesting RP wise, I don't really need to become administrator. It is enough we have seen one Legendary Wise + Respected Ruler in this playthrough.

    While reading various CK2 wiki articles, it caught my attention that releasing prisoners of the same religion gives piety. Thus it might be possible to patch my current piety deficit (-161) with pillaging? I toggle Prisoner to only show those, who are not ransomable and fire release button. Most of them aren't of our religion but we still get around 15 piety. While not much in itself, it is important that now I tested how to do it. Possibility of exploiting it in the future might be on a menu. Knowing all that we proceed pillaging Mari lands.

    Out of note, between sessions I noticed something profitable. If you remember in previous parts I did an "Ooopsie" with inviting some Slavic courtier to our land, resulting in fiasco. I kept him marked as character of special interest and somehow, he outlived his then liege. Whoever took over, no longer saw our dear Nikita as important and didn't bother to keep him on his council. Thus he became eligible for cashing our favour, becoming part of our court with his 210 wealth! We make him one of our Venerable Elders, as he is more than old enough (69 years old).
    FMx6Q0k.jpg

    Fixed mistake

    Before end of january, we get notification about Great Festival progress (started in last part). I decide to splurge on most expensive trinkets mostly to check for any better outcomes. I will spoil you now - I get nothing in return (beside obvious bits of Piety).

    In march our spymaster generates 50 military techpoints, as our raiders outmanouver Mari defenders to move onto their capital. We also push Practise Range towards second level in Pil'va. During festival it turns out it is "poetry competition edition" and we participate. Once again the victor title goes to lowborn wife of Galich Mersky chief, which is from now on known as "the Word Master". I decide on not paying her, as she is both not of my culture and has Cancer while being 48 years old (making fostering any good relations pointless due to how shortlived it would most likely be).

    Out of nowhere another Trade route upkeep event hits us. I'm suprised - didn't even know that Pil'va had it! While it helps us in the long run, it makes me feel kind of bamboozled! But still we pay that gold. While we loot Mari capital, somehow we don't capture anyone! Scandalous! We then move onto another vassal of Mari capital.
    X7gISOa.jpg

    To get money, you have to spend money. Previous owner contribution

    We fare better economically as in Autumn our stewards manages to settle our people into Vologda. Not only does it reduces revolt risk but also removes penalty to tribal levies due to mismatch of culture/religion. I very much like such elements of realm managment and assimilating subjects into our culture. Those lands are of our Suomenusko religion already, so now we get 100% levies from them. But this year just keeps on giving. By December we also fire another rulership event! Once again our Drunkard vassal causes mess, and once again we fine him! Sadly it is 4th out of 5 times as we fail coin flip on success. Still those rulership events be firing like crazy often.
    moSRoEs.jpg

    Planting culture for future passive spread

    Year 802
    ==================================

    Another year starts with some eastern Khagan arriving at our Siberian vassal's land to pillage. There is nothing built there + it wont be my treasury that will hurt. Assessing such little importance for us, I don't plan to return our raiders (currently advancing towards Novgorod). We have to beat down it's defenders, but I hope it will be worth it. Then we split our army into retinues and regular levies to sack twice as fast. Luckily we have enough commanders with extra winter supplies.
    NqWOp1p.jpg

    Checking one of Suomenusko holy sites for loot

    As 900 hosts rampages through Siberia up to Ural, I decide on starting another big project. It is time to start our relations with China. Luckily we are in range of diplomatic interactions with them, cause one of Nomads to the south had to consolidate enough to have some silkroad trade posts in his domain. Or are we? As it turns out - I lied. We are not within diplomatic range of Chinese Empire. I'm not sure how was I able to interact with them in my private test run as I'm pretty certain I wasn't holding any silkroad county within my realm. It creates a rather serious setback. I'm torn on how to proceed, because currently we lack good CB for conquering steppes towards silkroad. I could snipe single no trade-post county and keep loosing it via my game settings on each ruler death. It isn't worth now given how old Omurtag II is. I can also wait till we convert, as with Holy War CB I can nicely carve our final realm shape, while also setting convert to conquest culture flag (making our future life easier and much less bountiful in nomadic uprisings), and what I aim for is barely on silkroad. There is also third option - I can combine different objectives before conversion - snipe single county in Crimea, next to Byzantine Empire (our conversion potential sponsor) while also beating down big yellow nomadic blob (Khazars). I'm interested on your opinion on that subject.
    AOkkneL.jpg

    Silkroad situation - so far away...

    Rest of year passes uneventfully. By August we are once again able to worship ancestors, as 10 years from previous sacrifice has passed. Obviously we do, this time without being side tracked we go towards economic boons (counting on extra prosperity levels in our personal domain).

    Year 803
    ==================================

    As we move aggresively from north to west, we consolidate and target baltic Romuvans for some pillaging. Some of them can afford ransoms, but also are remarkably more tough (having between 1000 to 1700 troops).

    Time flies and date moves toward second calendar month, we get yet another prosperity event - this time it is one of province modifiers. Those modifiers have no expiration date and are overall pretty nice. We rolled +levy size modifier, which while great is the least attractive for us. One is down, 5 more to go. This is also good place to check terrain types in our capital duchy. Udmurts is listed as Forest, Tynea as Hills and everything else is Arctic. Both Forest and Hills have an extra terrain dependent modifier. Still we are mostly poor - Arctic is as barebone as it gets. Not only do we accumulate prosperity the slowest, but contrary to other difficult terrain types we won't benefit from our subject hard labour.
    Zh85Hei.jpg

    Prosperity modifiers collecting game begins

    Spring greets us with events, in which we instruct someone in warrior lodge (costing us some gold) but also get another honor duel - this time against Finnish woman with just 7 PC. We accept.

    Somehow while pillaging around Riga, we fail to capture almost anyone and thus fail in relieving those tribals of their heavy pockets :/. Then by accident in June, raiding host is moved onto over 2000 enemy warriors with just 1900 of our own. Before battle commences, I manage to focus everyone in single flank under our best leader and luckily we roll "Feint tactic" which allows us to minimize losses. Still - ouch. More importantly we can start another Ukon Juhla festival and we do as we need that prestige and piety.
    Xw02FOC.jpg

    Chilling with boys on Baltic coast

    August: prosperity level increases in... Kostroma. Not that it matters much (we won't hold onto it longterm ourselves). We get our prestige and piety for finishing feast. Which puts us at 400 prestige and -126 piety. At this point I was still thinking that we just need 500 prestige to visit China and was not using it. I probably could invest it sooner. Well it will take me some more time to realise, that it will take much more to make use of those Jade Dragon DLC mechanics.

    In november merchant caravan arrives in our lands. As always they do tell us about mythical lands of hindustan (like Ukko'dammit, can't they make us somehow able to interact with China?) and gift us interesting character upon departure. Greek Eunuch with 14 intrigue, Impaler, diligent and shrewd. That's a lot of goodies despire somewhat middling intrigue score. Perfect candidate to replace our current aging spymaster in her byzantine tourism, or to just throw into fights as commader because of his extra +morale damage (especially if he would get few improvments from Marshal). Our brave warriors move south to Memel, nearing Gulf of Danzig to keep good work.

    Year 804
    ==================================

    Another year, another vassal in Siberia gets looted. Then we get update on our Ancestor Veneration sacrifice - we get... 50 gold. Which is suprising, as wiki doesn't mention it as possibility. I will happily take it but it seems like another thing to investigate further. If we theorytically could get 50g every time that would translate into 500 gold per century. Which is significant. Not reliable but still significant assuming we sacrifice freely acquired personal.
    I3LBg3j.jpg

    Excuse me, what?

    Rest of winter is spent on checking honorary title,s I notice we have both 2 free slots for elders and commanders. This wasteful situation is quickly rectified by inviting 2 christian nobles (from Greece and Armenia) and 2 nomads (Buddhist + Zoroastrians). They will spend their retirement days in our court and we will take over their wealth at some point. It will cost us 380 gold for gifts and favours. If everything goes as expected, not only will we retrieve those funds but get 600+ gold extra. It will take some time though. Perhaps I will keep doing this more, as I found out better method of quick searching for investor targets - by looking at their names labels (it allows to excluse all councillors).
    icKJvjB.jpg

    4 honorary members of our court from 4 different religion denominations

    We loot Memel for no prisoners (hello? Followers of Otso I want to report a bug - I keep not getting prisoners while sacking...) and move onto next prussian chief capital. All targeted investors accept, so things proceed swiftly. Currently we will have 6 "investors" in our realm. It sliced our treasury in half, so at least there is some limiting factor and alternative cost paid. Our ruler also loses another fleeting costing us 75 prestige - ouch. I think it would be better to take smaller prestige penalty first instead of trying to gamble our prestige. As our influencers arrive, it turns out I can't make them commanders, forcing me to relieve some of our native Elders from that honorary title, as well as making one Court Jester.

    By Spring I decide to recall steward from settling tribes in Kostroma. It is of the same religion and adjacent to province with our culture, so given our ruler higher than neccesary stewardship it should convert passively. Meaning our Steward might be of better use somewhere else. Steward can administer the realm to speed it up but also help prosperity gain. I'm having an urge to screw myself again, so Marshal goes from training troops to Organizing Raid - maybe we can use those troops to raid our closer non-nomadic neighbours.

    With May, Nikita - our Volhynian slavic investor mentioned previously passes on... GOLD TO OUR COFFERS by dying :D. Lived till 73, which was quite a while. Worry not - instead of just looking for replacement, I just move court jester onto elder position. We also sack Marienburg and get whole one prisoner. Better than nothing I guess. Now we have choice - either move along coast or go inland to visit Polish chiefs. I decide for 2nd option, as there are more targets with overall more gold.
    j8qFuPP.jpg

    Time to check polish coffers

    Summer presents us with new possibilities. Chief Rateg of Khantia connives to get High Chiefdom of Yugra. That sounds just like imprisonment reason. I don't bother for now - our troops are far away. Will closely monitor situation though. I would gladly either take his gold, or replace him with Komi culture ruler.

    Plock gifts us with 2 heirs to chiefdom and "strange box" event. Hope are this loot box contains something. It would replace our thin months so far. Have anecdote regarding that event. It always seems to me, like I need to keep searching general area, in which I found box to found the bloody key. Most likely it is not tied, but every time I fail in unlocking strange box it is also the time I didn't sack the area of origin. Then we split and go for both Kujawy and Sieradz tribes - capitals of 2 vassals. It is bad day for High Chief Bezprym Ironside of Mazovia :V. And thus we spent rest of year along Vistula river.
    kLg3373.jpg

    Suprise mechanics of IXth century

    Year 805
    ==================================

    Our king finally reaches age of 40. We spent as long as possible on Rulership Focus, and it is high time to move on from it. It works perfectly for Seduction, as I already have perfect candidate for our king affection. She will just came out of age in August :). So now we have time to "train ourselves" a little in art of courtship.

    Almost at the sime time, we loot both Sieradz and Kujawy collecting 8 prisoners. That's what we like. Time for Sandomierz and Sacz Tribes further south. And how lucky! We get another extra holding slot in Perm! The last one was just 4 years ago, and base MTTH is 65 years if I remember correctly. With that, optimally I need just one more holding slot. Sadly I still need other 5 prosperity modifiers. But this is so lucky, to have this event fire twice in one part of this AAR.
    mRuwgPu.jpg

    Extra holding slots events speedrun any %

    Our warriors beat local defenders down, we manage to capture heir to High Chiefdom of Poland. That will sell well. I suppose, there is benefit to fighting those armies parked on top of tribes, instead of avoiding them. We instantly ransom him - so maybe we will capture him again.

    In may we get note from our Chancellor: he managed to procure us, a claim on Galichy Mersky. While it does cost us, I decide on paying for it. My reasoning being: in case we get our ideal heir, we have those counties as present to our first son. Time to move him to do the same thing he just did - but in tribe north - Hlynow. For anyone wondering how Omurtag II seduction goes - we fail but keep building relations.

    June gifts us with extra 50 mil points from spymaster. I would rather get either Economic or culture tech points, as they will directly feed into our economy. What can you do. RNG giveth, RNG taketh. We also get issued another mission from lodge and it takes me a back. It turns out one of our rivals somehow made it to Hero rank, and issues us mission. I have mixed feelings about it. While probably there is no influence, I think games warn us at this point. My ruler while veteran is mediocre in his martial ability and I would rather keep hitting those lucky prosperity events instead of dying. Additionally I don't really need more lodge currency. So had skip!

    Sandomierz gifts us with 3 extra prisoners. I was forced to devote both stacks to siege as it had almost 2000 defenders. If you wondered how profitable it is and how much our treasury contains here you go.
    BdpjqCx.jpg

    Perm's kickstarter initiative going smoothly

    It turns out we did manage to capture heir to high chiefdom of Poland again. And we still have to yet siege it's ruler capital. Then August arrives, so comes of age girl worthy of our Permyakid dynasty. She is bethrothed to chancellor of our vassal (future husband suffers from Cancer). So we decide to target her in seduction. Contrary to our hillarious expectations by end of September we don't capture polish heir for the third time. Stil those Lesser Poland adventures were more than profitable. So onto Greater Poland I suppose. As wise men said - you don't change succesful habits.
    H26xTs6.jpg

    Not a huge fan of eugenics but it is difficult to argue against economical benefits long term

    You know what is good on top of raiding? Corruption. So on october 1st our marshall finally comits to it. Time to appoint new one, and through him catch the old one. Over 200g from his industrios nature. He will not be forgotten - but missed. While looking for future corrupt martial I find that one of our investors is neat: brave, deceitful, arbitrary. He doesn't has great martial score but if he somehow gets himself killed, it just means we inherit gold sooner. And I have no important missions for marshal at the moment. We collect Ber's funds, yet somehow make a mistake and appoint Irter first (before imprisoning) and find ourselves not with greatest arrest chance. So I replace him and now I can't make him marshal again, because of him being upset and having some game flag making him not eligible to return to office. I'm not sure how long that it lasts. Let's find out!
    MVUdaca.jpg

    Still staying on top of our corruption game! We even start thinking about combining old-minting with corruption to speed things up :)

    Also another merchant caravan visits us. What the hell is going on? That's a lot of not common events firing like every other year. This time we are presented with Ethiopian Chancellor. He replaces previous Chancellor wwith slightly more diplomacy (21 vs 20), not being lunatic but diligent. We also comfortably park our raiding crews in Greater Poland. Had to micro the split to be able to siege both Poznań and Nakło at the same time. We also are at almost 1300 wealth before year end and ransom for another 180.

    Year 806
    ==================================

    As good as those polish lands were with bounty, Bolgars arrive again at our western vassal lands. Seems that after greater poland, I will have to think about returning and dealing with nomads issues.

    After making sweet moves onto our love at february 14th, we get notification 2 days later of our success. First good result in over the year of trying. Magic of valentines I guess. We "love her and leave her" only to reattempt seduction again.
    g9E5rFp.jpg

    Securing bright future. Surely nothing bad will result from it!

    It seems gods were not happy with our Komi Casanova, as we immedietely get notification of peasant uprising. Well now it is REALLY time to go back. They spawned almost 3900 troops and demand indepedence. Out of curiosity I check rebelion risk map mode and it shows 0% for that province so no extra modifiers. So at least my vassal do semi good job of governing those lands, which is often not the case for AI.

    As we finish Poznań (6 prisoners), I realise that I have some trick to play. Having already called to arms my vassals, but I also can (and do) call for help from my tributaries. Maybe we assemble just enough troops to deal with all the issues home by rallying everyone onto our 900 retinue left in capital. Upon calculating it doesn't turn out this way. We will get around 2300 troops, which will even if we win to too much losses in retinue. So we have to hail back.

    In March after 2nd succesful 'tumbling" (and one scandal) we get different seduction event. We find Quick/Attractive lover. Really good :). I'm always value highly sources of good "genetics" while playing as minor religion/culture. This one also already starts as Lover. If playing a woman ruler, seduction is usually even better. I think male version of spawned character is Strong and Quick.
    5Lk1ijx.jpg

    How do you not like this event? Seduction at it finest for tribal

    In may luckily for us Bolghars fight off some nomads from Siberia. One less annoyance and disturbance to our realm. Sadly rebels rush straight down to our capital. Something that I did not expect. Now that is real risk of losing prosperity :/. It forces me to disband 600 troops in Poland to raise 4250 warriors in our lands. We have to scamper off from Perm, but don't lose too much in that retreat. Soon we are ready for revenge after assembling our host.
    IH3l6RH.jpg

    Bloody peasants! Leave my booming capital alone!

    We descent on them with great fury and vengeance: roll Feint tactic at every single one flank. Such bonuses: +100% Light Infantry Attack, +50% Light Infantry Defence and +150% Archers Attack are powerful. It does penalise our Heavy Infantry Attack and Defence by 50%, but this is more than worth it. In over 1400h of playing I never noticed that graphic on top of combat window changes, as I don't remember such snowy looking one. It is perplexing as game still suprises me with such details. As our warrior fight in the arctic plains of Perm, our ruler beds again pregnant woman. He is now considered Aspiring Seducer. I hope to be able to claim fatherhood of child to be born. Soon battle reaches conclussion and rebels forces are no more!
    yhH1Gu0.jpg

    Serves them right - bastards tried to ruin our prosperity thing going

    As we are no longer at war, I can move my warriors towards pillaging nomads in the east. Changing our laws is also possible. I move Burgher obligations one step towards tax oriented. It will be important for far future and currently there is no city vassals to object. Win-Win. Our love gifts birth to daughter. Her husband claims fatherhood and we don't intervene.
    JWKajPG.jpg

    Start of optimising our Obligation laws for future profits

    By december our oldest daughter starts developing interests in religion. As she is already attractive, I choose to make her Kind and still have Idolizer for either Zealous or Erudite. She becomes Zealous anyway as I never can remember that it is only "trying to" make character develop in some way. Kids am I right? I also assign her Intrigue education - she has two good modifiers for it. Maybe she will become our future spymaster. At the very least if married off, she will be able to take care of herself in foreign court.

    Year 807
    ==================================

    We progress with pursuit of nomads in Votyaki tribe and Chindyapa Kichayid in bed sheets. Unlucky we roll Feint on both "holding flanks" and shiellwall on our main flank. Our enemies rolled even worse though and we have 4:1 advantage so we still win easily. But don't inflict as many casualties as I would like to. At least we capture vassal to nomads: chief of Kerzhenets. As he is worth 70g, I put him in house arrest. Upon inspection he turns out to be on "Intrigue" focus tree. I'm not sure if he can release himself but... I can lend him 39 gold to let him ransom himself for 70g. This way I don't risk much. I have to overpay 6g, as I can gift him 15g at the time. Still 25 gold more than we had. Kings becomes lustful due to seduction focus. Now this is somehow problematic. We currently have 7 traits and the game will try to move us towards 5 or 6. We can most but I don't want to lose Diligent or Temperate as with them we are still at 18 Stewardship treshold for prosperity events even without stewardship focus.
    UUhc9Zg.jpg

    Our CEO after Business, Rulership and now Seduction focuses

    Now that external raiders have been dealt with, we can try imprisoning our vassal in Khanty. Despite 66% chance we fails and he rebels... Meaning - we will get that county. I don't call in vassals, as I want to raid on that side of Ural mountains anyway to retrieve gold from nomads (who mercifully liberated it from my vassals pockets). Also supply issues. As I didn't manage my commanders so far, it is high time to invite three Lodge Commanders (for 900 society currency). One of them turns out interestingely. Arvo Arvo has both Deceitful and Arbitrary ano no other corruption-affecting traits. We select him for marshal for now - I will keep checking for Irter and when he will be capable. But this isn't worse, that said Ideally I would get corruption from both so getting our old investor onto that position first would be better. As soon as April starts I move out but only with my regular levies.
    txe3z8H.jpg

    New Marshal. I wonder how long will it take to get character that has all 3 corruption traits (Deceitful, Arbitrary, Greedy)

    In July our ambitious 18-stat steward dies. Sadly he didn't manage to work out extra cash for us. I find good Prussian replacement - Genius, Ambitious, Proud. All those trais provide us with good events. One problem - he is heir to chiefdom of Galindia tribe. Current chief 33 years old chief and brother to our candidate has no years and has no male offspring on his own. I give him one concubine from our dungeons and proceed with invitation. Also I notice he has 445 gold! I think about marrying later our steward to our daughter. This way if they roll on some not important county I can even let them keep it for all that gold.
    n8oScrY.jpg

    Interesting new steward with interesting family

    By october the rebelion is put down. I ransom some before ending war. After getting almost every single coin of Khanty chief in question had, we become new owners of his tribe! I move our prussian steward there as Khantia is of wrong culture and doesn't neighbour any province of our Komi culture. If we succeed in fixing culture, then one of our already Komi vassals will be able to also convert his tribe (assuming he rolls rng chance for it). We end year with slightly over 1600 gold and 9/10 holdings.
    6Urda76.jpg


    Year 808
    ==================================

    For current new year resolution I decide to keep on looting eastern Siberia. Time to cut those nomads down to the size. We are also offered claim on Hlynow in february, which we take. Our plan to to present our firstborn with whole or even two high chiefdoms - Mari and Vologda slowly comes together. As we can educate him we will make sure he is, as able of administrator as his father and thus help us with culture conversion of those tribes.
    x47JUSh.jpg

    Preparation for creation of influencial branch family (just in case)

    While defeating Khagan of Gyla, we secure his 3rd son which sells for quite a lot. Even after ransoming he has almost 200g so we keep on sieging his holding. This is one of the consequences of making independent Khagans empire tier - their prisoners sells for lot. Come to think of it, I'm pretty sure it was usually him that was bullying our vassals in Ural duchy. We can call this a just retribution. This way we can use nomads to help us in acquiring the capital for development of our economy. As long as no one develops into regional power house, we are fine.
    bRahC1p.jpg

    Big nomad piggy bank :)

    According to my earlier prediction: Kostroma tribe converted it's culture quickly (may), without even need for our steward to be administrating the realm. That is one advantage of high stewardship rulers - they be culture converting under right circumstances like crazy. Hope is I will be able to spread Komi culture as quickly after conversion. After a while I have a realisation though: I don't see constant seduction pop-ups. I remedy it. Seems like being for 15 in-game years of hands-free Rulership left some habits. Funnily Chindyapa wants to kill our current 69 years old infirm wife. Nothing against it, but I wish they luck as our current partner has bunch of intrigue traits. That said: truly love knows no bounds!
    fxBJxJH.jpg

    Culture managment #101

    November warns us about world being full of dangers and plots, so just in case spend my current prestige in Tynea and Pilva on upgrading buildings to level 2 (Warcamp and Practise Range accordingly). We don't need repetition of our ruler father's case, which died with bunch of prestige/piety. Then I look through intrigue menu, but there is nothing out of note. I have strong preference to not check "auto-end plots" box after trying it out. Game is in my opinion much more interesting this way and in this AAR - we get bunch of occasions to cash in while performing our Law administering duties. We are not well liked by few chiefs still remembering subjugation. Luckily in few last months some of them died off naturally and were replaced by new generation. Just to be safe I switch my 100 relation spymaster to scheme stance (passive chance to increase chance of discovering plots).
    XRZdABv.jpg

    Potentially interesting options for securing some wealth

    As our oldest daughter finishes her education soon, we get to decide on our last intervention. I can make her Ambitious and rival but decide against it. With probably high level of Intrigue education, that could be deadly. She can still become patient through traits, so Omurtag does nothing. I'll keep close eye on her as there might be things we can do with her, beside establishing additional branch of family without having to give away land. Her together with some seduced women could help us in acquiring wealth but I have yet to think it through. We release non-ransomable prisoners for around 50 piety (but still are in deficit). Before end of year we loot eastern Khanty chiefs and decide on big heist - time to loot Khaganate of Sibir!
     
    Last edited:
    • 1Love
    • 1
    • 1Like
    Reactions:
    Part VI (809-816)
  • Part VI (809-816)

    Year 809
    ======================

    Once again did some digging between playing sessions. This time main motivation was interest in how many chinese artifacts spawned since start of the game. Turns out - not many and mostly in India. From memory (after looking through every nomad and his vassal hordes) I counted 3 artifacts. Was initially thinking about liberating some relics from Nomad capitals, but it doesn't seem worth our raiders time. Spotted artifacts were of low quality and with not highly desired bonuses. That said I found something worth mentioning:
    of4APuw.jpg

    Suomenusko exclusive goodie!

    Sampo is really nice and during theorycrafting phase was major argument for remaining as pagan. There is a spoonful of tar though. According to wiki - the game lies to us about National Tax affecting anything beside personal demense (which isn't national at all!). While both prestige and piety are good (as is extra stewardship), it isn't as good as straight +20% income flat. Or at least that's how I understand it.

    Resuming raiding from last part, raidders proceed towards capital of Khaganate of Sibir. For some reason I can't start sieging them down. I don't remember losing any skirmish against them in previous years, so I'm dumbfounded. But if it isn't happening, then I can move back. No sense in suffering out-of supply penalty for nothing.

    March provides sad news. Our beloved pregnant Chindyapa died due to food poisoning. It really was a difficult pregnancy. Well we need to find new target. While browsing through characters within diplomatic range I spot this abonimation:
    jQdw9Og.jpg

    Both Quick and Genius? You ok, game?

    Ignoring those unexplainable deviancy, I find new potential mother for our future offspring - Euvje. She is attractive, Genius, Mystic and of Finno-Ugric culture group. This affair requires purchase of favour from her (80g) to proceed with invitation to Permian court. Her being locally present helps with not failing at seduction event pulses. Given she is 33 years old that's kind of important. Beside that - not the best base stats but I really want that smart genes to make future less of a chore. We greet her at our doorstep by spring.
    OKZTxrB.jpg

    Oh sweet Euvje, how many sons will you give our King?

    With new motivation and after working out the best time-table, it is time (again) for some potential wars. We start process of breaking up our previously subjugated chief of Vologda by demanding Hlynow from him. We have generated clams for it and he complies, which is kind of dissapointing. Omurtag II specially didn't held army on his capital to encourage rebelion. That still is really important for our culture consolidation. Hlynow tribe borders many non-Komi provinces, and thus converting it will speed up spread of our Komi customs.
    6E2qHPx.jpg

    Managing internal politics and shaping future local landscape in Nenetsia

    During may we can spend gold on our religious festival for 100 prestige and piety. After some digging through menus and discovering method of fixing failure from previous paragraph, the plot to revoke 1 of the remaining 2 tribes under Chief Panay starts. It works perfectly given current circumstances to finally strip him of all but 1 province. The motion enjoys lot of support from our vassals, so it easily reaches required treshold of 80% plot power. During feast, we experience behaviour of our Khanty vassal in Sibir: extremely lunatic probably due to suffering from Great Pox and having currently no heir, as well as prefering members of it's own sex. Spells rather bleak future. Most unfortunate, that one of his brothers is his heir.

    After all the revelries are finished in June, we send our demands to chief Panay. This time, our vassal refuses. Too little - too late! To maximize time well spent I decide to extort tribute from one of neighbouring Khanty Chiefs in Siberia simultaneously. He was already looted, lowering his chances of having serious cash in next 10-20 years for ransoms. Our kingdom could always use more prestige. As it happens, our retinues were still waiting by his border - pure coincidence I swear :).
    gRpigNx.jpg

    Quick extortion of tribute to cheer up our raiders after fiasco in Sibir Khaganate

    Somehow poorly placed offensive in calendar year has to proceed in autumn. I let our vassals and tributaries do most of heavy lifting by attaching them to small levy raised from Vologda holdings, while our retinue is sieging down Tui and Bulshoy Yugan in Sibir. One of my Lodge commanders is improved by Marshall, getting +3 Martial and Flanker commander trait. Neat! I definetely can use such combination with great results.

    In second half of September Omurtag II finally scores wit Euvje - she really wanted to be seduced through high learning poetry option and he somehow managed (with learning of 8 compared to her 23...). Some vassal Khagan under Bolghars foolishly tries to pillage southern edge of Ural, when my main levy is 2 provinces away, so we move onto those fools. They wisely scram, before we can reach them.

    October marks conclusion of tributary war in Siberia - Chief Arti of Bolshoy Yugan bends to us. Maybe 200 prestige is not much, but hey: here in Siberia it is honest work :). On more serious note: one of our investors died and to my horror we didn't inherit his wealth. At least I think so, because now his sister has 232 gold... Didn't expect such thing. Such thing cannot be allowed, so we invite her with her wealth. I check other investor and they don't have any family - so they are safe. But I have to retrieve our funds somehow.

    By november we tumble Euvje few more times and then drama happens. To be honest I didn't not expected our other lover to sell us to general public. The one, generated through Seduction focus: Sochava. Well sucks for Euvje reputation, not Omurtag's. We do progress toward Seducer modifier (+1 Intrigue, +30 Sex Appeal). What's worse, our Attractive Quick Sochava stopped being our lover. So we lost access to relantionship free chance at Quick+Attractive offspring with her. She still has maxed opinion of us. Almost immedietely after unpausing something good happens - one of our rivals die, giving us chance of getting rid of stressed. If you wonder who he was - he was Cancer suffering husband of Chindyapa, our previous love interest. Fortunate turn of event I would say - not only it removes penalty to health but also bumps our stewardship. Our investor sister arrives as well, and I discover that I can't just imprison her due to religion differences (we would be slapped with -40 modifier for being tyrant). So we still have problems on hands.

    In last month of this year, we suffer another fleeting. This time I remember to check options but opting out of it is not possible. I choose the best I can against my opponent (Word-Slayer... Ugh) and it goes as you expect. Minus 75 prestige...

    Year 810
    ======================

    In January we finally siege down first rebel chief's tribe. Walking there took really long. Traveling across Nenetsia is tricky even with Warrior Lodge unique commander trait, granting more supplies in winter. As it is the middle of winter I have to either wait on captured province, or move back to my own holdings. I decide on 2nd option to relieve currently besieged by rebels tribe. Also 1250 Bolghars show up, just west of our holdings in Perm.

    After checking up on Euvje, we realise she is pregnant. Our next decision is to take Sochava as concubine. Not sure if seduction can mend our relationship (can with captured concubines), but she still should be at almost maximum relation thanks to huge +50 modifier from generating event. Currently we have 10/10 holdings so I don't mind more sons, especially if they would inherit genetic traits.

    As it turns out, my expectations hold true in regards to nomads supplies in our lands. Even Tengri are heavily limited in Arctic lands, meaning we can feel more safe against big nomad blobs. I feel like we can beat reliably up to 6-7 thousand troops and general winter should nicely cut any nomad death stacks down even lower than that.
    37Xdw3D.jpg

    Perm too deadly even for nomads - do not approach!

    Rebelion ends before winter truly leaves us (granting 50 prestige) and Vashka tribe goes under managment of newly arrived chief with 19 stewardship. Then with our retinues, we set out in full force against Bolghars having nice 7:1 advantage :). They run away intact having achieved nothing.

    On 15th of April our oldest child finally matures and becomes Elusive Shadow (highest intrigue education level). I decide to marry her off to Romuva King of Galicia-Volhynia to secure possibility of alliance in the future. They will be bethrothed for 6 years, but we have time. Pracise range II is constructed in Tynea and Warcamp II in Pilva. We order construction of Warcamp II in Tynea to bolster garrison even further (it is close to being able to match 1250 bolghar riders).

    Then it is finally time to divulge my plan towards de jure lands I hold, belonging to Nenetsia kingdom. The reason for breaking that vassal up, was desire to release each province as single county independent chief and then make tributaries out of them. With 5 vassals we are talking about 1000 prestige, as well as lowering our vassal limit. There is also a hope, that one of those Nenetsian chiefs, might manage to carve out realm strong enough to resist Norse predation and thus making our live easier by having potentially an extra ally. Before we start executing this plan, I need to move my retinue closer.
    jrII9Wl.jpg

    Omurtag II master plan: tributary prestige farming

    In the meantime - in June Euvje gives us a son, but he doesn't display any outstanding qualities. He becames acknowledged as bastard just in case. Our retinues are finally in place and ready, so I finally release those Nenetsians. Turns out I didn't know about something important - after releasing a vassal, there is 10 year truce. So we can't just go with execution of our blitz speed campaign. Good thing, we did it now and not later. Given our king age, we still will be able to make those tribes our tributaries for few years before his death. Let's just hope that there will be anything to tribute in 10 years time.

    In August, investment is made in upgrading our mercenary company (by sending more heavy equipment). They for some reason aren't being hired, while both cheaper and more expensive bands are. Perhaps I will use them myself, so it won't hurt to make them more formidable. By spending 200 gold we give them 50 more Heavy Infantry and 150 extra Pikemen. I did test various ratios of troops and what we currently have seems solid tactic wise. Also I hope that we will see cool Finno-Ugric Pikemen model for them.
    vk7XO3S.jpg

    Maybe we don't have any cavalry but that infantry composition is especially tough against nomads

    I tinker some more with my concubine setup. Set aside the infamous Setyamka "Not Starweaver" because she is old (53 y.o.), and replace her with our current love interest after making her our lover (for better fertility). Bad luck doesn't leave me, as my Court Physician (Kind, Just, Humble, Honest, Wroth, Scholarly Theologian with 18 Learning) botches treatment of my oldest daughter food poisoning so badly, that I get an event to punish him. It is a really difficult decision on how to proceed. No piety to replace our doctor. Also don't want to make rival out of our Elusive Shadow daughter. I imprison him, reasoning that because he has gold he will be able to ransom himself (spoiler: it doesn't turn out to be possible). Let's keep him there for, let's say a year and just try to survive without Physician.
    wgqUQbc.jpg

    Not cool dude! I'm trying to grow my dynasty and alliances

    December gets more action heavy, shortly before change of calendar.Omurtag finally manages te make Euvje his lover and almost immedietely makes her his concubine. My daughter clings to life and I spent 400 prestige on maxing Prestige Range in Perm. Gerasimos (Greek investor) dies, and we inherit his wealth. Few days later our Marshal informs us about betrayal of chief of Galich Mersky in duchy of Mari, for whose tribe we have a claim. Resulting in imprisoning him. I could take it now, but it would put me above demense limit. So I decide to ransom him for 70g.

    Year 811
    ====================

    With start of 811, I change my focus towards Scholarship. At long last. I could keep trying to get perfect heir, but I give up for now. Omurtag still has passive chance of siring more heirs through concubines and lovers. By taking Scholarship not only will we go through building observatory event, but also boost our chances on writing another book - which, we are once again eligible for. Sadly I was too hasty with clicking writing book decision without unpausing the game, which make game not take into consideration our updated stats. Meaning we didn't get the option to write learning assosiated book. The decision remains between martial and family topics - begrudgingly we end to write about dynasty. Meh. But we also can choose ambition of seeing realm prosper (it also went through full cooldown period). And of course Way of Life DLC classic - build an observatory. I make sure to park our spymaster in Byzantium for stealing technology (our current ruler focus makes success in it far more likely).
    knRMg3F.jpg

    Middle age crisis at it's finest. Omurtag II decides on building realm prosperity, writing book and constructing observatory :D

    But wait! There is more. I also commison another artifact. I forgot earlier, that weapons and armor also provide small but steady trickle of prestige. So it would be nice to buy them now instead of later.

    In April our previous Court Physician dies... Seems not only can't he help to heal minor health issues but also isn't much of survivor himself. I didn't even put him in Oubliete! This is troubling - we don't have anyone to replace him. Seems our plans keep getting derailed. Commisioned blacksmith arrives and we decide on Axe of highest possible quality (-180 gold). We also set out with 8000 troops to start raiding again. I decide (maybe against better judgement) on Estonian lands and to move down after. Our Ethiopian chancellor presents us with opportunity of claim fabrication for the humble price of 37 gold and 150 prestige. We accept his offer.

    As I check out on our sick daughter in summer, she makes full recovery. Funny how this whole 'Food poisoning' incident turned out. As our raiders slowly march towards Baltic, our Blacksmith delivers quality 2 War-Axe. Not the greatest but still +0.5 prestige monthly will give us 600 prestige over the next century. That's something.
    GBNx6S5.jpg

    Getting perfect weapon for whole playthrough is tricky, as we will utilize all kinds of infantry at various stages

    Tynea finished War Camp II, putting it almost up to level of most of our duchies and I realise that for some reason I am at negative prestige. Perhaps one of the choices in Blacksmith event? It isn't tremendous amount but it still caught me off-guard.

    December for some reason always has abundance of action. While looting Narva Tribe, we find key to our polish lootbox. Which turns out to have 200 gold inside. Somehow I glitched out the game, because this event fires twice and second instance generated nothing (which is fair). Upon closer inspection it turns out, that (without my intention) both Narva and adjecent Kalevan tribes were looted at the exactly same day, and both triggered "finding the key" event. Huh. Would be funny, if both instances generated some gold. But I'm happy with "Not-Santa" this year.
    CN2bAkT.jpg

    Confirmed. Polish lootboxes - best rng and most consumer friendly.

    Year 812
    ===============================

    Year starts with decision regarding our astrologic pursuits - what will we observe with our new facility? Stars obviously, which means going for military technology points and Scholar. Scholar lifestyle will help with prosperity events MTTH, while Mystic doesn't (it has though Necronomicon, which hugely helps with Learning). While military technology isn't tremendously attractive long term, we still need IV level of Military Organisation for being able to convert away from pagan religion.

    It takes me up to February to remember, that I was sacking for prisoners (not lootboxes) so it is time to press magic "Ransom all" button.
    CNavlWf.jpg

    Those numbers won't stop amazing me

    Then IT happened, as we were happily looting. Out of nowhere Omurtag II died. Not gonna lie - didn't expect that, as we got rid of Stressed. I don't think we had much of prestige loss and definetely not piety (in matter of fact my score went into negatives xD - how often does that happen to players?), but the gold spent both on writing the book and observatory is lost. As is our claim on Galichy-Mersky, ability to double dip into tributaries from Nenetsia-Project (but at least we skip what remained of forced truce). What a reign of 37 years it was. We went from 0 to max prosperity in perm + cleared 2 space for 2 more holdings, consolidated our rule in Perm duchy then forged kingdom, created mercenary band and started Komi'nification of our de-jure subject on top of further development of our personal tribes. Raided as fas as Vistula and kept nomads in check. Somehow non planned turns of events were quite enjoyable to experience firsthand.
    WD7Kiwx.jpg

    King Omurtag II went to take glorious place among his ancestors. In family tradition King Sarin I takes over while young

    His 12 year old son Sarin I will now rule. We are in quite the mess. 10/7 demense and 4 duchies. That's -50 opinions from vassals on top of short reign penalty. We arrange our new council and guardian (which is Sochava - previous lover of Omurtag II). As we unpause we immedietely get good education outcome, as we change Playful into Deceitful. And boy do we have use for more Intrigue helping with passive protection against plots now. Then I decide to change our guardian again - this time to our prussian genius steward, who can make us Patient and has overall good stats (Also doesn't have Cynical, which I hope makes it somehow less likely that Curious will evolve into that).
    4HsTpU5.jpg

    New Permian CEO. Doesn't look promising. Also last of our line.

    By June we get notified that our strongest vassal and also heir - High Chief of Votyaki, is trying to get claim on our Kingdom. At the moment he lacks popular support to enforce it. That said we have quite a few years of regency ahead of us and our mother is currently rulling, I don't have idea how will she manage our Kingdom. We throw a Great Tribal Festival to try and accomodate rest of subjects vassals, going under 2000 in treasury once again. It is one of few decisions that we can make at the moment, and maybe it will buy us just enough time and positive opinion modifiers to wither the storm. We spend some coins on fortune telling and get some positive outcome - +0.5 health. Not bad! It slightly shields us from dangers of sickness.

    We keep looting baltics, and I decide to give the high chiefdom of Yugra title away, to our Komi vassal in Siberia. It should somehow help with abysmal opinions.

    Before end of year, things get way more complicated as our young king discovers joys of homo eroticism. In true CK2 fashion it only gives ammunition for our unruly vassals. What's more, we are kinda hanging by the thread with "spare" playable options. I become less confident in our ability to survive regency without concessions.

    Year 813
    =======================

    By February our mother - Setyamka "the not Starweaver" dies due to old age. So our regent changes. Now it is Ehtiopian chancellor. Who would thought he would become one, when he left trading caravan? Still better than our Ambitious Votyaki vassal. Which, we somehow keep in check, but soon he gets close to 65% plot power and bunch of backers. I definetely can't lose our troops while raiding - it will spell disaster. I also leave auto-stop plots box checked.
    aPFRVYs.jpg

    That's not very nice, you know?

    Time is working for us. With each month, year penalty for short reign slowly dissapears and surviving till legal age, where we will retake some power becomes more realistic prospect. I didn't send the gifts because of our low diplomacy it is not really worth the cost (20g for +2 relations...). If only Omurtag II knew and could take ambition of grooming the heir, then we could offset this whole situations with positive modifiers - Sarin is at perfect age for Introduction to realm. But here we are in "introduction without king-father" scenario.

    By April our raiders loot the easter egg "+2 Axe" from Marienburg. We hardly get any prisoners without warrior lodge, but I hope for some events at least. If we are even eligible for them. Months pass uneventful when it comes to notification and I can only dread what happens behind the scenes. Not many things to report I'm afraid.

    July - highest level of Practise Range is done in Perm. I don't spend any prestige at the moment as it helps with opinions if ever so slightly.

    August - Elder Gurgen dies, we inherit his vast wealth. Also 3 prisoners are picked from Plock to our dungeon.

    September - Master of Bow Irter dies, we Inherit his wealth again. We keep looting polish High Chiefs, in hopes of repeating lucky results.

    October - stewardship of Sarin is enough to get rid of Smuggler Ring modifier in Hlynov. Kind of embarassing to previous owner that teenager restored order there.

    November - Marshal Arvo Arvo gets military technology event. It is nice event for prosperity in capital, if capital isn't already at maximum level. Can't afford to move our older sister holding the spymaster office from monitoring our court to utilize it better by siphoning more technology from Byzantium. While not super important I'm content that he doesn't abuse his office now, as it could somehow maybe prevent us from reacting. We also pass 2500 gold treshold in our treasury. I'm certain our current vassal heir would love to take over that small fortune.
    bete16j.jpg

    Not much but it is heartwarming that our council is hard at work in visible for us ways

    Year 814
    =======================

    First thing out of importance happens in March - we get good outcome for eduation: fussy into patient from our guardian also being patient. I forgot that fussy, can also evolve into Diligent by guardian intervention. Well let's hope our guardian will push us towards being as ambitious as him quickly befor becoming adult. That would be huge boon. Confusion about Sarin sexual orientation also continues:
    wsIcIir.jpg

    Difficult world of teenage sexuality

    Finally some gameplay. I choose women option thinking that it won't matter much and then I'm presented in choosing between Lustful and Chaste. That's tricky. I need to repopulate dynasty but also - Chaste grands +1 Learning! My king could take plenty of concubines + wife and probably not drown in children for now. So I opt for Chaste resulting in Sarin having -30% Fertility currently. Time surely went fast, as our guardian makes us Ambitious by becoming our rival. This is the best outcome I could hope for. Now if we roll Shrewd from Curious, we will be totally rocking. Cynical isn't bad either for prosperity events as possible outcome. Somehow out of nowhere, Sarin became really good candidate for succesfully ruling Perm.

    As snow melts so does Khazarian blob. They suffer from some instability resulting in dropping some of their previous tribal subject. It is joyous news, as so far I observed with anxiousness how they keep growing on the map, and taking oportunities from us. Also last time I checked they were at around 20 out of 26 thousand population, so not far away from invading some bigger realm.
    0NFV29F.jpg

    I hope they implode!

    In may things turn bad. Our older sister - Virtyava, which was our Spymaster was murdered on Chief of Votyaki orders - the same one who is trying to usurp our kingdom! We can't do anything about it, as Council sees him as part of our dynasty due to lack of heir and refuses to punish him to not weaken "our dynasty". Arghh! He will pay for it! I don't know how exactly he did it, as I already knew about his scheme and it wasn't against Virtyava. I don't think it will be an overstatement that things got little too "precarious" for my taste.

    Once again we loot 2 places (Wroclaw, Krakow) at the same day, but this time without any strange chest sheningans. I decide to move our retinue back - mostly to save on Piety (currently -66). I realised the need for some piety to be able to Choose Patron Deity, as well as having troops to deal with unforseen circumstances might be also a wise idea. Thus slow and careful movement of retinues towards Perm begins, while levies go towards Cieszyn, as it's holder has 300 gold.

    As I keep monitoring retinues, I get caught while trying to loot Slavic Bavaria. By way more troops than character screen showed! It is bad - their 10 thousand troops against our 4000 and we are somewhat without commanders. That said we get pretty good tactics (2/3 flanks roll feint) and we overall are losing 48 people per day in comparison to 93 losses suffered by our enemies. Sadly we get routed soon, and lose over half of our levies. It is a disaster! Luckily our levies are mostly replenished in tribes, meaning we had pretty big safety cushion. Even after looking up from where did over 8 thousand extra troops came I can't make it out. I think I got screwed by few warring AI dogpiling on me. After changing map modes I finally make out some sense from this mess - seems it was due to Christian Duke of Salzburg holy warring bavaria, that I just got under Central European Slavic alliance steamroller :/. Most unlucky.
    q33jJhb.jpg

    Who just believed character screen, and didn't check for allies in holy wars before raiding? <--- THIS GUY :D

    Year 815
    =======================

    If you wonder how the religions are doing, I can update you on that. It goes as "well" as usual "769 bookmark" start games tend to do. Even without our intervention, Catholicism kinda imploded into Catharism (mostly on British Isles), Waldensianism in France and Lollards in both south-western Germany and Spain. Islam isn't doing much better. The only relatively stable religions are Iconoclasm + trio of Jainism/Budhism/Hinduism. Also remember that one Norse ruler who converted almost immedietely after start of Viking Age? I checked up on him - he was dogpiled by rest of Scandinavia and northern germany and lost 60% of his realm size. Truly hillarious!
    Bh81xfL.jpg

    My first time experiencing such cursed world-state. Interesting how will it evolve with time

    By April our retinues are only 2 provinces away from our holdings. I don't think I ate any extra attrition losses but our piety shows -110. And whatever left of our levies is revenge-sacking Bohemia. Maybe not the safest options, but aften panicking that plot will fire due to our diminished levies it turns out that most of our tribes were already mostly refilled with levies - leaving us with safety cushion.

    Then we get another new event. Option to stop pursuing members of our own sex. I actually would like to keep it, but it costs 50 piety. So I can't take that hit for "the boys" :D". So we can interpret it, as our adolescent ruler realising after his older sister untimely death, that his dynasty fate depends on him. Also Regenstauf castle falls to us.
    R29JXkN.jpg

    Probably due to us not telling other "homies" that we love them, this world will become worse world. That said one of those homies kind of murdered our close kin so...

    Descendant of our Komi vassal in Siberia, starts plotting for Khantia tribe (currently hold by us). He is pretty pissed, because the positive modifier his father had for granting High Chief title, didn't carry. As they say "the road to hell is paved with good intentions" and our previous strategy backfired on us. I also recall our levies from Bohemia.

    By August our regency finally ends! We luckily roll on highest lvl of Stewardship Education (Midas Touched) and also Shrewd. Oh boy... That is some serious very good fortune. Sadly we somehow also get Cynical, but I think as we can't lose shrewd due to trait limit we are ok for now. Don't have to worry about passive loss of one of current traits. Just luck at this absolute king of a unit!
    1lOmqyj.jpg

    It's start of our payback story! Didn't expect for Sarin to turn so well!

    I don't choose ambition yet, as I'm not certain if I'm able to retain peace for 5 years. Instead we go with Intrigue focus. It works nicely for few reasons currently - we want to spy on some of our vassals, to break motion of different king coming into power, as well as trying to retrieve funds from sister of our long dead nomad manichean investor. On lvl ups we will only get schemer modifier, as we don't have intrigue education and we already are deceitful. We also take Sochava and Euvje as concubines (father and son seem to like the same women, if we include dreams about Razhava + good genes and prestige) and find interesting finnish wife worthy of our status!I won't actively try to repeat previous mistakes with succession.

    Dmqi6lI.jpg

    Noble Wife - something that rarely occurs in my playthroughs

    We also don't have to worry about opinion as much, as extra stewardship put us at 10/10 demense size resulting in not longer eating that nasty penalty of -30 opinion from vassals due to over limit demense size.

    In september we get approached by demonic cult. One of Omurtag II lovers - Razhava (the only about which Sarin dreamt) chats us up. Normally I would not mind, but I kinda have already what I want in this ruler and don't see much reason in trying to mess it up. We could get familiar for extra +2 Learning, but I don't feel like rolling further rng for bad genetic mutation is sound idea. It could also help us with our revenge - true. But I think ambitious Sarin will get more satisfaction by doing it himself.

    I decide to change our capital location from Perm to Kudymkar. Why you ask? For prosperity gain, which I feel kinda lags behind. Many events won't give us extra prosperity in Perm anyway, as it is already maxed. While the Crown Focus can still fire it's prosperity related events in Perm. With that we can now Worship Ancestors. Sacrificing one of our captured prisoners for "Prosperity option" also gives us 60 piety. With festival next year we probably, will be able to choose our patron deity. Stewardship deity should only have 2 possible events due to our high stewardship - getting new friends and increasing prosperity in our capital

    By November we succesfuly spread vicious rumors about our female investor replacement, getting Amateur Schemes modifier in process granting +1 Intrigue. More importantly: it (if I remember correctly) cuts down MTTH for intrigue events, as well as making us somewhat more resistant to hostile attempts.

    As December starts, our steward and previous mentor succesfully settles Khantia with Komi settlers. This is first step for our culture across that side of Ural mountains. It is of importance as due to how Ural Mountains divide borders between Perm and Siberia, I think most of provinces on the other side are not adjecent to our culture land. Making culture spread impossible. That's why I prioritised planting our culture in Siberia. After that I send him to build our Legend, and Spymaster to Byzantine Empire to steal technology. Risky? Not really, as plots against us stopped. Won't make our ruler forget though.
    3JDJf2w.jpg

    Komi settlers arrive into Siberia

    Year 816
    =================

    New year starts with chance of accusing our spied target of heresiarchy. At this point I wasn't sure, if this is enough for tyranny free banishment. Wiki page also doesn't list banishment - only arrest. So I had to risk it. And the risk paid off.
    SewbFQr.jpg

    It almost feels like debt collecting

    I made sure it is safe by checking on one of our imprisoned vassals and if there would be tyranny, the menu would inform us about. With that we can finally retrieve over 300 gold! Putting us at almost 3200 gold treshold. After that success, we start spying on Chieftain Ngenna (who tried to plot for one of our titles). She should be relatively easy target with just 6 intrigue and warm us up, before starting our main revenge scheme. We also order 3rd level of culture building in Perm (more and better heavies!). Now that most of Perm is mostly at lvl 2 buildings I plan on pouring in all resources into 1 place at the time. We start from Perm tribe, because it has the most holding slots resulting in best return of investment.
    6Sk25qv.jpg

    Current development progress in Perm Tribe

    Out of curiosity I notice something really good for us. Look at this:

    HHKDZC7.jpg

    First appointment of our mercs! Truly baptism by fire.

    Finally our Permiam band starts generating profits. After inspection I'm less happy. Our band is already reduced in size by half, and whoever is hiring them is in several losing battles at once. Including Abbasid vassal and Khazaria vassal horde, which might mean that our mercenaries will get wiped out :/. Which would mean that we lose whole investment (losing over 400 gold bad). On the other hand they can kind of prove themselves against all cavalry armies (assuming Ruler AI isn't total moron and doesn't feed them into impossible battles).

    It doesn't take long to dig up some dirt on Nenetsian female chief. Seems that her Cynicism didn't do her well, as we accuse her of spreading vile heresies. It enables us to imprison her. To maximize chance of arrest I would need to place marshal on her capital first, something not currently possible due to cooldowns.
    huFe5pK.jpg

    She is clearly heretic! I have evidence - trust me :) Love passing justice

    And on topic of marshal - our favourite event's fires again! I replace him with 12 martial greedy, deceitful courtier I have currently in court. Then it is old music - we send new marshal to "Supress Revolts" in capital, wait few days for bonus to apply and put Arvo Arvo in cell, before banishing him. Easy 100g. It dawns on me, that I don't have to wait to imprison chieftes Ngenna - if she rebel's I can just seize her land getting rid of one of last Nenetsians in my de jure kingdom. We fire our shot and succeed. At least I can ransom her for 70g. Also our new capital Prospers (lvl 1 prosperity!)
    u7uvxwk.jpg

    Average time in Marshal office of Perm Kingdom is not long for each holder. It is fruitful though!

    By winter's end I also enforce change regarding Vassal Obligations. This time pushing Church one step towards tax orientation. As I researched topic of temples profitability, it turns out it is worth the effort. The math isn't complicated - direct vassals holding temples contribute yearly around 3.2 gold. Over century that makes for 320 gold. That is without many income modifiers like prosperity, stewardship bonuses of holder or monastic society bonuses. Once we get access to Monastic societies, we will be able to work towards building temples for half their prices. We can build some temples ourselves in Perm (1 per province is minimum anyway) and it just works out to be 250 gold per 1st temple in province. That's 70g profit over 100 years at least. We probably will spend more than 100 years between converting to organised religion and feudalising. I also hope that bishop AI will either use their wealth on infrastructure (meaning more income and extra piety!) or save enough to be worth "nationalising" it for king use. Yes it can potentially backfire depending on how many prosperity events fire. I still consider it being net gain and something worth doing with our economy before going full feudal. Interesting side note - temple vassals have somehow higher tax modifier possible than city vassals. While in the end cities do pay more, I'm not certain if due to lacking technology+infrastructure temples might pay as much in taxes over the whole playthrough.
    VVs7zm2.jpg

    And where were you, when King Sarin I proposed Church taxation bill of year 815?

    With spring we slander Chief Ngenna, and with that I'm pretty sure we exhausted our possible options for spying on her. So it is time to move onto next offender. Time to check, what is our not happy vassal in Siberia up to. As we prepare Sarin's first Ugon Juhla festival, our levies are finally back and our Permian mercenary band is still not dead (it even replenished around 100 people, which might be huge against nomad - I cheer for High Chief of Aghbanian in his woes). By June festivities end and we quickly choose our Patron Deity - Ukko (for prosperity gains, even though Akka or Tappio&Mielikki would also help our stats tremendously). With that we reach 24 (!) Stewardship. We also declare tributary war on one of nenetsian chiefs released by Omurtag II. He tries to surrender, but as I'm reading tooltips, I don't see our prestige gain listed so I decline (for extra 20 prestige). Sarin after fruitless spy session in Siberia, finally moves onto spying his nemesis - High Chief of Votyaki.

    Joining Followers of Otso, is somewhat risky, so I delayed that decision till now. I need to start gaining warrior lodge currency for leveling up and unlocking "Reaver" passive ability. So holding breath I click on button for joining. I hope we don't get some bad luck. As soon as I write those words, game strucks again. Ancestor Worship results in penalty of 20% to vassal tax. It the negative outcome from "Stewardship" related option we went for. Out of curiosity I calculated how likely it was - with our human sacrifice it was 7% chance. Around 7 times less likely than nothing happening. Well better this than other rng rolls I suppose. Initiation Duel goes as well as our current luck is. We lose and get wounded. I was hoping that having weapon equiped will help (+7 personal combat). While not overly possible - game please don't kill me.
    QSsNQXn.jpg

    Ukko'dammit! Our subjects probably start thinking that Permian wealth comes from extorting them. It is more hillarious than damaging at this stage

    In October Sarin becomes fledgling in warrior lodge and finishes first war of extorting tribute. It should please our vassal on top of generating prestige. We move our retinue onto next tribe north - Syrj. I plan on concluding those wars at once, and then moving onto 5 years of peace. Our young CEO also participates in fleeting (at this point you know my opinion of that event) and somehow wins easy battle, for only -10 prestige total via options. So even if we win, we lose on prestige. I think the only way to get something worthwhile from it number wise is dueling offended/offenders for extra prestige, personal combat score and rivals for even more duels to farm. Something I definetely want to avoid in this AAR (had few test games in previous year, where my genius ruler got chopped by rivals in duel 3 years into his reign D:). Also I definetely don't want to fight when wounded and having swollen ankle modifier. We quickly get issued mission to wage war on Khazarian vassal. No thanks. Ambitious I will admit. But of little profit to us.

    November starts with slandering High Chief Chipaz "the Merry" of Votyaki, finally leveling up our Schemer (currently at +2 Intrigue) and beating Syrj levies for quick war conclusion (another 200 prestige). In the same manner we also beat up quickly Chief of Pinega before year ends. What will future bring?
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part VII (817-824)
  • Part VII (817-824)

    Year 817
    ======================

    As always - did some digging between playing sessions. Mostly for potential investors. Turns out that gold veins is almost exhausted, as I managed to only find 4-5 potential targets within our diplomatic range. We invite 3 of them to fill our Elders positions (possibly will have to do some spying, also I count they won't die during travel), as well as inviting nice husband for our older sister.
    yAtBfZI.jpg

    New court members. What can I say? Sarin likes big company

    After long pondering, I decided to roll the dice and try to liberate Vladimir out of nomadic rule. Given that vassal hordes are split in rebelion I hope that huge chunk of Khagan forcess will be from his tribal vassals, thus he won't have such big quality advantage. I also fire subjugation war against chief of Mari - to save on time (he has only 1 tribe).
    OGtX1A7.jpg

    Time to bring back balance to the force... I mean Eastern Europe!

    Turns out only 2 out of 3 investors are willing to come to Perm (as 3rd is married which prevents us from using favour on him... Didn't remember about that). Which, means that I once again wasted over 100 gold. Some good news follow: by start of February spying on our arch-nemesis chief of Votyaki pays off - we catch him with arrest+revocation reason (perfect). But not now. As our warriors marshall, it dawns on me that most of Vladimir is empty of holdings, thus making the war somewhat tough. Was counting on tribes still being there. Will have to win some battles against Khazars in open I suppose.

    In March via event interesting woman wanting to be our marshall arrives. She is good for being commander but not for tribals. Thus I have to decline those nice 60% Defence and Morale Defence modifiers. Her being just also disqualifies her from our Marshall office :). Corrupt only!
    aAvYHQI.jpg

    Brave Komi woman fighting uphill battle. She probably can bring troops to melee phase but then Nomads will make bowling pins out of our forces... Soo better luck elsewhere!

    Siege of Mari Tribe finally starts in May. Troops almost gathered and concentrated in single place. Sarin's sister gave birth to girl out of wedlock, making her finally eligible to be married to our handpicked candidate. Maybe some promising descendant from her line will one day rule this kingdom.

    It takes us almost all of June before defenders of Mari surrender and thus whole subjugation is finished. Nice. With it whole of de jure duchy of Mari is now under our rule. For bonus - chief of Mari has mentioned in previous part Sampo that will go into our treasury with some luck during replacement process.
    7SMgQRR.jpg

    Fort Construction #101. Let's hope that this investment will help us win the whole conflict sooner and won't be just a terrible waste of wealth

    Next month and Perm forces arrive in Vladimir to start constructing forts to hold provinces. By the end we get spying chance for abduction of our sworn enemy and murderer of Sarin sister, thus we try. Not long after our minions report success and High Chief of Votyaki occupies our dungeon cell. First revoke Ilyinsk tribe and replace it's previous ruler with skilled stewardship courtier generated from decisions (Invite Noble), to boost culture conversion MTTH of nenets families living there. Turns out he isn't eligible to being executed for his murder, which is kind of a bummer. Wanted to roll that execution rng and see what method get's used. Given our capital location we have access to unique way of leaving someone to freeze. But sadly doesn't seem it will be the case this time. Having accepted the traditional laws, Sarin gets down to business and torture him by lashing. Our CEO gets cruel trait, which is more of downside. He won't utilize morale damage modifier in battles and it puts us dangerously around the limit of traits on top of usual penalties. Well at least we got the satisfaction of avenging our close kin. As permian saying goes: "Vengeance is dish best served cold... and with lots of elk milk". Sarin focuses his spies on Chief of Mari (working towards Sampo).
    p0F6LcE.jpg

    You fool. You ordered king's sister death, while you were plotting to overthrow us. Let us carve those claims into your back with a whip

    After that in September some nomads renmants fight us in Nizhny Novgorod. It is one of local minor Khazar hordes. Good occassion to whittle down nomad adversaries. Ideally we just keep beating down such small armies to gain warscore for minimal price in prestige&piety spent on men. We roll Feint twice. NEAT!
    aWbkHPA.jpg

    First battle against token Khazar force

    Meanwhile in capital, we take advantage of opportunity to slander Chief of Mari. It will exhaust that event pulse option making it more slightly more possible we get a chance, of digging some real dirt on him. Finnish wife gets pregnant. I won't say no to extra dynasty members to avoid previous issues.

    Before end of year we have whole of Vladimir duchy fortified, so I move onto Khazar Tribal vassals south-west to increase our warscore. So far there was no major Khazarian opposition. At some point I also started construction of final cultural building in Perm. By sticking to maxing buildings in one tribe at the time not only do I maximize returns (extra holdings slots) but also improve both our retinues and mercenaries heavy infantry when Perm once again will be our capital.
    ujgpZgZ.jpg

    Our personal demense is slowly building up. Sadly it is the only place in our realm, as our vassals hardly built single building so far

    Year 818
    ======================

    Another year, another spying pulse but it is only arrest chance. As I was having technical issue and wasn't noting much I don't remember if I used it. There are heirs to tribe of Mari, so Sampo won't go to us. This in turn makes arresting our vassal not great. When it comes to our war effort we sit at 15% warscore against Khazars.

    In February king's wound heals. I was waiting for it, just to be able to less paranoid about our character survival chances.

    With start of spring I change our strategy: instead of starving every single tribe it's time to opt for assaulting. Those holdings have really low fortifications levels and we have plenty of troops to take minimal losses in most cases. Thus our warscore increases at higher pace to 31%. Our wife gives birth to boy - Dokya. Either I messed something up in notes or that was miracle 4-5 month pregnancy.

    On the front we spotted main yellow horde (6100 enemies). They are coming back from Estonia towards Crimea. There is some manouvering to lure them, in which Permian Commanders succeed. They attack us on the Hills, which not only provides up to 30% defence bonuses to our troops but should also disable Swarm tactic for them. Which could really hurt us if they roll it, while we have Volley Tactic. We roll 3x Feint, enemy has mixed tactics. YET we still lose cause enemy no commander flank charged early into melee phase and crushed two of our flanks, while we only crushed one.
    IMR9MYn.jpg

    Ok. Maybe I went a little bit overconfident. Forgot that it isn't mu usual run with more military power. Also counted on less raiders and more tribal troops

    After that reality check, our defeated warriors limp back all the way to Kostroma. Why? To avoid getting catched by Khazars again and losing even more troops. We need to reorganise and rethink approach to this war. By end of August we get 1400 event troops from our steward. That's certainly will help.

    By end of your Warscore plummets and Khazars civil war ended resulting in them uniting! UGH!

    Year 819
    ======================

    I test my luck in trying to rush Khazars down, by racking more war score on soft tribal holdings. After some more manouvering we encounter Khazar army again - this time there is over 7000 of them. We lure them into another battle of our choosing. As our warriors march around land, we get somewhat uncommon Suomenusko related event: Peijaiset. I decide on extra prestige, sadly lacking either Greedy or Zealous traits for more interesting choices.
    5kLG6wE.jpg

    Religious related hunting event. Doesn't require focus or Warrior Lodge but sadly doesn't get more interactions with them

    After last loss I did some analysis of terrain and turns out Zubtsov battlefield wasn't well picked. While it had Hills, it didn't have Suomenusko religion as it is located on border between our and Slavic faiths. Thus we missed on huge 80% defence modifier to get only +30% from terrain. I also concentrate most of our forces in center flank under our best commander.
    xAzQawI.jpg

    Come one! I can take everything you can dish out! Probably...

    We try to rectify that and by July we have deciding battle. We roll nicely (2x Feint, 1x Generic) but even with river crossing penalty and our religion defensive bonus we got dunked on. I definetely miscalculated my own strenght - without usual really good commanders and more "meta" retinue composition, we can't mingle with nomads in melee range. Overall my numbers are also lacking. While dissapointing I quickly decide to sue for white piece before even battle reaches conclusion. Better to cut our losses short. Thus our liberation attempt fails.

    Spying focus event pulse strikes again with arrest opportunity on chief of Mari. As we are now free and have troops close it is convenient to try incite rebelion of our vassal now. We commit to imprisoning decision and... succeed. As I overview my current situation it turns out to be better than I thought - substantial chunk of my army was already replenished after setting out for round 2 with yellow blob. But losing our army now could be disastrous.

    Abu-Bakr (investor we failed to favor invite due to his wife) dies in November and we invite his fortunate to inherit son. It will be quite a while, before he dies as he isn't eligible to be Venerable Elder. Sarin makes him a Champion instead and the waiting beggins.
    xAzQawI.jpg

    Hello my new friend. Was a fan of your father. How about you spend rest of your life in our court as... Champion?

    Rest of year till December is uneventful. During last month of year one of our dungeon cells empties - High Chief of Mari dies. Well that didn't take long. His Sampo went to one of his sons, so at least we are step closer to putting our greedy little hands on it sooner.

    Year 820
    ======================

    Celebration of 14th of February go well, as Sarin spouse is pregnant again. I don't even know what is that woman, as Sarin is chaste. I tell you, those Finnish women are steamy! We have successes outside of marriage as well. We manage to passively convert another Nenetsian tribe to our Komi traditions thanks to high stewardship.
    FmV0gl5.jpg

    Economic success translating into demographic success. Each tribe converted means slightly more troops and less revolt risk.

    Interesting anomaly is reported to our court in March - Saxony converts to Iconoclast. As I couldn't believe it I checked and somehow thanks to one county exclave through some inheritance trickery, they became eligible. Haven't seen orthodox denomination so far west, so fast. It isn't bad choice as Iconoclasm offers high stability for europe currently ravaged by heresies at large. As it is our longterm objective to also convert - more friends won't hurt.

    With change of seasons we participate in some minor dramas happening in court of chief of Mari. We manage to imprison it's ruler, who lands in oubliette. We also succesfully and lawfully imprisson High Chief of Yugra (and we are his heir). Can't complain about Spy focus for administering my realm structure.

    For change of pace I check on Permian band in summer. They are still alive in their Caucasus conflicts. In July Perm construction of cultural building is finished. Now we are maxed there. It's high time to finally commit to ambition of increasing prosperity in realm. Delays are behind us, as we did most of important wars thus far. So 5 years of no wars is our next objective. Sarin tries to imprison heir to tribe of Mari (who was plotting against ruler in our captivity) but fail. It didn't pose threat of uprising as he is just a courtier. It was a chance to have both current Sampo holder and his heir in arrest. But sadly it failed and heir in question fled abroad. Thus there is little point of sticking to our current focus - I swap it for Business (trade ventures time!). Something fishy is going on as daughter is born in September (Vidyava) just after 7 months. You ok game?

    Year 821
    ======================

    Our beloved neighbours Bolgars arrive as always in Khlynow (1169 raiders), so I muster troops to beat them down.
    xww5ujx.jpg

    Seasonal "Catch nomad" competition.

    By March we catch them and roll somewhat poorly (2x Shieldwall and 1x Feint but on our not killer flank). At least we are fighting in our lands. Enemies rolled even worse (Harass Swarm, Generic Skirmish, Swarm) so casualties are low. After routing center and right flank, we roll volley and feint. Didn't know about extra roll. Casualties ratio goes to 30:4 for us. By the end we kill 361 bolghars while losing 42 of our levy warrior. See you in several years again I guess.

    April is great time for starting writting the book. The stewardship one (we are currently at Business, have Midas touched, Shrewd and over 20 Stewardship). One in six chances to get the best Quality 3 - here we go again. Troops with Lodge commanders start moving west to prepare for raiding. I also realise that we have heir to Galich Mersky Tribe located in Mari Duchy. I want to replace his brother anyway (wrong culture) so I look what can be done. Looking through options I decide to arrest him and object of Sarin teenage dream love - Razhava. Why her also? She did conspire against us and also seems to be close to other demon worshippers. Doesn't matter as both escape abroad. At least our righteous imprisonment list went from 4 to 2.
    YXkPZeu.jpg

    Attempt number 2 at writing. Please give us another great economy book.

    In may I decide to keep upgrading Perm Tribe - this time 300 prestige goes toward Warcamps III (+40 Light Infantry Base). I also get notification about wife of interesting prisoner dying. Why is that Pecheneg interesting? Cause he has 363 gold and no Children (but sadly has some sibling). I'm willing to try and get his wealth for us. For that I will give him figt and release him hoping to quickly favour invite him.
    XjR8IAB.jpg

    From Prisoner to potential Venerable Elder. Power of money is real.

    It isn't needed, as simple gift boosts his opinion enough, so I can use recruit option and so he became part of our court. Thus 3rd Venerable Elder is found before summer. His siblings have no gold - let's see if they will inherit instead of children.

    In June some vassal dies and his duchy shatters between his children. I decide to held another Ukon Juhla festival (for prestige and prosperity in current not maxed capital west of Perm - Kudymkar tribe). Also I start going around Khazars towards Baltic sea.
    YmUBmMi.jpg

    Damn you nomad scum! Now I have to WALK AROUND :(

    After concluding another festival (putting us at just -344 piety) our daughter gets sick. As I lack Court Physician this event decision help us. This concubine is more than adequate - Mastermind Theologian, Genius, Mystic with not bad opinion.
    mXbkN3K.jpg

    Finally some good health care. It even comes with "Mystic" service treatment potential.

    Before end of year we continue marching safely and even without taking attrition losses!

    Year 822
    ======================

    New year goes with little hiccup - we marshed bigger part of our army onto local Lithuanian defenders. Unlucky for them we rolled 2x Feint and made quick work of defenders. I'm not interested in raiding them, as they are close to another big nomad realm - they serve us better by being independent as long as possible. Of importance - we notice 1st son of Mari High Chief (as he is plotting to remove his dad). Maybe we will be able to profit on that drama.
    dyK10sg.jpg

    Excuse us! We are just passing through

    From February onward King Sarin is known as... "the Wicked". Seems our subject lack our taste and finesse for vengeance (after that I even released some poor sod of vassal from north-west Perm Ukko'dammit). Definetely should have just landed that vassal in oubliette.

    By April our (almost) 8000 raiders are safely parked on Chelmno and Plock tribes. Both capitals of rulers with close to 800 gold between them! Sadly I'm still less than 200 lodge currency from leveling up. I try anyway - I can always try to siege them again as I will be going back. Chelmno is empty :<. Just around corner is more of renown - 50 from training someone and then mission that I skip (change to Carousing...)
    lFFRc2v.jpg

    Harvesting season begins. Maybe some more of those Polish lootboxes?

    In May we get thunder event for our son Dokya. I take my chances and decide on last option to try and make him Wilful, which can lead to Ambitious but fail. He becomes timid instead. Well it was a coin flip to be fair. So it is what it is. Luckily his guardian is Gregarious, so it should count for intervention as far as I remember.

    By summer Dobrzyn falls but is also empty. So is Polock. Damn I forgot how bad it is without Reaver passive. We move onto Gulf of Danzig next. Our old spymaster finally dies at 69 y.o. I replace her with Sochava, who is more skilled. And theeen I remind myself, that we had special greek from caravan, so Sochava is now replaced and angry. Maybe lower opinion will prevent us from extra kid. We also get minting coin event. This time I decide to spent gold. Why you ask? I can't risk getting Deceitful and Greedy at the same time, as it will leave our quite nice ruler at the mercy of rng when it comes to removing traits up to limit. And we succeed (+1 Stewardship - Aspiring Trader)
    8mt6BsS.jpg

    Minting some currency. Because we clearly have not enough >:-D

    By August we get notification that someone steals from us. No one has any visible wealth from event so I think it is due to our rival Prussian steward that I keep hoping he generates gold through ambitious trait. Bytow tribe falls as well - still no prisoners.
    APBHEeB.jpg

    First time I see that. Not huge issue but I hope it doesn't lead to more prominent losses

    By November both Slupsk and Szczecin tribes fall - no prisoners. I localise good targets in Lorainne and neighbourhood, but we still are close to year short of advancing in warrior lodge.

    Year ends somewhat bizairre - King of Svibjod Ragnarr 'Lodbrok' managed to reform Germanic religion. Good job AI. That's quite early. I wonder, which tenents did they choose. Not sure how to check it. Nvm. I think I found it. It seems Autocephalous with Prepared Invasions.
    bNgbpIm.jpg

    Potential economic powerhouse in scandinavian IKEA?


    Year 823
    ======================

    So we can only enviably look across baltic from polish side and wonder if Germanic Ikea will prove to be competitor in our economic struggles. Our Warriors wait for Reaver passive on sieged holdings to avoid attrition. Having moment of break I look at Permian band. Not only did they survive battles in Caucasusian land (but their payer didn't and thus now Khazars border Abbasids and Byzzantines) but also managed to gather over 600 gold.

    Before end of February another trade expedition starts. The reason for which, we moved capital to Kudymkar tribe. Time to start collecting those modifiers! I start with regular payment for our means of transport. Then our Warcamp finishes and we continue building it up towards last level.
    cpkmJQc.jpg

    Family tradition - you ain't man till you established new trade route

    Quick calculation suggest that I have wait til summer to be able to start getting those prisoners more reliably from sacking. Our trade caravan arrives in Qocho near Tarim basin. As that ruler somewhat likes us (-7), I decide on only medium gift (+5).
    F83CVq1.jpg

    Advertisting Komi fashion in year 823 C.E. You know foreigners love it.

    By May everything is in order and deal is struck. Quick summary of few clicks and usual decisions: +100 gold, +150 prestige, modifiers for Ruler (+2 Stewardship, +town opinion) and trade route modifier in Kudymkar for 30 years. Not much (but we also don't have high income) but still profitable. Now it is high time for some experiments.

    Something I didn't tell you but noticed after last part - our trade modifiers are gone. I don't know why and when but they vanished and I'm certain it wasn't due to not paying their upkeep. I did study event file but my only idea is tied to "changing capital" somehow erasing all trade route modifiers. So I will test it now by changing back to Perm. Let's see if Kudymkar retains... And it did... Maybe it is upon death of ruler, that it gets cleaned? But then why did we retain Pil'va trade route previously? I'm confused. Does it have something in common with rulers death? Or was it regency?
    AoZDyLi.jpg

    Investigation into trade route modifiers vanishing in Perm and Pil'va tribes. It was not due to changing capitals

    June arrives and we send petition for our advancement among Followers of Otso. We are eager to hug walls and make for cheering squads! We also start moving our raiders towards central europe. this time without any holy wars. We should be fine. First we have to move through Pomeranian troops. We make quick work of them by rolling twice feint and having 7:1 numbers advantage. Fight ends with close to 10:1 casualties ratio :). This is more to my liking. Good fighting to commemorate becoming Warrior!
    71RJFbv.jpg

    Attempt number two for entering german speaking Europe. Time to ramp those monetary gains.

    By Autumn we get to decide how much will we sacrifice for book writing. Given our last bad experiences... (literally death rng) I decide to not raise quality. I don't want quality 4 and we have many good modifiers already. Other options doesn't lower quality in tooltip so let's try this. Before end of september we start siegeing down Wuzrburg and Bamberg. Cmon Reaver trait!
    OACkBWI.jpg

    Pneumonia PTSD. I trust you Mr. Tooltip.

    Warrior lodge pulse triggers on drinking challenge - saying no is not an option so let's hope rng doesn't punish me heavily. We somehow win drinking contest and don't get Drunkard trait! Big win in my book. Bamberg is empty so we move onto Nurnberg.

    Year 824
    ======================

    Another year, meaning only year and half till we finish "seeing the realm prosper" ambition. Also good thing that I checked how is Permian band doing - they just got hired by Duke of Alsace, which is relatively close. It would be a disaster if I myself would wipe out my own mercenary band! This is also fortunous as it means that at least so far, our mercs can work. Previously I was somewhat paranoid that, we didn't had range for them as maybe our capital was too far.
    jw3gX7w.jpg

    So our boys from Permian band are good enough for central europe huh? At least we won't massacre are our troops

    Bad spell is broken and we "harvest" 8 prisoners and "+2 Axe" from Nurnberg. Raiders move from Nurnberg onto Ulm county. I don't siege down cities and bishophrics as they lack gold for ransoms. Decision to hire armorsmith is used, cause without that artifact slot on us we are lacking some prestige gain. Wurzburg falls and with it 10 prisoners! That's close to 600 gold in ransoms between those 2 pillagings. And our Finnish wife is pregnant again. Love is certainly in the air. One would even say: wúnderbar. Let's hope for some genetically gifted offspring!

    Our Mercenaries finished working in Alsace, just as we move closer towards it and went to Lombardy revolter to support quite the character. Just look. Also she has twelve times her liege troops. Seems our boys will be on roll.
    mp4r0aJ.jpg

    Lombardian Warrior-Nun. First king rank contractor for our mercs. Give them hell boyz!

    By May we have our armorsmith - mixed bag. 15 stewardship, diligent, fortune builder but also decetiful and arbitrary :/. He might run with money. We order high quality anyway (for 180 gold).
    rX9vXI3.jpg

    Given that we don't use that Personal Combat Skill and Morale Offense this is quite costly for just prestige and Martial

    During summer High Chief Chipaz "the Merry" (murderer of our sister) dies and is succedded by... High Chief Chipaz II of Votyaki (how original - I wonder if we can expect him to behave the same way as he still will remember our torture of his father for next 100 years... oh boy...).

    Our craftsmen finishes comissioned armor in August and it turns out to be mediocre (Q2). Still it gives +0.5 prestige which is more that I thought. Meanwhile in Perm siberian nomads are looting our vassals. They don't have enough troops to siege down our demense so we ignore it.
    AREgHPu.jpg

    I won't move back raiders in central europe to deal with pillaging of my not-Komi vassals in Siberia. Maybe I should create border guard retinue?

    Wife gives birth by end of September to twins: girl Ashava and boy Vechkas. Now we are more safe that in any other moment during this playthrough: we have heir and spare! Sadly no "smart genes". I also decide to start construction of IV level of Practise Range in Kudymkar given both long building times and surplus of prestige.
    CaOUxjf.jpg

    Spending some of excess prestige to save on build time. Also more archers makes our army considerably stronger due to Feint tactic.

    By November we get marriage offer for our half-brother from King of Franconia. While our warriors "kicking asses and taking names" makes me happy there are few problems with accepting that Slavic King offer. He has quite some troops (2500) but he is potential raiding prospect. Also don't want to help him unite central europe. So no!
    ot8wX1X.jpg

    Central Europe finally is introduced to our business model :)

    Winter of 824 ends with taking over Trier and Basel castles for 8 prisoners but not big ransoms. With that this part comes to end, with our Permian band returning from Lombardy ruled by their previous contractor, now Queen Desiderata of Lombardy :).

    //P.S: Return after break longer that expected. This part would be, a week ago but my streaming service keep disconnecting every in game month (thus scarcely narrated first few years). Then writing this part after playing it over 2 weeks was also challenge and had to keep booting game to investigate: "what the hell was going on" with regard to screenshots without notes.
     
    Last edited:
    • 1Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part VIII (825-833)
  • Part VIII (825-833)

    Year 825
    ======================

    We continue from where we left off (this time without any recruiting between parts). By January 18th Trier falls, and we gather 9 prisoners. The northern host moves onto Julich, while southern starts besieging Bern. Also Bolghars are back. They conquered tribal vassals, who seceded from Khazars and are now up to 1750 men. But this is winter so they will lose roughly 40%. As always they start with our vassal lands. So they won't have men to besiege our outer tribes. I also keep ransoming.

    By spring our southern raid group moves past Bern (was not lootable for some reason), sack Vaud and move onto Varais in Kingdom of West Francia. It is really fractured and they have only 1800 troops tops, which we will beat. If it was united I wouldn't bother as we would need to stick together to beat big feudal army thus making it really slow. But with divided France I'm more than happy to take their accumulated wealth.
    MDa8VRP.jpg

    Sacking french lands

    In may gardener event chain begins. Given that we can't change focus till autumn, I'm willing to go through it. It will generate some extra prestige and while extra stewardship isn't much needed, if I remember correctly final modifier should also provide extra +1 learning, which might be crucial.

    We continue gardening work and in next event we miss 50% chance for diligent. Pity. We could really use it. But oh well. I didn't even remember moment ago, that it was a possibility. There still will be chances for that on next focus.

    Halfway through the June Julich falls, we get 4 more prisoners. The raiders pivot north-east to Cologne. I can't stop being amazed at how much even dukes in western europe have their in coffers.

    In July we become stressed. That is now a problem. Because we are over the limit of traits and the game will take one from us at random. Let's just hope it won't take Patient or Ambitious from us.
    q8eK6Pc.jpg

    Too many traits. Please game don't take away patient or ambitious

    Back in home Bolghars found that they can siege Tynea after replenishing. That's a problem. Don't want to lose on prosperity. Don't want to move back (troops in France won't make it in time anyway). My only option is to hire mercenary band. Sadly our mercs, who could prove themselves are just snatched by some duchess in Verona. We have to decide on more expensive mercenary option. I decide on Turkic Guard (1200 Light Cavalry and 600 Horse Archers). But they start at 0 morale, so it will take some time before we can chase off invaders. Luckily the siege of Tynea just started.

    By end of month we conclude our ambition of "Seeing Realm Prosper". Several of our vassal provinces hit 1st level of prosperity. While they don't have access to Crown Focus, it is always nice to have prosperous realm. I don't pick next ambition, as only relatively useful would be to have an heir for introducing son to our vassals. But it would increase fertility and thus make our life more problematic in matter of succession. This prompts me to move Chancellor to fabricate claim on Yamalia Tribe in my quest to spread Komi Culture further east of Ural Mountains.

    By August Varais surrenders to permian raiders and we get 29 (!) prisoners. Amazing. Time to move our forces closer in order to deal with kingdom of Luxemburg (which can muster some defenders). While not enough to beat even half of our sacking parties, less casualties mean longer possible sacking possibilites. Got to maximize gains for long march across europe.
    BMo0iXM.jpg

    Time to visit Luxemburg

    As I was organizing mercenaries into single flank and assigning commanders, our steward spawns event troops. Nice. This is huge, as we are pretty evenly matched and I see that Tynea has hills (thought for moment it was just arctic). With those 2300 troops (1400 LI, 680 Archers and 250 HI) we should be able to just edge out the victory.
    EnNG6pf.jpg

    More tribal event troops

    Good luck continues: on 13th of September Bolghars become victim of one of siegeing events and lose some 70 odd troops to bandits. Won't matter much as they reinforce. But still - serves them right!

    On first day of October I decide to ride out as Mercs are almost full on morale bar. Sadly I underestimated how long it will take to move 1 province and Tynea won't hold :/. We also finish Gardening event chain for another modifier. It gives diplomacy (not learning) though. We picked bunch of modifiers, to sum up we got: +3 General Opinion, +0.5 Prestige/Month, +1 Stewardship, +1 Diplomacy. Not bad for last moment effort. But now we want swap to Scholarship. At long last - but still we need to wait to November for cooldown to wear off. Those prosperity bonuses won't create themselves without our assistance.

    Turns out we were just one day too late to prevent sacking of Tynea. Tribe loses Practise range I. Ukko-dammit!
    sf7L12R.jpg

    Punishing Chimgi-Turans for damage they inflicted

    Our forces make quick work of Bolghars, which gives us another 5 years of peace. Vologda tribe hits prosperity level 1. Not as important because I won't be keeping it longterm (plan to give it away to 2nd son).

    By November Perm finishes War Camp IV. Time to upgrade Weaponsmith to level II for quicker replenishment and some extra retinue + morale. Mostly replenishment to support it's 2000 garrison and 2000 levies troops.
    nehfFDX.jpg

    Continuing development of tribe in capital

    Mercs with event troops move to Siberia to deal with smallers raiders, before I disband them. I also rebuild fort in Tynea and add 2 forts in Perm, Kudymkar. Never too safe I guess.

    Also few issues popped out. Our Diviner died, so I need replacement. The usual corrupt recruiting criteria apply. I find Arbitrary, Greedy, Deceitful reformed Norse candidate without any good (in our case bad) traits, sporting healthy 18 learning. Sadly she isn't eligible because of different religion. Then I notice that I can move my Marshall onto this position (he has 5 Martial, 12 Learning and meets usual criteria for traits). Then I think that the solution is to make already invited character a Marshall. Problem solved! But no once again I jumped the gun - Kingdom of Perm doesn't have tolerance laws high enough for women as marshalls. Because she isn't closely related to me I can't make her shieldmaiden via Warrior Lodge to remedy this situation as well. At least thank to this whole orderal, I learn that typing several traits with space between works for better more detailed search filter. After another search I finally settle on Slavic candidate with 18 Martial, Deceitful and Greedy. Will do.

    We pick decision to construct Observatory. It will bump our Learning with Lifestyle and passive upgrade to over 20 which is more than enough for prosperity reasons, but also will grant some military tech, another chance at diligent and half MTTH on stealing technology events. Newly arrived Marshal is sent to marshall troops in Tynea to quickly replenish ravaged garrison.

    Year 826
    ======================

    We begin another year with worshipping the ancestors. Once again we pray for prosperity and hope this time it won't result in penalty. We sacrifice one of our ambitious vassals, who ended in dungeon cell. Hillariously his heir doesn't mind. Luxemburg has fallen and we move toward Vermandois.

    As Cologne is pillaged, we get nice event. Our troops discovered rare artifacts - head of hero. Well not bad I thought. But then I checked it and it gives +1 Learning! This is seriously good for this playthrough.
    Fh3ndZo.jpg

    Ooo. Nice trinket for some extra learning.

    After some consideration I reconsider and disband mercenaries + event troops. They cost us over 200 gold per year. Also I can't force them into raiding somehow. And well don't really care much about empty Siberia currently.

    We resist our foul impulses for extra 10 piety, bringing us up to just -532. It seems it will eat into our score for some time, but over time dynasty prestige should offset it. Also we move our raiders into Brugge and Yperen. They will operate close for time being, to check for any French attempts at relieving their lands.
    mXbTyfW.jpg

    Time to raid french held Netherlands

    It is time to once again change vassal obligations. Moving Church obligations one step closer towards Tax side of contribution. With it we will get up to 50% of our direct temple vassals income.
    KwMaekU.jpg

    Maxing temple vassal taxation for now

    By Summer our spy finally (seems like it was quite a while) managed to steal technology. +50 Culture points. Few days after we finish observatory and get "Studying the Star" modifier for further +1 Learning. It would be nice if we lost some extra trait relatively quickly, before we acquire diligent.

    Upon inspecting lands of our realm, I did notice that our Mari vassal managed to convert his tribe to Komi culture. Didn't even notice that they were Komi from 2 generation ago. Just as the game is unpaused, we get notification that it is him - High Chief Sektev of Mari that is slandering us. Additionally the opportunity to fabricate claim on Yamalia Tribe, which I take. Culture spread is important overall. By end of month we drag out 12 people out of Brugge castle. Soon joined by another 4 from Yperen. That's another 250 gold in cash.
    B0ULsRi.jpg

    Another chunky ransom

    August offers us another Warrior Lodge mission to reject. It wants Sarin to change focus. We won't change our focus. We are on that sweet prosperity grind mindset.

    Our besieging troops in Boulogne get intercepted by 600 warriors of local count. We dunk on them hard, resulting 4:1 kill/death ratio even with their main leader getting narrow flank. I remind myself to move chancellor to another tribe in Siberia. No sense in wasting his time, when we can push our shrewd managment further east in one go.
    AmN1kXO.jpg

    Beating local defenders with our Feint antics

    By October one of our Venerable Elders dies and we inherit his wealth (around 200-300 gold). This is proof of concept that siblings don't inherit. I intend to use that knowledge to my advantage in the future :). Currently we have 3 investors, who have between them 950 coins.

    Year goes with us acquiring 24 ransomable assets from Kingdom of France capital Guines and Boulogne. Next on the list of targets: Rowen+Vexin (funnily we get joined on siegeing Rowen by everyone favourite Namsborg viking from Britanny). We decide on military technology option in scholarship (aiming for that sweet lifestyle trait for reduced MTTH for prosperity on top of extra +3 Learning). As per usual this year our christmass present or solstice (if you prefer) is death of our long time investor Shiresala, who lived till venerable age of 84. With his death our treasury peaked above 4000 wealth. I decide also to release non ransomable prisoners (25 characters). No point in keeping people who we won't benefit from - limits amount of notifications that can potentially clog message menu.


    Year 827
    ======================

    Year 827 starts approprietely with drinking. Warrior Lodge challenge, from which King Sarin doesn't back down. We succeed in winning and not getting Drunkard. Nice. Seems things are in control.

    We fail to collect anyone from Rouen, and our diviner dies. As I look for new diviner, I realise how little corrupt characters there are with even average skill. Somehow by promoting corruption in our offices we clamped down on corruption across our vicinity.
    np5vS6V.jpg

    Scrapping the barrel for corrupt characters

    By April we get another 50 culture technology points. In the next month we get the chance to hold another Ukon Juhla and I take it. +100 Prestige and Piety ain't bad. Our Raiders move onto Anjou and Maine.

    Before end of spring our ancestor worship decisions result is in. We rolled extra prosperity level and because we aren't eligible for it, we got 50 gold instead. Pays for feast.
    qlPuGio.jpg

    Once again rolled prosperity lvl up from Ancestor Worship thus gold

    Summer welcomes Sarin with another step in studying the stars event chain. It is chance for Diligent, which Sarin misses once again. Ukko'dammit. We can hold Great Tribal festival but I opt not to. It only increases prosperity in our capital, so I would mostly be paying potentially for chance to get better nickname.

    Rest of that season is spend on rampaging through western France, but for little monetary gain (rarely do we get more than 10 prisoners from which not everyone is ransomable).

    By September Kudymkar Practise Range is maxed out and Perm finishes Weaponsmith II. I decide to not build anything at the moment anywhere outside our capital. In our home, we go with Training Ground I. Because we maxed all other buildings providing base troops, those +2.5% bonus levy and garrison should bring the most bang for the buck. It also basically offsets Maintenence Mercenary Band penalty.
    R3OMDdP.jpg

    Time to start getting those % bonuses to already big base value

    Rest of year is uneventful, not counting ongoing pillaging of single county vassals of French king (who rarely give us more than 10 gold per holding). Oh and our youngest investors turned out to be werewolf who is plotting to kill one of our children. So we move Marshal, who halfway rebuild defences in Tynea tribe to increase our arrest chance to 100% and safely lock him in our oubliette. It should speed up inheritance of his wealth while minimizing the risk of that lunatic.
    qPgISr9.jpg

    Introducing werewolf to his new home. Safety of courtiers first!

    Year 828
    ======================

    With another year abroad, I think about how far will we pillage? Could visit Iberia because our foreign contigent is still going strong (6000 warriors). It will mean that we will return later though and there is no telling, if we won't need them quicker. There is always an option of disbanding levies and just marching retinues back, as we are mostly replenished back in home. Another argument for raiding further west is that we won't likely march again so far in Sarin's life. On our way back, central europe mostly recovered so they are eligible for Permian visitors again. Which at least adds another year or two on way back. As we invested in those Siberian claims, as well as having 4 eligible vassals for revolt provocation on top of having some unfinished subjugation wars, there is a good incentive to manage those affairs back home. Still I opt to check how profitable Iberians are (at least a little).
    Qtskl02.jpg

    Long distance raiding

    Before end of January our wife Tuulitar is pregnant again. I checked and she is mother to all of our children (not much concubines input I guess).
    The question is - will this child have quick trait? See soon (tm). We also resist our impulses (I wonder if Cruel makes it more likely? If so then it is somehow good for our piety gains).
    ZBNrTsO.jpg

    Maybe that previous revenge torture was to our ruler liking...

    By May we have to keep resisting. It starts to fire semi regularly which I don't dislike. I wonder how much will it help us become pious man. Warriors pillage Saintougne and Poitou for 8+19 prisoners and move further south to Bordeaux and Lusignan. Then we have to decide on buying pregnancy gifts to our wife (and we opt no to for penalty of 25 piety). I would spend that gold if it didn't come with miniscule chances at 2 traits. I also decide to rebuild Practise Range I in Tynea. Maybe somehow we manage to patch up defences high enough to prevent further problems.

    By spring Bordeaux is liberated for 9 people. Our Wife gives birth to another daughter, which has genetic trait. Not the one we would want though. Welcome Slyugan'ka!
    xmgkF8Q.jpg

    Not great luck with genetics so far

    By Septembers like bad rash, Bolghar riding raiders are back. I do a quick calculation and it seems they plan to winter in our vassal lands, so they should suffer attrition down to 1000 men. Maybe we manage to weather the storm? Or maybe finally our mercs become available after being tied down on long contract in lombardy. Both of their contractor wars at over 80% warscore after all. Sadly winter turns out to be mild and thus no attrition for raiders :/

    Year 829
    ======================

    Luckily Bolghars retreat in January as weather turned more frosty. They just barely have the manpower to siege Udmurts tribe, and Tynea Tribe isn't eligible to looting for another 6 years. Lucky us. We also find another "Lootbox" in Toulouse. Let's hope for some more cash in it!
    W6gedE5.jpg

    Bolghars forgot their winter clothes :)

    At February the 14th construction in Perm is completed, and continued toward Training Ground II (+5% Levy and Garrison). In Aquitanne we have to do some manouvers due to revolters presence, the amount of French troops in vicinity is dangeourly high. Some attrition during last few months melted troops to just over 4500 men. Seems we won't see much of that Iberia. Still I think it was profitable, as our treasury is nearing 5000. That pace is right on schedule.
    BVwpg5e.jpg

    Just in case I park Marshal in Udmurts to bolsters garrison numbers. With that Bolghars will be unable to siege it down. Better safe then sorry. Also we don't really have anything better to do for him.

    In March we are visited by some bard, for +2 Intrigue modifier. Not bad, not neccessary. And our raiders are currently siegeing down La Marche and Aurillac in southern France. We quickly catch someone in some illicit love, and decide to profit from this. As a reward we get whole 1.0 gold. Not sure what to do with such fortune!

    During spring our rival Prussian steward offers to build monument. 20 gold for +250 prestige and +10% prestige is such a bargain. Especially given how much prestige we are currently gaining. I will gladly pay 20g to get +1 prestige/month on 29 year old ruler! There seems to be more and more reasons to try to keep Wicked King Sarin on throne as long as possible.
    NN4MI0j.jpg

    Attaining high prestige income

    Another Occitan castle falls and man. You could tell me that raiding in vicinity doesn't have any impact and I would believe. But for me it seems whenever I'm raiding close to whenever I found "Strange box" I find key. As was the case now. Turns out french RNG is way worse than Polish RNG. We got nothing, meaning that so far out of 2 "Strange boxes" in this playthrough we rolled once best and worse option. Or was there a 3rd box that also was a flop?
    NzSnZoq.jpg

    Bad "Suprise mechanic" result

    We turn our raiders back, but instead of going straight back home, we pillage on way back. By going close to Alps, we can still harvest quite a lot and then upon entering slavic central europe, there still should be more potential targets. Polish lands already recovered and then we can pivot north to pillage Baltics, as we move around Khazars. What's best is that by the time we will be back, our levies will be fully replenished (currently over 85% replenished).

    Beside that we get another "Study the stars" event step. Another 30% chance for diligent that we miss. Seems like we will have to try different thing in order to maximize our MTTH on crown focus events.
    9E0B8Yl.jpg

    Another chance at diligent

    During summer, we got screwed out of our Werewolf investor money. Don't know why, his sister inherited. Who is married to Sunni ruler. So as I understand free courtiers wealth goes to us, but imprisoned courtiers wealth doesn't? Well that's stings. I will mark her only daughter for now, maybe we will retrieve those 300 coins laters. We also finish Practise Range I in Tynea for total of 1100 defenders maximum.

    In middle of summer our oldest daughter gets flu. She was decently treated for symptoms, but we proceed with full course of medical aid. Let's hope nothing crazy happens with our Mystic Court Physician. Also our Attractive, Quick concubine becomes pregnant, while King wonders if it is his child in her belly. More on that later.

    During November nights Sarin makes a lot of progress on his astronomy hobby, increasing military technology points by 100 and learning attribute by additional +1. We are slowly getting towards optimal modifiers even without Scholarship focus. If only steal technology events would fire more often.

    First week of december comes with news of fabricated claim on another Siberia tribe. We take it. With it we only lack 1 tribe east of Ural Mountain in order to be able to swoop all of them at once. Some technology finally spread somewhere in our western domain. While not tremendous it is good to note that, we started spreading technology across our realm.

    Our good-for-nothing Greek Spymaster finally hauls some Byzantines technologies to us. Not sure why but... 3rd time it is cultural technology points. I would prefer Economy. Also if anyone wonders how are we faring tech wise, below is the screen. For now I'm not rushing it to get slightly more in the long run. For now we will leech technology from others and not eat that "ahead of time penalty". The only important tech to spread is economy for construction options inside holdings. Especially "Construction". So some balancing will be have to be done, but I haven't pondered about it heavily so far.
    IOwBHk8.jpg

    We start having some technology in perm...

    Year 830
    ======================

    Few days after change of date, Clermont falls. Our forces diminished so massively that I'm forced to join remaining 4000 warriors into single group. It will eat into our profits, but will prevent extra casualties due to fighting. But at least we will siege faster with more men, all under siege specialist commander.

    In March our best commander succumbs to Cancer. He was vassal who developed nicely on his own - 16 Marshal, Brilliant Strategist with Leading the Center, Winter Soldier and Shield of Thundra commander perks + Patient trait (+20% Leading the Center, +75% Winter Combat, +20% Combat in Arctic, +30% Defence, +7 Winter Supply multiplied by his martial score). Sarin has still in service Siege Leader and 2 Warrior Lodge commanders (one of which has Flanker on top of Shield of Thundra trait), but boy will he be missed.

    Upon birth of concubine's child it turns out Sarin was right, to doubt. It was not his child. It belongs to Chief of Keltma under High Chief of Votyaki just west of our Perm Duchy. Well this turned out rather nicely.

    Spring comes with both: our spymaster offering us extra protection for 5g and our steward reporting construction of monument in Perm. Somehow it didn't turn weird due to him harboring rivalry towards us. Perhaps Sarin and his prussian steward have gained respect towards each other. I also hope this will make steward ambition event more likely.
    0hdf8sK.jpg

    Moar prestige, moar modifiers!

    Raiders move onto Dijon. While concentrated they take close to 2 month per castle siege, which is neat. Sadly sacking counts is really not that efficient if we don't kidnap a lot. Mostly due to low individual ransom value.

    In May our genius concubine/court physician dies out of Gout. She was 54 years old so wasn't contributing to our prestige any longer but was somewhat good Court Physician. We also finish our astro studies. We conclude with embracing lifestyle, getting bunch of prestige and bumping our learning up to 23! Now we are free to change towards anything we wish.
    SGwXUIy.jpg

    Another scholar Permyakid :)

    Given our king is 30, Rulership seems not that great (we already have Ambitious but lack Diligent and Just) mostly due to already having stressed and having chance at Depressed. Business we already went through so there is little benefit in remaining events. The choice is between Seduction (to try to acquire genius heir but dividing our lands even further upon succession) or Theology (to get Diligent and Temperate while trying to get rid of Stressed, Cynical, Chaste on top of some extra piety). I like Theology better as safer pick (+1 Health from it). So once cooldown in November goes away we can start our religious ventures!

    Our raiders took 8 people from Dijon for relatively good profit (140 gold). We move slowly, because in this part of map there is plenty of 1 county rulers. Patiently we churn through them.

    At the time in August, our oldest daughter gets nickname: "the Heavenly", while our spymaster Pamphilion presents us plot counter-measures. Not bad. Between it and 14 Intrigue with Schemer modifier, Sarin should feel pretty secure.
    oAdg2ea.jpg

    Free Plot power defence yay!

    October gifts us with extra gold (6) from being ambitious. I wonder if it scales based on our income. If so it could be nice in the future. Also some game hiccup happened as our daughter Vidyava "the heavenly" became known as 'the heavenly" but also got Attractive trait.

    It is high time to find good guardian for our 12 years old son Dokya. He needs Diligent and Just guardian at least. Zealous/Erudite and Gregarious in further order. But then upon checking wiki it get's more complicated. Just is intervention trait, preventing obtainitng Diligent from Conscientious. I finally decide to get him assigned to Diligent, Erudite, Gregarious finnish lowbown abroad. Two of those traits are kind of high roll'y but if it succeeds, then I can take over and assign Diligent myself in worst case scenario. Or decide between Patient/Ambitious in better. If educator manages his interventions quickly, I may assign Dokya to someone who is Just.

    But before our request can reach him, he dies to consumption. So we decide on more local option of wife to one of our Komi vassals, who is erudite and diligent. But then before we reach her, Dokya develops Diligent and stressed with our Concubine as Educator... So we can switch once again for Just+Erudite guardian (Wife of another vassal), as Just no longer prevents him obtaining Diligent trait. Also we finish Training Grounds in Perm and spend another 300 prestige to develop them further.
    Wi36H1M.jpg

    Slowly filling Perm tribe

    Warrior Lodge finally has some interesting offer for us. Raiding neighbouring Chud Tribe in Vologda Duchy. That's doable and I won't say no to more free money on the way home.

    Year 831
    ======================

    Upon Checkin on our Mercenary band, they finished that cursed contract in Verona and were hired in Mercia. They accumulated so far 1400 gold, so they finally start popping off. At some point in the future I will dedicate single ruler to inherit that wealth upon succession. Currently though I'm on lookout for when they are not contracted so I can upgrade them with more Pikes and Heavy Infantry (so they win quicker and are more viable against nomads).

    I also forgot to change Sarin's focus in november due to all education theories. I change it now to Theology. Just as that change is made our wife becomes pregnant and Sarin once again doubts being father of unborn child. Now this is less funny, given this is our wife.

    Given how much prestige we are currently gaining, I decide to bolster up Tynea with Warrior Gathering Ground II. Ideally we will achieve immunity to sieges from Bolghars soon.

    Sarin's fears confirm and once again Chief of Keltma claims fatherhood. I move my marshal to Keltma, and decide to try arresting. Just have to wait a bit for marshal bonus to apply.

    Meanwhile rest of our raiders decide to move onto capital of kingdom of Lorraine. It is small and could pay potentially massively.
    x6PprE6.jpg

    Time to visit Verdun!

    We commit to arresting and succeed. Finally that Keltma tribe joker is locked away. We can even execute him without tyranny. Poor choice on his part to mess with "Wicked king". I don't decide on it though. Why? Because he is vassal under one of our rebelious vassals. High Chief of Votyaki (his overlord) will have to be dealt with soon, and then maybe we can strip him of his lands as well. Installing our own sons there won't be a terrible idea.

    Techonology of Legalism I also spreads around. Soon our wife gives birth again. Now we can arrange divorce. Weirdly we can make use of that whole situation in order to get better wife. One with high stewardship, so we will be able to soon hold all the lands revoked from traitors. I find nice candidate: high stats overall and Genius. I spend some money on recruiting her. It costs us close to 500 gold to get her (because I screw things up and forget that close relatives can't be favour invited) but I manage to get her. Our demense limit increase by +1.
    KU4N9Ed.jpg

    Genius wife for our king - another attempt at getting genetics

    Our Raiders successfuly raid Lorraine but produced only meager results in prisoners. I move them on Duke of Trier capital close by. We are less than 3000 strong warriors. I think it might be hight time to think about going back. Sarin also develops sympathy to Christianity, to which I don't have an issue in accepting. Our ruler is cynical and major christian denomination kinda works into skepticism of idolatory (Iconoclasts). Usually I get nervous, as those events are more associated in my brain with secret societies but not this time. We have theology focus. No province or vassal is christian (only 1 has Iconoclast Court Physician). Most likely triggered due to some prisoners.
    s8jOswC.jpg

    Starting to warm up towards Catholics

    And so the year ends, on requesting some ransoms and moving Marshall back to Udmurts to bolster troops.

    Year 832
    ======================

    I start another year with taking "Groom a heir" ambition to introduce Dokya to our vassals. That's +15 opinion for 20 years. And currently we have nothing better to do. Even though I fulfill all the requirements I can't introduce him. Doh!

    Our raiding host pries open Trier and brings us another artifact. This one will be nice replacement for Hero Head after conversion. It provides the same extra 1 Learning but also piety and prestige. Switching between Suomenusko and Christian faith later in the game will be more fluid thanks to it, as we will retain at least +1 Learning bonus in every case!
    J90PAqc.jpg

    Useful christian holy relic :) More of of them!

    Finally it is time to end our "Great sacking of Europe". Time to pack weapons and go home, as what's left is mostly our retinue. Meanwhile back at home we participate and lose in Flyting (costing us 75 prestige). Our troops arrive at Baltic coast, where they siege down some tribe to replenish supplies. I will move them, a little at the time to avoid attrition.

    By June our new young wife proposes us to become our steward. We decline. Not only is she not better than our Prussian steward (who I just realised lost ambitious trait), but also wife-councillor is bad combination due to how state attributes are calculated. By having spouse as councillors you are losing on extra state attribute modifiers. Also it works poorly with our quest to generate gold through councillors. So no my dear.
    ar9khm7.jpg

    Wife trying to help

    We throw out another Jukon Uhla festival. I also deduced, why can't our king introduce Dokya to the realm - son is currently at his guardian court. Who still haven't fired single intervention event. Which is kind of bad, as he is 14 years old. At age of 14.5 guardian can decide on extra trait for tutored. I change guardian back to Sarin, so he can start introducing his son to realm and as quickly as we get education event, Dokya will be sent back to our vassals.

    By August Warrior Gathering Ground II is finished in Tynea. I decide to upgrade Practise range to II level as well. Currently it sits at 1200 defenders total (with "Sacked" debuff). Our raiding party just replenished supplies, so it marches eastward along the coast. Next stop at Riga tribe.

    In September we lose our Greek spymaster. Our Concubine (Sochava) finally gets the office, as she has nice intrigue (23) and holds positive opinion of king Sarin. We also inherit chiefdom of Ural. Not bad. Demense limit sits at 11/12. Bolghars also came back and pillageg Khlynov tribe and now are onto Ilyinsk tribe. I decide to disband remaining 96 levies coming back to kingdom and muster fresh levies up to repel nomads. Also splurge some prestige on our frontier in Udmurts tribe. Warrior Gathering Ground II should further boosts total garrison there.
    gCfarog.jpg

    Catching up in Udmurts

    Our last investor dies and we get screwed out of his wealth again. It went to his siblings. Good news - those are 2 remaining part of that family, which are female and over age of 60. So we can retrieve it. It will just cost us some in the short run.

    Intervention event for Dokya finally fires. We can decide on making him either ambitious or patient. I decide on ambitious. We have really solid plot defence and he can use as many stats as possible. Also he will be shipped to another guardian right after.

    Sarin also advances among ranks of the Otso Followers. It means extra 0.25 prestige per month and +1 Martial. Not mentioning new special decisions and abilities. As Veteran he can instantly replenish garrisons (I think it include levies as well), inspire troops for combat modifier and use Suomenusko exclusive power to Summon quite big contingent of troops under lodge commander. It is simmilar to Slavic variant but from what I remember Suomenusko is better when you are relatively small in levy size. Who knows maybe we can make use of those.

    By December Bolghars decide to skiddadle after succesfully assaulting the rather week garrison in vassal's Illyinsk tribe. Most likely prompted by setting of winter. It would cut them to half their numbers, if they decided to keep the siege. Before end of month, we have both sisters of our Pecheneg investor safely at court. With 486 wealth in pockets.

    Year 833
    ======================

    This year we decide on education of our oldest daughter - Vidyava "the Heavenly". Leaving her under care of her current educator seems like the choice, as our Concubine has rather good set of traits for intervention: Diligent, Gregarious, Cynical, Humble, Patient.
    NpBBQ1M.jpg

    Famous Sarin's daughter. What does the fate has in store for her?

    Our Retinue is around Estonia at the moment. Maybe this year they will reach our lands. I send our levies towards western part of Perm to finally sack that tribe in Chud, for which we have warrior lodge mission. Sarin also starts Theology lifestyle event with summoning the story tellers. We won't be able to max it, but at least we can still get additional +1 Learning. Our prisoner-seducer complains about his prison and contrary to what I would usually do, I decide to move him into house arrest. Want to assure he won't die too soon - before we can really punish him.

    With start of february I check how is Dokya doing. He finally transformed one of his childhood traits into Erudite. Which is super nice. As Suomenusko we have limited access to that trait. Interesting trivia: in the past Slavic and African could really easily roll it on children by choosing Learning patron deity. For some reason with Holy Fury it was removed for them sadly. Now we just want to flip Brooding into Just and we are set with really nice heir.

    By March I have to march back, because Bolghars get ideas about pillaging Tynea Tribe. Not on mine watch when I have over 6000 troops nearby. By April fort in Tynea falls and we have around month and half to arrive there. I hope we will be able to catch them in time. Tynea has hills as terrain so it should prevent nomad tricks. Let's check how do we stack against them.

    On Dokya birthday we finish writing our Book. It results in failure as we only get Quality 2 (perhaps had to eat that sickness to improve quality), which gives... Plot power. It's such a bummer... Lesson learned.
    iO8QGAx.jpg

    Another failed attempt at getting desired books. Huh. Seems there ain't good way and safe way of acquiring what we need.

    We catch Bolghars and roll mediocre volley tactic on both flanks, while center is shieldwalling. While our warriors break nomads morale pretty quickly, the kills exchange at 1:1 ratio (with defensive religion home ground advantage). In the end we kill 300 for our 200. If game rolled Feint on our stacked flank it would be much better result.
    UKFiwG2.jpg

    Seasonal repel the nomad event. Good training ground for future wars.

    Our retinues arrive at Chud Tribe and start the siege. I sent them local 800 troops as reinforcment, while our main host after battle slowly moves across our kingdom as well. Now at least we don't have to worry about being pillaged and losing ongoing constructions on frontier. The rebuilding of Tynea fort is ordered to avoid forgeting about it. Sarin also progresses on his religious studies getting two +1 Learning modifiers: one pernament and one for 3 years. With that we are sporting nice 24 Learning (and 27 Stewardship).

    During Summer we get spouse event allowing us to buy love from our wife. 15g for that? It's such a bargain. I won't say no.
    NB2bty5.jpg

    Small gift for Sarin's wife.

    In August we finish with Chud tribe, earning extra gold and warrior lodge currency. Still - feel like some of western europe ransoms from single counties were superior. But hey, now Sarin has this mission accomplished.
    nQNcXUq.jpg

    Another warrior-lodge sacking mission done.

    Time to administer some king's justice to our vassals. We have quite the list of offenders (that I hope revolt). First on chopping block is High Chief Chipaz II of Votyaki, who makes design on Kingdom of Perm title. Sadly once again we succeed at 57% chance. For now I will move onto next villain. High Chief Sektev of Mari - another plotter and also owner of Sampo. We fire arrest and fail - he raises in rebelion. Neat. Let's hope we manage to capture all of his extended family at once.

    By end of month we finish Training Grounds III in Perm and proceed towards last (IV) level of tht building. It lowers our prestige but now with our armies home, there is less advantage in having maxed prestige opinion bonus.

    Situation evolves in October as High Chief of Mari calls for support from Chief Viryas of Vel. While, he is not the target I can use revocation to consolidate northern marches of Perm realm and lower amount of vassals in one move. We quickly beat the rebels, capturing most but no all of them. Sadly upon enforcing surrender, most of them goes back to Mari court. Vel tribe goes to Chief Osh of Izhma in the same duchy, to consolidate it a little more. I also move all captured spouses and concubines of Mari into house arrest, to make sure they outlive as many members of their family as possible.

    Upon closer inspection, I move our Chancelor back to Yamalia as I have claim on Tribe but not on High Chiefdom. Can't proceed with restructuring Siberia without it. Time to rectify that.

    Before end of year I catch my mercenary band not being in action. Immedietely send them extra 50 sets for heavy infantry and 150 sets for pikemen. With that they are ideally kited out, thus have nice set and weights on available tactics and more importantly should display as our culture Pikemen model <3
    tvbFrYK.jpg

    New better permian band!

    // P.S: Slight delay in posting. That should be yesterday but I simply couldn't make it in time.
     
    Last edited:
    • 1Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part IX (834-842)
  • Part IX (834-842)

    Year 834
    ======================

    Another part, another investor search (as all offices are emptied). I found several characters without families (lesson learned from previous part) but I couldn't be bothered to try and fill all slots for Venerable Elders, as it would require too much effort. Instead we have several candidates for various offices(because they are too young), that later will be moved onto venerable elders. What's important - they join out of their own will meaning we won't lose any investment due to purchasing favours.
    og29i4N.jpg

    New batch of investors. I think I might have ommited one (Putiata Demyowitch) with 98 gold. I still keep track on some of our lost investments, to maybe retrieve them

    Was thinking what to do in this part. Due to somehow lack of diligence and being occupied by western europe, I'm kind off invested in 3 non-longterm duchies currently (Vologda, Mari, Yugra). Lacking counties to complete them, convert them and then gift them off - I find myself stuck. Mari also consist of vassal/current owner of Sampo (which would do nicely in Sarin's collection). While I can revoke tribe from Mari chief, by doing so I'll likely scare the landless character away from my court. Chancellor is fabricating claim on Yugra duchy but the chance isn't high. I opt to wait and see how the situation evolves.

    Buut in the meantime: it is high time to complete extorting tribute from states to the north (which we only partially did). Our Retinues under Warrior Lodge commander (to avoid winter attrition) are more than enough to deal with those 3 single tribe Chiefs. Sarin also joins plot of his wife Songul sitting at 86,1% to kill Chief Biur of Sibir (other vassal in Siberia to whose tribe we are an heir). With both wife and husband plot power spikes to 130,5%.

    Tynea finishes Practise Range II.

    Before end of winter our retinue arrive at Vashka tribe and Marshal generates nice commander with 23 martial, siege leader and hunter lifestyle. Sarin also manages to impregnate his new genius wife. Maybe little bit of plotting and scheming is a secret to happy marriage?

    With passing of the seasons, first out of three tributary wars concludes. Easy 200 prestige. King Sarin participates in arm-wrestling competition against warrior-lodge finest and loses 150 renown in society. His son Dokya finally comes out of age - Midas Touched, Ambitious, Diligent, Erudite - total of 15 Stewardship and 13 Learning. Not bad. If we get to play him, he will reach our desired values in those attributes. For now I make him designated regent to allow for further prestige accumulation. And Commander as well, so he might benefit from Marshall improvments.
    RIQ0hSx.jpg

    King Sarin's son and heir to kingdom of Perm. Lacks Shrewd but he will do nicely if we get to play him

    By May, Warrior lodge demands for Dokya to be induced into their ranks (I don't have much against it - while he can lose some stats or get stressed (he is already stressed), it will help advancing quicker. There is chance he dies tanks to some duel but the risk shouldn't be high overall. Warrior Gathering Ground II finishes in Udmurts tribe. I splurge 600 prestige to upgrade War camps to level III in both Udmurts and Tynea. Before end of May another tributary war is concluded.

    July goes with one of Pecheneg sisters dying at age 63 and leaving all the gold to 62 y.o. That is 501 gold without any family in our court. Meanwhile our wife Songul has great appetite, so I choose option which will not result in genetic defect to our offspring.

    At the start of August we are done with tributary wars. Now I think about trying to arrest High Chief of Yugra due to some past transgression of his. It is 58% chance, and if he revolts it will solve our problems with claims on his duchy title. So we march our retinue back. Also we fire event to recruit Dokya into Followers of Otso (which is succesful).
    OERV8Zv.jpg

    Full extorsion of tribute from Nenetsian neighbours to the north-west. Easy 600 prestige, repeatable for each new ruler

    Some event I haven't seen fires. Self-proclaimed veteran warrior Zhuneg shows ups and offers us his services. He is 35 y.o, Skilled Tactician, Strong and Brave with 20 martial total. Good breeding material for one of Sarin's daughters perhaps. We try this arrest and succeed :/. Somehow in this playthrough winning the coin flips is order of the day. I release him afterwards, as maybe this will provoke him into plotting.

    Songul gives birth to another daughter (Sarin currently has 4 girls and 2 boys). No genetic traits were observed. The rest of year goes uneventful.

    Year 835
    ======================

    In February Marshal generates another commander. This time he only has Hunter and 17 Martial, so he doesn't make the cut. I would rather he improved Dokya martial attribute or teach him some commander traits.

    More interestingely in March, Sarin starts wondering, if gods exist at all. It is theology event, which allows us to choose between getting Depressed or losing Cynical. This choice is no brainer, as we are over trait limit and risk losing something important without it. While Cynical increases chance for some prosperity modifiers, it only affects which of we get from that event (it doesn't affect the event MTTH at all). Getting Minority Settlements/Jewish Settlement before other prosperity modifiers isn't as important.
    wCluEOu.jpg

    Those theology events are nice. Not only it allow us to avoid being at mercy of RNG due to being over the trait limit, but also makes seclusions events far more likely to happen

    Once again down to 6 traits (and without Cynical having better odds at meditating and maybe even lossing stressed), we manage Sarin's wife overeating problem, and move Chief of Votyaki from dungeon into house arrest.

    Our Concubine/Spymaster steals technology from Greeks and finally we get those +50 points into economic category. I also come across new idea, regarding High Chief of Yugra. I demand to become overlord of his vassal. Yes it is Tyranny, but to my knowledge vassals are only angry about it for 10 years or less. Given how our track record looks with being magnanimous, maybe it is time to be a little more machiavellan. I hope to tick our Siberian vassal off into doing something foolish.

    Another Warrior Lodge event fires for our son. His training pays off (in more ways than one) and he becomes brawny (+2 Martial, +1 Diplomacy, +1 Health, +10 Personal Combat Skill, +5 Attraction Opinion, +5 Vassal Opinion, +5 Tribal Opinion) but also Uncouth (-10 Attraction Opinion, -5 opposite opinion). Talk about mighty heir!
    zNpRpFK.jpg

    Warrior's lodge goodies. Brawny will partially offset shorter reign of Dokya due to longer life expactancy once he succeds his king-father

    We extract Chief of Mansia from under High Chief of Yugra and instantly cash out our claim on that tribe. With that we will be at our demense limit, but will passively try to culture convert another county in Siberia to Komi culture.

    During summer, Sarin while passing judgment on some notable noble decides to uphold justice for some juicy 50 extra prestige points. I also remember to check on our "Heavenly" child to assign her final guardian. I also commit her to Martial education, so she will have better compatibility with our event generated Strong courtier. I have limited hopes but still there is possibility for Strong and Attractive offspring.

    Bolghars arrive in Khlynov tribe by end of year, but our returning to capital retinues catch them.

    Year 836
    ======================

    We fight on frozen wastes around Khlynov and as you can notice in screenshot, have decent chances of Feint tactic. Only our left flank rolled shieldwall instead of Feint. Now that I look on that, retinues have really high archer %.
    oLoc8vr.jpg

    With just our retinue, we have fantastic chances for Feint Tactic. This makes our tribal troops really strong

    We lose 140 men and kill 320 even with some Hunter commanders in the mix (extra pursuit damage). It ain't easy wiping out nomads. But enough of that and more of Ancestor Worshipping. It all works out, as we roll on someone we just captured in battle as sacrifice. And few days later chief of Sibir dies (but not due to plot) and we are currently at 13 tribes with 12 demense limit. I raise all of my levies (7367) before we get hit with penalty. I would like to spend this moment to apprecieate how far Perm has come. With total of 11.000 levies (including vassals) and not counting 2800 retinues, we are ranked 7th in army size across whole map. While that army is of worse quality, it is still quite a feat in what? less than 70 years with not-optimal choices
    CTZW9Rs.jpg

    Some rebels are going strong. Still we present nice numbers for what we are - tribals at dirty poor counties.

    The previously mentioned event, finally fired for Dokya. We are about to tell our son, what to prioritise. He can either get extra point in martial but lose one in diplomacy or risk 15% chance of stressed. Somehow he lost stressed since last time I looked at him. So he will go with extra martial, which is more useful for tribal.

    By mid of April we get lucky and get event to seclude ourselves to improve Sarin's character. We of course take it. After 7 days we get 2 outcomes. Either lose Chaste and get Lustful, or 20% chance for Temperate and 10% for Diligent. Chaste grants us extra +1 Learning so I would like yo preserve it. 2nd option please! But we roll nothing. At least we get around 200 piety.

    Udmurts and Tynea tribes finish Warcamp III. They start to really get there in terms of numbers. Also some construction in Mansia tribes finishes but it interest me little. I will hold it only till it culture converts.

    Once again we can change our laws so I move it step further towards monetary obligations for Burghers. With that we are done here for time being, as we lack technology for further steps (we are at Legalism II and Legalism V is required). Still 40% Burgher tax and 50% Clergy Tax is reached.

    Great Hunt is announced any I choose one of companions to get some bear. I choose Smart, Deceitful, Brave and Content Nenetsian women with 15 Martial and 20 Intrigue (patching Sarin weak points). Sadly no single candidate had hunter lifestyle. For Preparation I spend 50 gold on big offering, thinking it will somehow help us.

    During Ritual hunt it turns out, that being Cruel helps Sarin examine some half eaten animal carcass. Meanwhile our Retinue moves across Ural mountains into Mansia to chase off siberian raiders. Hunt comes to conclussion and to my suprise turns out Sarin is more than capable hunter, as his stats are high enough to automatically slay the animal. Then I decide on "The Bear Paw" modifier for that sweet 20 days of extra supply (nice for marching further in land)
    LhWLNvc.jpg

    That modifier should (I hope) apply to our raiders marching towards western europe. Also should mitigate attrition between sieges

    Year 837
    ======================

    As levies converge in Mari, some nomads pop up and I have to move main army to mop them up. Sochava once again generates technology points (this time it is military tech). When it comes to more local issues - I sacrifice 300 prestige to marry Sarin's oldest daughter (Vidyava the Heavenly) to event courtier (Zhuneg) to combine Attractive and Strong traits. Moment before that I appoint her as Shieldmaiden (just because I can... It costs 50g though), and recruit her into Followers of Otso. Why? Because she is frail, and maybe the same training event Dokya went through will help Vidyava get rid of frail trait. Increasing her chances of surviving childbirth.

    I throw our 7300 raiders into Bolghar's lands. Want to retrieve some of the gold they accumulated. Kerzhenets tribe quickly falls and gives us 17 prisoners. Our total prisoner value is currently 210, but some of them are our vassals. To my attention comes the fact, that our beloved High Chief of Yugra was succesfully lured into plotting for one of our tribes in his duchy. We can ask him to stop and he will comply, but we also can just try to imprison him (48% chance). One of the perks of not "auto-ending plots" setting. Fricking finally we fail, and he raises in rebelion. About ukko'damn time.

    All vassals and Tributaries are summoned and ordered to join with Retinues in our capital. So much action and this is just March. Dokya also further trains his martial at the cost of diplomacy.

    By Spring our Retinues are sent to Yugra tribe. I realise there is no need for vassals, and winter isn't an issue anymore. One of our siege leaders is sent alongside Dokya and Warrior Lodge Commander to crush rebels. This reminds me about moving Chancellor to other counties to fabricate claims. He ends up on one Nenetsian vassal in Veliky-Ustug duchy, which we usurped from our Votyaki vassal. On topic of our High Chief Chipaz II - he managed to scramble 145 gold so I ransom him. He might try his sheningans now, that his base of power is shattered and any potential help from Siberia is crushed. Also hillariously he became our King friend. Still remembers how we whipped his father though.

    Chuvash tribe under Bolghar suzereneity is looted and nets us 23 prisoners. Levies move towards Cheremisia for another chief with 270 gold in coffers but also 1000 defenders (to our 7000+). Perm tribe maxes out Training Ground, and instantly proceed with construction of Weaponsmith III.

    Once our levies arrive to raid in Cheremisia, they crush local army with 28 losses to 420 kills. As retinues in north are trashing rebels, I notice a problem. Somehow we are catched by Khazars main army. Or not Khazars? I was so convinced that they must be Khazars that I didn't check. Spoiler - they are not Khazars. But still there is 4800 troops marching on us. In the plains. At least of our religion. We can't move away. I consolidate left and center flank into 1 under Light Infantry leader (5100 troops) and the rest 1800 under our best warrior lodge leader.
    aj43Gci.jpg

    Not-Khazars arrive. I was so convinced that yellow coat of arms was belonging to yellow Khazar blob. It was not (luckily)

    We roll terribly. Shieldwall twice. For some reason we can't roll Feint. We are taking terrible losses but quickly break center flank. Only their left flank has commander, going against our best (who is slowly loosing). After enemy center routs, their right flank charges into melee but we... Not only hold but also inflict as many losses on them as they do on us (around 40). Our right flank is in the peril, as it also devolved into melee and they rolled Charged to our Advance meaning they get +300% bonus due to countering our tactic. Center flank manages to join melee and almost instantly routes Khazars, saving right flank and inflicting briefly around 119 casualties. We loose over 600 troops, but Khazars lose over 1000 (1/4 of their forces). That's really good given we were fighting on their terrain.
    6RFZ4qX.jpg

    Our best result against such big nomad army. Consolidating troops was the move it seems. Melee isn't as scary with some Heavy Infantry

    Maybe it's unwise but given that unexpected result, I decide to give chase in order to assault nomadic capital holdings. It might turn really profitable. Then I realise my mistake - those were Bolghars not Khazars. They just have really similar color and coat of arms. So onto Bolghars land I suppose. After that rodeo, we conclude Yugran rebelion by locking High Chief into house arrest. I need few more years to pass, so Vologda and some of Mari duchies can be passed onto 2nd son Vechkas (who is almost 13). Then I will take over to speed up culture conversion.

    By September Sochava once again steals 50 military techpoints. Nice. Then we get notified, that our Vidyava has just slayed someone in combat. Making her shieldmaiden for extra personal combat score was worth it. Our troops finally make it to one of Bolghar vassal holding and we storm it. Inside we find 23 prisoners. Onto the next one!
    cDkLKum.jpg

    While steppes are terrible for supplies, once you reach their capital holdings it's really easy to assault

    After storming one more holding, I pivot towards my home duchy to resupply.

    In December our old Prussian steward gathered some extra event troops (+2500 warriors) but I disband them (due to no possibility of utilizing them). I check on Permian band, who is currently in Toledo with slightly over 1800 coins in pocket. Not bad.

    Year 838
    ======================

    After arriving home, once again our main bulk of levies starts marching west. Most of issues at home requiring strong arm approach were resolved, so there is no time to lose - we have money to make. This time I'm leaving retinues behind, as reaction force to nomads.

    I send our old steward to settle tribes in Sibir (as it lacks direct connection to county with our culture) but don't expect much. It will be more of a bonus.
    AyqZtgM.jpg

    This county is adjecent to many other counties with wrong culture, so it will be good investment in converting it sooner rather than later.

    First time in quite few years we are not at war during Ukon Juhla season. So you know what that means - some extra prestige and piety. Having nothing better to do, I check penalty to opinion from vassals. The one for retracting vassal from vassal. I was correct in assesing it was not a long penalty - it will end by year 840.

    After festival, theology does it's wonders and Sarin destresses himself. Also some small horde (750) arrives at Tynea tribe, trying to siege fort (they definetely don't have the manpower for main tribe).
    lxQGQI3.jpg

    Relatively quickly, we are achieving our goals for that focus. Getting Diligent would be nice

    In August our daughter perfects her martial skills at cost of diplomacy, Sarin plans the route to west europe around Khazar land, and we get notification that Mansia tribe in Sibir has trade route. Because game ask us to pay for it. I decline. It is outside our scope of where we plan to accumulate modifiers. Also we still are not sure, if those modifiers don't vanish outside capital at some point.

    Another expensive in prestige construction is started on Perm duchy frontier - we are maxing War Camps in both Tynea and Udmurts for 800 prestige total.

    As year comes slowly to an end, we trounce some smaller chief's retinues along Baltic coast, moving our big raiding host south and west. Songul want's to give Sarin some advice, but it would potentially cost him ambitious trait, which is too much.

    Year 839
    ======================

    While slowly trudging along, we march into bigger battle (to the detriment of locals). For unknown reason my army no longer is eligible for Feint tactic. Weird. We still dunk on those Romuvans though.
    pqqTRpW.jpg

    I think due to archers making for too low of army % we lost access to Feint Tactic. Might need to improve composition through retinues later

    Arriving at Pomerania, 2 Siege Leaders are put into use and forces are split into 3000 contingents: they are moved onto Pomeranian's vassals capital holdings. Officially 2nd great raiding of europe has began.

    Some society member approach Sarin, offering to put Vidyava through demanding training regimen. I decline. Our daughter is pregnant. She doesn't need to be wounded for small (+1) bonus to combat score.

    Our raiding crews siege at good pace - around 30% of progress every 12 days. Rebel Queen of Franconia ask for our half-brother hand, to which I agree, because she seems to be about to win this war. There is also no particular worry about their future designs on kingdom of Perm.

    Summer starts with simualtenous sacking of both Chelmno and Bytow tribes but only for measly 4 prisoners.

    Weeks go uneventful, as news arrive at Permian court. Non aggresion pact is dissolved with Queen Mateja of Franconia, who after winning her rebelion, burned our half-brother Aggi at stake. We will not stand for it, and given being in close vicinity - will pay her a visit.

    In August Vidyava succesfully gives birth to first grandkid - boy named Kuaz, which inherited neither his mother good looks or his father exceptional strenght. Our chancellor provides better news - he managed to fabricate claim on county we want (Nenetsian Veliky-Ustug). He can be moved onto next vassal of wrong culture. In little over a year, we will push onto Vechkas at least 3 counties and probably one duchy title, to be able to take over new lands to Komi'lised.

    Soon after we get event related to our patron deity. Bonus modifier to capital. It took a while to decipher whether it is Ancestor Worship or Patron Deity. But it seems to be patron deity.
    Sjuo0Uu.jpg

    Those aren't bad modifiers. Still probably not as great, as what other religions can provide economically

    Meanwhile in Poland our raiders try to raid western reaches of Galicia-Volhynia kingdom, that owns those lands. Our trusty spymaster and concubine once again provides us with 50 military techpoints. Keep them coming!

    On 24th of December our stewards dies. He served us nicely. Sadly didn't fire event we wanted but partially because he stopped being ambitious. But now we have new candidate. Diligent and Ambitious but only 14 stewardship. Perm finishes Weaponsmith III and we lack 100 prestige to proceed with final level to that building.

    Our riders rejoin in Wroclaw, as some of local chiefs have quite some armies on top of big coffers - no sense in taking additional losses while fighting their event troops.

    Year 840
    ======================

    New Steward is send to continue settling tribes in Sibir, while brave Permian warriors besiege Wroclaw tribe. Sadly it contains nothing, so they move onto Wielun tribe. Both Wroclaw and Wielun chiefs have between 300-400 coins in coffers. Would be a pity, if they donated it to Permian-economic-cause.

    Sarin realises after valenties, that he no longer feels love towards Songul. Well, that didn't last long.

    Month later our busy bee chancellor offers us another claim, this time on Galichy-Mersky. This is very good. At this rate we will at least nominally handle vassal structure of our kingdom during king Sarin's life. Not sure if he manages to flip every county though.

    Chancellor goes towards Mari tribe itself. Our daughter once again trades diplomatic prowes for martial one, and once again is pregnant. It is reasurring to know that our dynasty is growing. Go Permyakids!

    Our raiding forces enter Germania proper after rather non-exciting drive through poland. We start from north on lands belonging to... Kingdom of France. Once again two host system is in the use, and targets are somewhat wealthy.

    During summer our first wive dies, due to poor health. Well I don't have Court Physician, so it isn't weird. Hamburg tribe quickly falls and releases 10 prisoners into our custody. Then we have to focus on Lubeck to avoid huge old Germanic Saxon army (7000 mostly event troops) passing north. We move south along river Elbe to Queen Mateja of Franconia to remind her of us.

    Our younger son finally becomes a man. He rolled somewhat nice, while being under mentorship of our older son - Dokya. Fortune Builder, Shrewd, Diligent, Erudite, Chaste but also Paranoid and Homosexual. Attributes are 10 stewardship and 11 Learning. He should be able to hold few tribes. So it is time to dump it onto him.
    9K34pVK.jpg

    Creating some future side branch of family. Should help with construction, as we rack up Dynasty Prestige

    First he is gifted high chiefdom of Vologda consisting of Vologda and Kostroma tribes. Then Hlynow tribe (part of High Chiefdom of Mari) to the north is added. All of those lands are already of correct culture, and Vechkas demense limit is currently sitting at 3 out 5. Meaning he will be able to hold rest of Mari himself. That will make him quite strong but also fragment him upon succession with more than 1 heir. Also it helps us get rid of being over the limits penalty when it comes to both holdings and duchies. But wait there is more.

    We are currently holding both High chief of Yugra and Mari. The first is relieved of his holdings resulting in now 0 Khanty vassals in Perm. The second will wait for claim on his tribe, so he can follow suit. With that whole duchy of Sibir is under our direct control. This leaves us with one holding to take over. I decide on Galich Mersky to culture convert it quicker and then pass it from Sarin to Vechkas to complete the Mari duchy. That leaves only unused claim on Veliky-Ustug. Mari won't be a problem, as it is already converted by rebel vassal so it can be transfered to Vechkas at once. The only downside is that after cleaning Yugra, Sarin once again is 1 duchy over the limit. At least we are not risking losing those claims we paid for due to some sudden death anymore.

    By Autumn we get another grandkid. This time - girl Ordava. No positive genetic traits so far.

    With new holdings come new responsibilities. Huge Pecheneg vassal host arrives in November (5820!). Interestingely almost 3000 of them seem to be tribal troops. That makes them way more beatable but not without our main army. Upon closer inspection it is one of vassal hordes, that somehow got 3200 event troops. That's illegal :<.
    KTJX4HO.jpg

    Some crazy nomad event spawn. What's worse those tribal event troops are attrition immune :/

    Hoping the new neighbour will freeze his (and his mount) butts off, Vechkas invites us to interesting plot. He wants to get High Chiefdom of Mari. That works for us, as after rebel Mari chief losses one title, we are eligible as per game rules to revoke other without tyranny from traitor. Father-son duo have on their own over 80% plot power, which should be enough to fire the demand soon. Meanwhile our forces pillage along river Elbe, to finally enter Franconia for vengeance.
    as9mEqy.jpg

    Vechkas is truly Sarin's son. As soon as he got his tribes to rule, he offered to help us with realm managment :D

    As always Sarin was a good boy, so Santa gave him a present on the first day of holidays. Other Pecheneg investor sister died and passed their family accumulated wealth onto us. It was a lot and with it, our treasury contain over 6200 gold! Truly a magical time of a month.

    Year 841
    ======================

    Our looters completely destroyed slavic temple in Mjezybor county. Meanwhile Pecheneg horde melted down to 5000 troops. Somehow their event troops are mostly intact - sadly.

    By middle of april, we breach defences of Queen Mateja capital. We managed to capture all her children and husband. Time to enact bloody revenge. We execute her 3rd husband (mauled by bear), sister (crushed to death) and all already born children (disembowelment, hanging, buried alive, snake venom, crushed to death). After that Queen Mateja is somewhat not too keen on us, with whooping -405 to relations due to all executions. She can plot all she want, she won't free any of her family. She herself fled (with 2 men in her retinue) east of Elbe to avoid capture. Sarin will let her cover in fear - our raiders march onward. I hope this make AI think twice about messing with our dynasty members.
    sAAOhSM.jpg

    King Sarin "the Wicked" bloody vengeance. Red markings show who he captured and then executed. Not much but it is a honest work!

    During summer raid, we fail to collect anyone from Aschaffenburg county, and decide to move south towards Alps as there are many wealthy single count rulers. Once again get caught, by joined forces of two seperate peasant rebelions totalling 10.000 men before we sack Mainz. Will have to instantly retreat to minimize losses, but that isn't nice.

    Interesting conundrum arrives in shape of Manichean preacher. Nothing like being tribal and nomads sending their priests to convert us. I decline, but it isn't such bad deal for future. Manicheans have access to Jews technology events. Few days later both Tynea and Udmurts finish maxing their War Camps. With that they house 2326 and 1744 troops total. Those parameters are mostly acceptable.

    We lose 450 troops during retreat in Mainz. With taking that into account, our raiding host melted down to 4500 troops. We make up for it by taking Furstenberg castle at november. From it we move on Zurichgau and Breisgau.

    Before end of year, our neighbourhood changes a lot. Bolghars imploded! I was getting notifications of new clans rising in both Bolghars and Khazars Khanate but have no idea, if it had anything to do with it (or it is just unstable nomad succession rules). This ain't good though. If they get swallowed by either Khazars or Pechenegs, we will have serious problems on our hands.
    fmUMcSo.jpg

    Sudden disintegration of Bolghar Khanate. It will be scary, if they get absorbed into either of surrounding khanates

    Year 842
    ======================

    New year greets us with both: loss of Court Chaplain and siberian raiders in Mansia tribe. For our new realm priest we nominate one of investors - Estonian named Nemee. He is brave, arbitrary, greedy and deceitful - perfect combination (he developed in such way after joining our court <3). Only his learning is low - 6. Let's hope for corruption soon to speed up inheriting his wealth (assuming, he didn't had this event in the past and thus is not eligible for it again).

    Also decide to revoke chiefdom of Veliky Ustug. Why? Because once our 71 year old vassal dies, it will leave our realm due to inheritance. Why take chances? I will have to stomach -20% penalty to levies for being over the limit for some time though.

    Few days into January one of our investors leaves us. That was the impression I had at the time of playing. Only after checking it out it turns out to be one of courtiers. I don't know if he had so much gold before leaving, or he just spawned through script on becoming landless adventurer. Most likely we won't get the chance to get those funds. Ukko'dammit.
    xjLPB2I.jpg

    Hey wait! Maybe you want to stay and invest in our kingdom? Pretty please?

    Revocation of Veliky-Ustug tribe goes without issue, and in result we have only vassals of our own culture. When it comes to culture only 7 out of 34 counties are not Komi (3 provinces Khanty, 3 province Nenets and 1 province Mordvin). Five of those wrong culture provinces are currently held by king himself and four of them are eligible to culture conversion through adjecency spread. The last one has our Steward, settling the tribes. Let's pray for some good rng. Our daughter births sibling - boy Nalka and attractive girl Pekshayka. So we finally spread some good genes around. Meanwhile castle in Freiburg and Zurichgau fall, and permians collect 8 prisoners.

    As our retinue beats down small nomad host (1000 riders), our Marshal present us opportunity to improve military tech spread for 4.8 gold. We take it. With fall of Ferette castle, we loot book artifact. Not really impactful but better than nothing I guess.
    8DhDNVN.jpg

    Sarin likes his books. Given his sympathy to Christians it isn't weird that he took interest in such title. Maybe down the generation it will convince someone to convert (wink, wink ;) )

    Our Wicked monarch gets bad case of Malaise. It finally forces me to find someone to become our doctor. I invite Slavic Pomeranian Ryszard, who is Diligent Mastermind Theologian with 15 learning. Better than nothing I guess. He quickly diagnoses it as simple flu, but the treatment doesn't do anything. His prediction comes true and we get Flu. Seeking safe treatment ends badly: additional -1 to Health (total of -3) due to ill-treatment.

    There is no time to lose though, as in July peasant revolt erupts in Kozhvan. It erupted due to poor job of our bankrupt vassal, who somehow managed to create religion tensions, while being of the same Suomenusko religion. Luckily for us they have only 3300 troops, so with minimal allies and tributaries support we will quell this. Also they are in part of map in which winter will affect them harshly.
    3VSSL4g.jpg

    Long time no see peasant rebels. Now prepare to freeze and die!

    As our vassals move towards us, our raiders slowly chomp through walls in French lands. We repeat medical treatment, hoping for better odds this time. Works like a charm this time and our Health from flu evens out through succesful treatment.

    By November Sarin makes full recovery. Our home front is in weird place as winter nears, but we just barely consolidated our forces and are only halfway through to rebels. As supplies are somewhat bad in north-western part of our kingdom, I decide to park on somewhat better supplied tribe in Vychegda.

    As our riders start siege of Escuen in december we observe not small hosts of 40.000 and 12.000 Dutch event troops marching west of us. Would not want to get caught by them! All together Duke Filips "the Liberator" of Berry has 60.500 troops at his disposal. I pity whoever is within his de jure range.
    OGBJ1gt.jpg

    God bless my provincial rebel strenght settings. I would like to see vikings try to beat that host!
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part X (843-850)
  • Part X (843-850)

    Year 843
    ======================

    King Sarin starts his 31st year of rule on managing troops. We have peasant rebelion in northern-west part of Perm to quell and 2 raiding groups in Burgundy to keep eye on. Quite quickly we get royally screwed by game. Do you remember how I was being all careful about not provoking huge event army of Berry? Well scrap that, we are getting crushed by them anyway. Burgundians moved onto their capital to inititate loosing battle, and thus Berry troops joined while moving through province. We are not even hostile to them, as Burgundians are not part of their kingdom and there is no single pact between them :/. Given that they have around 4000 cavalry (both light and heavy) I don't even bother with trying to flee. Instead we do a last stand to kill as many event troops we can. One of our commanders managed to secure narrow flank, so he will kill little more.
    rqlkb8H.jpg

    This time it was the the AI, that went Obi-Wan Kenobi on us with: "Hello there!"
    The battle concludes with total annihilation of that raiding host for... 100 casualties on enemy side. At least our commanders survived. Really was thinking, that in the end our host would inflict more casualties. During that time other raiders were watching from neighbouring province and sacking castle of Neuchatel.

    In February during inspection of our anti-rebel forces, Chancellor notifies us about possibility of acquiring claim on Mari Chiefdom. Well that solves some problems. Chief of Mari, is still in our custody (for previous rebelion) and now we have valid legal reason to get his last holding (don't need our younger son help). Think we can make use of that claim (costing us 40 gold and 150 prestige). Ideally we wouldprovoke his rebelion again, so after revocation of his tribe our vassal will remain imprisoned. That would make us eligible to inherit level 5 artifact: Sampo.

    After proceeding with our scheme - it turns out better than expected. Must have remembered incorrectly because I get both titles. Either I could revoke 2 titles for rebelion, or there is some exception due to having claim, as my vassal was not released after punishment. So he remains locked (can't banish him). But then I unpause and game updates, throwing wrench into wheels of our plans. He changes court (now part of our vassal of Votyaki), while still in our dungeon. Gosh dang it. I have no idea why this is even a thing, if we have all of his close family in dungeon as well.

    I spent some time analysing the situation. In the meantime, gave Mari tribe to Vechkas (it is of Komi culture already). Only downside of that whole turn of events being - having currently 4 duchy titles. Can't give Vechkas duchy of Mari, as it will give him Galich Mersky tribe as well (and we are still converting it).

    The new approach towards Sampo is to wait for time being Current holder has no children but 3 brothers. One of them is imprisoned by us and has no children. The other two have single son, whom we want to inherit Sampo. Then as they are no longer landed, we will invite the whoever ends being in possesion of artifact at the time, make him kickass Perm Champion (or something) and inherit the artifact ourselves. For that we just need the death sequence to not do anything weird (like killing both younger brothers before holder and then game not letting nieces to inherit, thus transfering artifact to our vassal).

    Enough of that scheming. Time for some more skullbashing. Our raiders move north onto Lorraine with Verdun as further target. Also I worked out what happened with Berry troops. They are on the defensive side in war for Burgudny. Why? Don't ask. No marriage between those 2 event characters. Funny, it seems our Dutch rebel is on the grind to unite France. Berrians hold huge chunk of central France, while kingdom of France is currently located in it's most southern parts.
    rFET5wU.jpg

    Pacifying the countryside. Good exercise in tactics

    By March our retinue and vassal forces engage peasant rebels. We roll shieldwall on both flanks and Feint in center. Both have same chances: 40.5%-47.5% to fire. Will have to look further into tactic weights on wiki to maximize Feint and minimize Shieldwall for the future needs (I have a hunch that it depends on having certain % of Archers and as little Heavy Infantry as possible). We crush them after they make it to melee (in which their light troops are abysmal). We loose 200 troops to their's 1000. Thus ends 2nd uprising in Perm history.

    At the same time Sarin's daughter Vidyava 'the heavenly' gives birth to her 5th child: girl Kunava. No genetic traits.

    May flourishes with Kolva Tribe reaching 1st level of Prosperity. It will be even longer to reach 2nd and 3rd levels. I hope that it won't be an issue, due to how unlikely are we to need it before running out of provinces eligible for Prosperity events.

    Hillariously enough by summer I notice, that Vechkas plot to fabricate claim on High Chiefdom of Mari is still ongoing. Sarin just dropped out of it, as he became the new target. Ukko bless Sarin's younger son for his genius. I suspect it is the perfect solution to handing duchy title without county title. It has barely 28% plot power but people are slowly joining.
    NfW2L87.jpg

    Rare instance of me being happy with being the target of AI fabricate a claim plot. I hope they succeed quickly!

    Another season for Ukon Juhla Festival and upon checking our raiders in Europe, it turns out they got ambushed by slightly bigger than expected local army. We loose in melee thanks to not winning in skirmish. Makes me think, current fragmentation of western europe is no longer so big to be able to raid with 2 hosts at the same time. Once again need to concentrate forces. The remnants of raiders (1500) are disbanded (as levies were replenished long time ago and it is more profitable to raise new host and start marching again instead of going back home and west again).

    After festival Sarin marries off Ashava Permyakid (2nd daughter) to 19 y.o. heir to Ilyinsk tribe (for only 100 prestige penalty). Arranges bethrothals of Slyugan'ka and Nyumina (other 2 daughters) as well to heirs of Komi and Zyriane High Chiefdoms respectively. This should somewhat stabilise the realm, increase a little prestige of our vassals and just feel good for our ruler (who is trying to avoid mess he found himself in, after succeeding his father King Omurtag II).

    During Autumn decision is made to sent Marshall to supress rebelion in Kozhva tribe, from which last peasant rebelion did rise. It has around 25% monthly rebelion risk due to negative modifiers, and it can be cut down to around 8%. Main sources of those are - Religious unrest that will vanish in December and Peasant uprising with it's duration till August next year. Our vassal is also extra broke (-80) but I don't intend to subsidize him, as it will only help with removing other province modifiers (like Smuggler's ring and Thieves guild), which don't affect us much.

    Some 750 Khazar's vassal horde raiders arrive at Kostroma tribe and our reaction troops are raised at once. It is Vechkas capital holding. I spend 400 prestige (putting Sarin at just 67) on last level of Weaponsmith in Perm. Meaning that when it comes to prestige buildings, Perm is done.
    pKyO7jx.jpg

    Capital development. Usually I don't pay much attention to it, but now due to limitations it seems more grandiose to reach it
    While checking on commanders I notice we lost one of our warrior lodge leaders (and took casualties for winter on our retinue...) but we have some really nice vassal chieftess (who belongs to lodge as well and has both Shield of Thundra and Light Foot Commander translating to +48,7% Winter Combat, +39% Arctic Combat, +39% Light Foot troops, +19% Defence, +3 Winter Supply in total).

    Daughter to one of our "lost" investments comes out of age. As the Princess of Taid Sultanate I realise we have no shot at getting her. Bribe (30-40g) was not enough and I will not splurge further 400g to buy her favour (and her father would want even more). She is 16 years old, her mother with 300 of our money is 60 y.o., and her husband-ruler is 43. I don't think there is realistic scenario, in which she won't be married to some vassal before her father dies (which would make her eligible to favour inviting). That said maybe, if she is married to some courtier we will be able to invite her. So more waiting...

    Year 844
    ======================

    After quite rich in scheming year, it is finally time to flip over to next calendar page. The first thing of a note happens in February - we send Khazar vassal's horde packing!

    Month later Warrior Lodge asks us to duel to death member of germanic Warrior Lodge. We politely refuse.

    With start of April I decide to change job of realm steward from trying to settle tribe to Administering the realm. While planting extra source of Komi culture in Siberia is nice for future, we are currently quite strapped on time to convert all various last wrong culture counties to finally get rid of extra high chiefdoms (duchies) before current King dies. So I think it is better to give 0.75x modifier to quite good conversion of culture we have in our demense. Number-wise we are currently boosting 4 wrong culture tribes in personal demense, at the cost of not trying to culture convert 1 (with around 4.5% chance).

    After that it is time to embark on new projects. Given that our raiders were repelled, we can do something different. Just had to wait for winter to pass. Bolghar Khaganate collapse to the south made me thinking. First I tried some marriage alliances with one tribal High Chief previously under Bolghar yoke - but he refused. So the only thing I can do now, is to extort tribute out of him. Also to the north I think one of our tributaries got either eaten or inhertined into Zavarot (bigger realm to the north). So we have 2 potential targets to subdue at once. Then I think some more - what if I tributarise neighbouring khaganates? They are weak and this will allow me to help them against other threats. They have only 250 and 500 troops respectively so they won't pose problem for us later. With that we have 4 targets for single mobilisation. So onto tributary wars we go once again.
    jTh8vPq.jpg

    Time for another way of extorting tribute and influence. I'm all about being time efficient, so 4 wars at once

    We call in all vassals and tributaries. During time it takes our troops to muster, we get notification about our Spymaster Sochava dying at age 54 (Smallpox) in Thrake. Rest in piece favourite concubine of King Omurtag II. You did your realm well. Also our not so bad steward (14 stewardship) let the smugglers into our personal demense. Thus Udmurts got penalised with negative province modifier, that on top of listed penalties (local build time +50%, local build cost +25%, Disease resistance -10%) also penalises prosperity gain from what I remember from reading event files. It is a negative outcome of administering the realm. And it is just 2.87% chance of happening so it firing soquickly after sending him onto that job is unlucky :/. Well Administer the realm should help fixing that, as well as our steward being diligent.

    Taking the oportunity our favourite 5820 raiders horde in Sibir terrorises Sibir tribe... There is nothing to be done, as even with full might there I'm not sure it is doable. Luckily this time attrition did tick and affected their not-nomad troops. So maybe over several decades winter will wither them down to more managable size.

    First and probably most significant battle commences near the Kerzhenetes Tribe. Cheremisian main force (1700 troops) defendw in hills behind the river against our 2800 retinue force under our both best commanders with Light foot leader (previously mentioned chieftess Oshkamoshka and Bolghar investor Baitzas Bularid) accompanied by our son and heir Dokya. Both our center and right flank (under Dokya) roll Feint against their shieldwall, while our left flank rolls shieldwall against their volley. So the battle goes well in skirmish and never reaches Melee (in which we probably would also win due to having more heavy infantry as well).
    lt5A9Yl.jpg

    Dokya earning his stripes and recognition from future vassals. Extra prestige as well.

    Steward makes up for his earlier blunder by improving Kudymkar with New Roads (-15% Build cost modifier for 3 years). Now it is time to cordinate troops. Our almost 6000 strong warrior band from Perm itself moves onto Svetitskhoveli khaganate 2 capitals, while reinforcements from Sibir and some local vassals trickle in. Our victorious retinue (2800 troops) moves from Kerzhenets south to start besieging Cheremisian tribes. Lastly western warriors after combining with Vechkas warriors and some north-western vassals (Vashka and Pinega tribes) move in force of over 3000 troops north toward Zavarot.

    With September first Cheremisian tribe falls and our heavenly daughter gives birth to her 6th child (and 4th daughter) Putyayka. Nice seeing someone putting some effort into our dynasty. With that we are up to 13 living dynasty members out of 19 dynasty members total. I notice that after last april, Sarin is no longer under "Out of Patience" modifier from guardian event and suffers -2 penalty to all attributes no more.

    By November we lose Izhma tribe to the Zavarot host, as our troops are still on the way, take over Elemagid khaganate capital (almost winning that war with 99% score) and move to chase remaining 250 troops with now free troops. We manage to catch them onto move to Qazaan. The same happens to Zavarot warriors who after the capture of Izhma tribe move onto Vym tribe. Sarin also impregnates his genius Khazar wife. Day after that Elamagid khagan surrenders and we accept it (no sense in wasting his troops, as they are of not real threat to us and I would rather have him being more self sufficient). Another day after that, we conquer Cheremisian capital tribe, and lock main nomad horde of 1000 Bolghar troops while in transit to Kerzhenets for another battle. This time Dokya will command 6000 strong host, with Baitzas and one of our siege commanders help. Trickling up forces from Sibir are organised into single host of around 1300 troops and move onto undefended Svetitskhoveli khagante capital.

    Battle of Vym goes excellent and Zavarotsians get soundly defeated. We lose less than 40 men, they lose 430. The 2nd battle of Kezhenets is less stellar. While this time we don't cross river, we roll shieldwall twice + volley. Our enemies choose better tactics (Swarm) but arecommanded by worse quality commanders (central commander has only defender trait + chooses narrow flank to hold with his less than 300 troops against Dokya 1900+, while other flank under Khagan Taridin "the Evil" of Bolghar has only his cruelty to help him). Those odds prove too big for our adversaries to overcome and in result they route after some time of inflicting 5 casualties but only taking 3. But then we hunt them inflicting 16 casualties per day to even the total dead toll. Battle ends with 55 casualties on our side and 321 on theirs. Cheremisia surrenders quickly after that.

    Year 845
    ======================

    Winter is quite the pain with only 6 commander slots. I currently have just 1 Shield of Thundra commander, who leads warriors in Zavarot front. Rest of set up is quite nice though (2 Siege leaders, 3 Light foot leaders and our Dokya for Marshal improvments). Our retinues move back from Cheremisia to Kostorma, Zavarot is waiting for Tsilma tribe to fall to our warriors and the big khagante after taking vassal tribe in Ural is moving back to their capital. Marshal goes back to improving commanders, with revolt risk in Kozhva currently sitting at 0%. Furthermore fort is built in Kostroma to protect Vechkas better.

    By May our main host (5890 troops) catches 750 nomads in Alabuga, as they try to retake vassal horde capital. They offer more of a challenge since we again roll poorly. Mostly due to our vassal troops, that army has terrible composition (Feint is impossible). Dokya suffers substantial losses in his flank squared against their narrow flank but is rescued just in time by both right and left flanks.
    vCq0rbL.jpg

    Final battle against Svetitskhoveli khaganate. They don't fall easily but the writing is on the wall already

    Thus khaganate of Svetitskhoveli is forced to pay us tribute. At the same time in the north: after capturing Tsilma, Permian warriors once again beat down Nenetsians from Zavarot in Tobysh county.

    On the 5th of June daughter is born to Sarin - Nyv Permyakid. Sadly no genius either. It is his 7th offspring at age of 45. Our wicked ruler also decides to be a good grandfather and a guardian to both of his male grandkids from Vidyava (Kuaz and Nalka). Newly acquired prestige is invested in Kudymkar (Weaponsmith II). Few days later I decide to assault walls of Tsilma tribe. It costs our army 300 troops, but the tribe falls ending the war in result.
    IeCBRva.jpg

    Time to concentrate resources on another county in Perm. one by one we will develop infrastructure

    So in around a year, we started and finished 4 tributary wars simultaneously, earning big chunk of 800 prestige and relative peace in the region. South will safeguarded by us from Khazars. I think roughly 60-70% of old Bolghar khaganate ended up under our influence, thus resolving issue for now. Also Perm starts to look nice on the map, while not having to administer those counties directly yet. I'm very happy that we managed so much before Sarin's death That's also 9 tributary targets for new king for whooping 1800 prestige. New prestige ideally will be spent on construction before Dokya becomes next king.

    We finally inherit high chiefdom of Zyrianne from rebel vassal, who died in our dungeon. Additionally we get his 2 tribes in Vym and Sedyu. We consolidate those lands under Chief Andyamo, who has last piece of that duchy. Both of his male heirs are bethrothed to our daughter and oldest granddaughter (just made the match as I'm writing this). This should secure loyalty of those lands for some time being.
    kbYjmxw.jpg

    We finally secure our influence in the region. While not totally safe it should help with raids on the western side of Ural's mountaints

    By autumn, Dokya gets sick and our Court Physician tends to him. It turns out to be only a Flu but our doctor does fantastic job, for which Sarin pasy him extra 1g. It is very cheap for extra opinion, which translates into better rng for good treatment in the future. The modifier remains for 5 year.

    After some managment of prisoners (found 19 year old Strong concubine for Dokya). I decide to ransom. 10 prisoners for 160 gold. While not as much, as we would get from raiding, it is enough to said that we profited on those wars. So after that, we are done here on Perm frontier. Once again it is time to move to raid in the west. So does go the rest of year.

    Year 846
    ======================

    February of year 846 is the date for another ancestor worship. We once again wish for prosperity (maybe we get extra economic technology points). Quite quickly the events results in exactly what we wanted most - economy tech points. Well, aint it nice for once? Also Sarin somehow gets better and better results each decade with the gods. He started with penalty for his first sacrifice, if I remember correctly.
    kBFjkKn.jpg

    For once our letter to gods with wishlist god delivered properly. +100 economic tech points is really nice

    Then as our troops journey west, I decide to spend bunch of warrior lodge currency on 2 new commanders. One of them is fantastic - 22 Martial, Shield of Thundra+Hunter+Cruel. The other is mediocre - 17 Martial and only Shield of Thundra. Still useful for winter warfare so we will keep him. I replace our 63 old Siege leader with better one. I also make use of 'Inspire Warriors' ability on our southernmost tribes to replenish levies just in case (bigger garrison).

    By June our Slavic Slovien Marshal Jaroslav dies. He was deceitful and greedy but didn't become corrupt. It was quite some time since last time we profited on our council now that I think about it, wasn't it? I don't have to look for long, as first search for Greedy, ordered by martial score shows us perfect candidate - Greedy, Deceitful, Arbitrary with 19 Marshal and even good commander trait - Direct Leader. Also he will join us for free. Most hillarious is the fact that artifact in his ownership is nothing other than Mjolnir.
    sjJjFmu.jpg

    Please be very corrupt and quick. You can keep that legendary artifact - not interested I swear.

    By Autumn our host is ready to march for another (3rd) great raid of western europe. So they skiddadle around Khazars and hug the Baltic coast. I even decide to make an exception and let Sarin lead them on the way. For that I give him Shield of Thundra commander trait (300 renown) and uncheck the box for not allowing him to command. He has extra 20 days of supplies from hunting the great bear, which might be huge as it should save us at least 2-3 sieges to resupply locally by being able to move county further each time.

    Construction of Weaponsmith II is also started in Udmurts and Tynea tribes, just in case of sudden death to not lose 1000 prestige currently stockpiled. Then the event regarding our youngest daughter related to her fear of lighting during storm. I kind off zoned out and just selected first option, which resulted in Sarin becoming brave. Which is his 6th trait. Well shouldn't matter now but I need to avoid clicking without thinking in the future.

    We are also eligible for law change, but have nothing interesting to choose from. I could spend techpoints on Tolerance to maaaybe reach lvl III to start pushing gender laws but that is ahead of time and thus seems unlikely. What I will spend techpoints on is Construction II, 2x Cities and Temples (to reach lvl III) and Military Organisation III. This will still make us eligible to steal from Thrake (we are whole leve behind in each of those categories) but also allow to start the spread of bunch of important building availability and bonuses (Cities and Temples III allow for both Monastic Schools I and Universities I, which will further help technology generation and spread on top of 15% tax bonus to both Cities and Temples). When it comes to Military Organisation, the aim is to reach level IV by moment we convert to reformed religion to avoid defensive pagan attrition.
    kgwkxbm.jpg

    View on Castle Infrastructure technology. Level I is required to build final level of tribal "castles" required for feudalising.

    By November Sarin's raiding host reaches Estonian capital - Narva tribe. The attrition just kicks in at 0.2%. Meaning that just barely we can move 5 counties without supplies running out. Well that's aint bad. Turns out for some reason we can't raid Estonian. Have to try somewhere else.

    Year 847
    ======================

    Days after new year, we reach Jarva and start siege. Siege leader is present so we are progressing 41,6% every 12 days. Not bad. But this also means we will have to resupply for month every 4-5 counties. So by my estimation it takes us around 7-8 months to move from Perm to High Chiefdom of Pomerania place straight behind Baltics lands. I'm taking note of that to better plan in the future. Knowing how long it takes to raise troops and send them to current day Germany/France definetely won't hurt.

    By end of January I realise that I don't have to fully siege down the tribe to resupply. I think I just need a tick (12 days probably) in the siege. That cuts down our travel time substantially. I do finish siege of Jarvia tribe though as I'm already 90% done with it anyway.
    BunI9FA.jpg

    Time to better understand our travel logistic in order to maximize further profits. Sarin's first time leading troops and doing fantastic job on supplies

    Then I move thhose 4-5 counties down to Samogitia county. It is part of big Lithuanian High Chiefdom under powerful Yabghumakh Khaganate, streatching west of Khazar Khaganate and rivaling it in strenght. I mentioned them before, they are main reason for which Khazars didn't spill onto Balkans (IMO). They together with Khazars and Pechenegs are important players on the steppes (there are also Uyghurs, but I mostly don't plan on messing with them). Unlike other 2 groups, Yabghumakhs most likely won't bother our plans.

    I decide to move our new "Thor" Marshal onto Kudymkar to train troops. Mistake? Not really. What I want is not extra troops but extra prosperity (+6)from every succesful Levy Reinforcemenets event.

    Sarin secludes himself in religious ponder in March. He once again gets the choice between loosing Chaste to become Lustful (pagan thing) or try to low roll on either Diligent and/or Temperate with certain +100 piety. We go with 2nd option and once again miss both (20% and 10%) chances. At least extra piety puts Sarin at just -175 piety.

    With beggining of April Perm finishes weaponsmith. Now all prestige buildings are truly done. That's 5000 prestige total - spent across 2 generations. Level 4 tribal buildings will convert to level 2 feudal buildings. Out of curiosity I calculated building cost of those in gold. Just cultural building is worth 1400g at base (we paid 1000 prestige). Rest of them is worth 1440 gold. So alltogether we are exchanging 5000 prestige for 2840g. Well, that's substantial when it comes to savings.

    At long last our lost muslim investor died and left her fortune (300+ gold) to her daughter: Prince Tanaz (19 y.o) of the Taid Sultanate. Her drunkard of the father (not decadent yet) is 46 and still haven't made match for his youngest child. Things start to look up.

    Back to traveling raiders - my theory with just needing 12 days proves correct, as Sarin's raiders skim through Lithuanian lands. We move towards Chelmo, our first target. Permian "finest" arrive there on 1st of June and with that Sarin is relieved of command. Our Warrior lodge commander is put there instead and together with siege leader, they are progressing 55% per tick. Meaning tribes will fall in 24 days, thanks to having 50%+ progress.

    Weaponsmith II finishes in Kudymkar and Warcamp III is purchased instantly for 300 prestige. With our current prestige gain, we will recover 216 prestige by the time current construction is finished. So cautiously I order construction of Weaponsmith II in Kolva Tribe,l to spent some of that extra fame. Before month ends we liberate 10 people from Chelmno.

    With beggining of September, Gdansk (or Danzig) tribe is looted. I loot Olivia temple to check something. Every time the message informing us of sacking pops up, there is gold value in it. To my knowledge it is seperate to whatever is loaded into boats. But was sceptical if it goes to our coffers. It turns out it does.

    In October Perm longtime chancellor/Court Eunuch - Selassie dies from old age. He was Ethiopian, who arrived with trade caravan. He did a lionshare of administrative work in order to improve realm structure and it only thanks to his good diplomatic score, that we have resolved all claim issues of King Sarin. He learned a thing or two about being arbitrary here I guess.
    q44eTrM.jpg

    Our trused chancellor finally retires.

    As we don't have important task for that office currently, we put new High Chief Kudym-Osh of Votyaki (with Diplomacy of 9) in that place to pacify him (he goes from -40 to +22). Want to note that currently we have both perfectly corrupt Marshal and Diviner, meaning MTTH for that event is optimal. Let's see how long it takes to generate some money. With another round of ransoms, Permian treasury reaches another milestone - 7000 gold is counted.

    I do a little check-up on Permian Band. They were previously involved in northern Italy border conflict, which was quite long while not even once dangerous for their side. Now they try to help some Bavarian Catholic duke in his attempt at reclaiming de jure lands in holy war from bohemian slavics. Catholic side had 1400 troops, which they lost to swarm of Bohemian Slavs so they decided on our mercs. To be honest I don't know how it will turn out. Permian contractor is already halfway done with losing, but our boys with 450 pikes will trounce anything tribals of that size can throw at them. Funny I think this is one of the few options that might win him the war. As there are no holy orders yet (and even if there were, Catholics sit comfortably at 0% Moral Authority) to help him. So good luck.

    As we siege down tribe after tribe along the coast westward, I watch as in November Khazars move further north into High Chiefdom Merya lands, taking their core duchy. Thing start getting iffy. At least Bytow tribe gives us 21 prisoners.
    OtADM7M.jpg

    Yellow blob goes towards Scandinavia, as via tributaries they blocked themselves from going in the opposite direction and are squished between us and 2 fellow nomads to the west and east.

    Year 848
    ======================

    With new year, another tribe falls and inside permian warriors find 9 hostages.

    More news follow in the coming month of Februry - Sultan Abdul of the Taid Sultanate finally succumbs to "natural death" (surely being alcoholic had no impact on his life expectancy). His oldest/only son inherits and puts us step closer to being able to retrieve old funds.

    As new ruler he is relatively not liked. So I start plot to kill him with 41% plot power and up to 171% possible plot power. Interestingely our "wanted" investor will even help us kill that Sultan. Very cool - good proof of future loyalty to our Perm brand. Then this happens:
    fH78TRt.jpg

    Our tributaries really can't play nicely. We will join them and delete smaller khaganate I guess and then stall against Pechenegs, as they lose troops to winter.

    For some reason I have to join our bigger tributary khaganate into offensive war against Pechenegs. We probably won't win, as my troops aren't there and my vassal+tributaries won't join. But at least should stall enough and maybe force some losses due to attrition in Siberia.

    Once snow melts more problems arrive. Our Zavarot tributary splinters into 2 upon succession. Leaving us with tributary that is not bordering us and new target for tributary war. That we most likely won't utilize cause we already went onto raiding.

    No wonder our current leader goes into seclusion to gather his thoughts. After a week we again try to become diligent, and fail 3rd time. It isn't unlikely but somehow I had better luck with that event. Still our piety rises to -64.

    Meanwhile our retinue is almost at Vetluga county and raiders just finished tribes up to Wologosz for literally 0 gain and move onto Lenzen. I also work out why my tributary attacked Pechenegs. They are at war with Persian Nestorian Shahdom, who splintered into 2 due to Messalian uprising in the western part. Pechenegs do have alltogether 10.000 troops, but 8.000 comes from vassal hordes (mostly our common visitor with over 5000 reinforcing event troops, like wtf game...). As soon as I wrote this something clicked in my brain. Maybe those are warrior lodge troops? If so, as we are currently at war, we can too summon them and more. Time to cash in all those months of being in warrior lodge!

    To be honest it is my first time using one of those option. The tooltips suggest that, they ain't reinforcing. So dunno what the deal with that Pecheneg vassal is. But I know that I would like 1000 Pikes. With little help from our retinue, they should maul annoying Pecheneg eyesores. For bonus temporary our raiders will also profit from +15% siege speed. Or at least I thought so before I worked out that those bonuses are sticked to my ruler.
    fZ6dldP.jpg

    Sarin finally shows his martial expertise. I hope we will deal some damage and maybe deal with that annoying raiders in Sibir. Might have to sacrifice some piety to involve our retinue. Also look how cool Finno-Ugric Pikemen model is!

    By June our new spymaster Artis provides us with +50 military technology points. Meanwhile I notice that our prisoner from Mari died, passed Sampo onto his childless oldest son in the next dungeon cell. Who will likely pass it to younger brother with daughter (somehow I totally omitted him, as they are 4 brothers). It should still work.

    From Lenzen (9 prisoners) onto Thietmaresca tribe behind Hamburg, as the capital of Reformed Norse who conquered Orthodox Saxony holds over 300 gold. Before July ends, we conclude war between Elemagid and Svetitskhoveli khaganates. Turns out It was Elemagid who attacked Svetitskhoveli. So we retain both of them.

    As troops move onto Udmurts to join into single force I need to spy with councillors a little. Want to locate those event troops, that were giving us grief. But I have no idea where they are. They are not with that nomad vassal regular horde troops (spotted moving from north-west towards frontline). Sounds like perfect job for Chancellor on vassal horde capital in Aral (funnily I usually use spymaster for that, but Nomads have no technology to steal from, so using jobless Chancellor is better). He finds nothing. So I check that khan court - he has no commanders which would be commanding troops anywhere else. I'm not gonna keep sending councillors all across damn steppes to check 1 county at the time :/ so I have to give up.

    In August both Tynea and Udmurts finish Weaponsmiths II. I have 800 prestige (don't know from where) so I spend 200 on last missing Weaponsmith II in high chiefdom of Perm (Pil'va tribe). In 8 months Kudymkar should finish it's construction and will be happy to eat more of that prestige. Meanwhile our raiders fail to kidnap anyone from Saxony so they move onto Ostfriesland county.

    There is breakthrough in "trying to kill Sultan" front. Our werewolf-pecheneg co-conspirator in Taid Sultanate makes an attempt. Which succeeds with no one wiser to our part in it. Surely there will be crazy conspiracy theories about it. But there is more steps to be taken, with which I shall occupy myself for now. We invest another 400g, but this time are correct in assesment that bethrothal doesn't count as being married and princess Tanaz arrives into our court. We can't break her marriage arrangment, but we can deal with that problem the same way as last time - by plotting to kill Princess Tanaz in our court. Have less than a 5 months though. Might need to tyrannicaly Imprison+banish her to retrieve those 600 coins previously invested in mother&daughter as well as 100 we wanted to gain. At this point in Sarin lifeI think it is worth to suffer some penalty opinion for the few last years life (just watch him trying to outsmart the player and live for really long time).
    NbYp90j.jpg

    I love when CK2 schemes click in. Out of a sudden we are on right track to retrieve lost gold

    In the middle of November our Permian Pikes finally spot and move onto some Pecheneg's vassal troops. It is more of a test-run than the real deal. Did some managment and decided to include Sarin (his War-Sacrifice events make him really good commander, and Warrior Lodge passives increase his survivability as well as give chance for some battle events or so I'm tend to believe through tooltips). He is currently rocking +9% Light Foot Troops, +18% Heavy Troops, +45% Winter Combat, +54% Morale Damage, +18% Morale Defence, +54% Defence and +30% Morale (both War Sacrifice and personally leading troops). He will do fantastic job with those Permian Pikes.
    MwgJu5i.jpg

    Permian Pikes in their natural hunting habitat. Sarin finding joy in battle on steppes in his old age is also precious!

    We reach enemy detachment in Aqtobe by December. Hoping they survive till melee. In Skirmish Sarin's flanks has over 68% chance for Shieldwall (which we want with pikes) but sadly roll Volley Tactic. It would be a disaster, if enemies rolled Swarm Tactic (+300% damage) but both of them roll Generic skirmish tactic. Meaning that only our 225 archers receive +200% damage modifier. Our killer flank under chieftes Oshkamoshka rolled feint against their leaderless smaller flank with Disorganised Harass Tactic. Sadly there isn't enough nomads and we just roll over them even with our holding flank. Out of note Shieldwall gives Pikemen +240% defence, so it will be golden against big nomad armies. Luckily Sarin developed leadership trait - had the choice between Flanker and Flat Terrain Expert. Took the 2nd option for +36% combat modifier (now he is great on 4 terrain types - Arctic, Plains, Steppes, Farmlands). Battle concludes with 40 to 260 casualties on each side respectively.

    After checking tactics on wiki I decide to push through. Doing drive by Aral to exact some vengeance and then take on whatever nomads we find. Pecheneg Khagan perhaps doesn't like me roaming his lands, as he sent... preacher. Straight into dungeon with him.

    Year 849
    ======================

    Checking from time to time on our raiders I notice I have to move them again onto Friesland. As our troops are about to move onto Aral, main Pecheneg Horde (2300 riders) moves onto us. I will happily defend for that Narrow Flank chance (might be tough in open terrain).

    The battle begins poorly. Sarin once again rolls 25% chance for Volley (instead of 68% Shieldwall), so he takes quite some losses. At least right flank again wins coin flip and starts with Feint instead of Shieldwall to deal some damage on enemies who choose Heroic Defence. Enemy center rolled generic skirmish but is under Direct Leader for +33% bonus, and their right flank rolled disorganised harrass but is under our Siberian event troops bully with both Marauder and Flank terrain expert (doubling terrain bonuses and rocking +82% on plains/farmlands/steppes, +41% to Light Cavalry and +20.5% to Heavy Cavalry with +10.2% Morale damage bonus... uuugh pain).
    Xoic3Qq.jpg

    Hard battle due to rng bad luck. At least we get experience in dealing with horse lords.

    Battle progresses in such a way, that we are steadily breaking in the center against 2 flanks while, our right flank kills their left faster slightly faster than than. Then Oshkamoshka joins Sarin by attacking enemy center flank and route them just before melee. At which point I paused the game and realised that that composition currently in center had around 64% for Force Back and 18% for both Slow Advance and Advance. Meaning 82% for Last Stand type of tactic countering (+300% dmg) nomad main tactics type - Charges. And well exactly that happened. Sarin went "Force Back" against their charge and in single instantly routed them (but dealt relatively low losses). By the end we lost 309 men to their 387. I think all the morale damage modifiers on Sarin were counter productive, as battle didn't last long enough to bring the pain onto adversaries.

    Back to Princess Tamazz, I'm afraid whole thing backfired on me terribly as too many things were happening at the same time. Her bethrothed became adult so I had to try and imprison her. Didn't think that I might need Marshall (+20% arrest chance) for extra arrest chance and now there is most likely not enough time. Once her bethrothal goes through, she will leave Permian court to join her husband (heir to some county). And it takes some time for Marshall bonus to apply. Tried with just 67% and she fled... Argh! My 700 goooold! And we also are now penalised with -40 to relations for rest of Sarin's life for that act of tyranny. Somehow we managed to get the worst of both worlds :x.

    In March the troops I was searching for finally reveal themselves. Coming from eastern steppes. No idea where they were. I can give chase or I can finish war. I think finishing war will be more beneficial. For once it will enlarge relatively weak tributary on other it will reduce number of wars against Pechenegs. As my raiders move onto Teisterbant for Frisian Orthodox count with over 900 gold. Sadly small family.

    By April we arrive at Pecheneg capital in Buzachi and catch another small horde, which also behaves extra foolish in battle. They charge into Sarin's shieldwall early (to be honest it wasn't working for them in skirmish, as we were taking only around 5 casualties per day) only for him to once again fire Force back tactic. But they at least didn't roll charge but only Raid. Still they were taking 26 losses to our 9. Ended with 30 Permians casualties against 300 Pechenegs. That's a good ratio. Even with that we got only to 79% war score. Have to secure more of those vassal horde capital I guess. Two are close to border with abbasids but close to our current army location.

    May marks another pregnancy of Songul (queen), and Kudymkar finished construction of Warcamp III. Naturally Warcamp IV is the next step. We carefully move our raiders in Flanders to not walk straight into 6000 Berry troops, and keep hiting wealthy rulers there.

    In September after yet another vassal horde holding assault, the event pops up. We retrieve chinese artifact. That's the first for this playthrough. I completely missed of that being possibility because we are fighting nomads on the Silkroad. It isn't something fantastic but extra prestige doesn't stink. Maybe we will hit something interesting along the way.
    7zGzlFB.jpg

    China you say? Inteeeeresting. Start deciphering that language right now! Do you have more of dem trinkets?

    Then Sarin moves for final showdown with 3450 Pecheneg main host once again - this time province to the south (Emba Steppes). We have less troops and they have more since last battle. I really hope for shieldwall on Sarin.

    Battle starts well. Sarin did get the memo from previous experiences and rolled shieldwall, so he only takes 13 losses per day, while his co-commander 4th time out of 4 rolled Feint and started rolling over her opposition. Enemies have the same commanders that last time, and choose generic skirmish and 2x Disorganised Harass tactic, but out of note is that enemy Warrior Lodge commander choose Narrow Flank :). I hope Sarin will slaughter him in the melee.
    MaDqOai.jpg

    Round 3. Good start let's hope we have enough in the tank to carry towards victory in the end.

    So chieftess Oshkamoshka deals with enemy left flank and routes center before melee, but Sarin flank routes quickly after entering melee. He was on Force Back and enemy on Raid but the previous skirmish losses were too much. Sadly our remaining flank has to enter into melee, but for few initial days at least it deals damage without taking them back as enemy pursues our routing center. Will be tough with their narrow flank in melee. On the way out, our Ruler triggers battle event - some rock is blocking his route and by moving it he gets Brawny trait (now he is both shrewd and brawny) increasing his health even further :)". Dokya probably won't rule long. His dad ain't dead yet and he is 50.

    Sadly in the end we lose, with enemy at barely 23% of morale. Dayum. For the final count we loose 1132 men for their 421. Our warscore drops to 74%. If only we had assist of our tributary khaganate we would win. It was really that close that few days (2-3) of their unopposed flank dealing damage to something else would do it.

    Whole campaign in the steppes wasn't only for science as it turns out. We took a bunch of prisoners from nomad capitals, that sell well (our dungeons have over 90 inhabitants). Now we also have good recipee for winning with nomads. If only we could do something about their Light Infantry, then they would be forced into charge type tactics instead of Raid (resulting in us always countering them with our sticks). For that when next occasion arrives, I will have to deal with those pesky event troops (or pray they die with their warrior lodge member ruler).

    During December (as our troops are on long way towards home in shattered retreat) we watch our tributary winning against some smaller hordes and capturing few more holdings further north. Our marshall suddenly dies and we inherit Mjolnir... Which is like not what I intended for. I said I wanted legendary pagan religion artifact but not that one! Because of recent bad fame modifiers, we have to settle for 10 martial Greedy and Deceitful replacement. Meaning no longer we have perfect set of traits. Raiders move onto Amiens belonging to Duke of Paris. Before end of month Poshayka, 5th daughter to Sarin is born.

    Year 850
    ======================

    Middle of IX century starts with good news from the west. Our raiders captured renowned Jewish physician with Diligent and 12 Learning. That is someone worth recruiting. He is as good as our Pomeranian doctor, but unlike him doesn't remember our tyranny so the treatment will have better odds. So we replace our household healthcare.
    wZweooR.jpg

    First contact with Ashkenazi culture. What a find. I hope we will find more of them in the future for council and extra technology events

    Problems arrise in Amiens. Some 6000+ feudal troops are locked on march into our 5600 raiders. They will be river crossing but the province is flat. As I can't use "holding flank" killer flank with my own levies so well (too big), I decide to combine all of them under teleported King Sarin. Why? It is flat land. It is technically winter. It is stil war so War Sacrifice bonus remains. This should be plenty. Also I equip warriors from bigger tribes with our best commanders for further bonuse. So the battle begins shortly...
    GUmWoeN.jpg

    French-Permian scuffle. I hope we win! Wait. We are totally murdering those fools, while utilizing defensive formation!

    We roll Shieldwall tactic and to be fair it isn't bad, as we are not eligible for Feint, but maybe Volley for boosting our 1000 archers would be better. We are taking just 17 losses to their 140... It's difficult to complain at this. After chewing through their main forces concetrated in central flank, both right and left flanks route briefly after suffering our fire for 2-3 days. Battle never reaches melee phase, which is funny as our side was trying to get there with shieldwall while Franks were using volley and volley-harrass but still were routed due to returned arrow fire. To my suprise we also deal tremendous damage in pursuit (close to 200 kills per day), which isn't usually the case (nomads have better pursuit defence). It is disaster for enemy side - we lost 94 warriors to theirs 2900 and captured both Duke of Dauphne and captain of Sardinian company. I think both of them are worth 290, which the game confirms :). I like this one instance, in which fighting was more profitable than them offering no resistance and letting us besiege them!

    Interesting note - captain of Sardinian company had slightly over 4000 gold by this point in game (this is default game mercenary company available from start). While our current Permian band has 2800 gold, while working for just less than 50 years! We are catching up.

    Game has sense of humour. King of Bavaria wants to marry Sarin's niece. Upon quick look I notice that his wife, was crushed to death at Sarin's order. So he is somewhat related to foolish queen, who murdered our ruler stepbrother. No - thanks. I think we will do just fine on our own...

    Conflict in the steppes fizzles out, as Pechenegs retake their holdings, and I just recuperate retinues in Perm itself. I don't have strenght to win now, but maybe they will be brave enough to engage us on our Suomenusko land. Also waiting benefits me, as I have 250 out of 300 renown needed to once again summon more pikemen and my renown rises 13.5 points per month. This time maybe I will go after event troops and consolidate everything under Sarin, to see how that works.

    Also after few battle sacrifices, my vassals relented enough to once again agree with my choice of Dokya as heir (Vechkas due to outrage at Sarin trying to imprison innocent courtier, was our heir in the meantime since then).

    By Summer I decide to move out with Sarin's remnants (2200+ troops) because 2000 of our tributaries raiders were hunting smaller hordes. Good thing as main Pecheneg army want's to crush them, so maybe I make it in time to join the melee and spread the carnage.

    My vassals keep changing votes to show their disapproval. Two can play that game. So I nominate Vechkas to be my heir, and they hate the idea of supporting my choice enough to change their votes for Dokya. Thus it is now landslide along lines of 9:1 votes fo Dokya, as previously it was 6:4 for Vechkas. Clever boys :)!

    In September Sarin army of steppes, fights smaller local horde to remove any potential help Pechenegs could get. Fight goes well, and even our ruler manages to kill enemy commander in the duel. It increases our duel experience and Sarin sits currently at 62 Personal Combat score with Old Age debuf but also +10 PC from recent Battlefield Sacrifices. He is competent and having fun at ripe age of 51. I definetely didn't foresee his retirement to be spend haunting nomads.

    I attach Sarin to our tributary army so I don't have to watch him for a moment. They siege Aral holding currently - which is ok. Just in time to move back to Raiders, who I left without supervision long enough for them to become pray for Berry event troops (ehh). Well happens. They have awful habit of fighting against rulers who I start besieging. Previously they used my troops in few castle assaults. We lose close to half the raiders, but with 3000 I think we can still do something. Raiders retreat into Brittany.

    By December our family has it's issues - freshly wed daughter Slyugan'ka comes to her dad with "unwanted pregnancy problem". Not seeing good options, I decide on only option without any trait only to be punished with 3 options each containing trait for Sarin himself. Should have discipline daughter, now my Sarin will suffer in heir stead. I take the gamble at arbitrary and roll 33% at it... Thus 7th trait :/. Ukko'dammit. I hope Slyugan'ka will acknowledge her dad's effort. Day before end of year, after some ping-ponging holdings ownership from one side to other, our allied horde finally decide to move with 4600 combined troops against Pechenegs 2500. And on that cliffhanger we will end this part ;).
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Economic Summary: Perm Year 850
  • LVEWet3.jpg

    Economic Report: Perm Year - 850

    Realm size: 35
    Yearly Income: 44,71
    Treasury: 8051 (+1057 in currently held investors + 2827 in mercenary band)
    Number of Cities in Realm: 0
    Number of Cities in Personal Demense: 0
    Number of Prosperity Province Modifiers: 1
    Number of Holding Slots Generated: 2
    Number of Great Works: 0
    Global Construction Speed modifier: 0%
    Global Construction Cost modifier: 0%

    5 Highest Income Realms (Yearly Income)
    1. Abbasid Empire (560,6)
    2. Byzantine Empire (320,52)(currently at war with 2 revolts which have 139,52 and 96,31 income)
    3. Republic of Venice (213,38)
    4. Zerwalid Emirate (Emirate of Tunis) (182,59)
    5. Kingdom of Lombardy (153,67)

    5 Wealthiest Counties Worldwide (Province Wealth)
    1. Constantinopole (242,1)
    2. Venezia (240,8)
    3. Basra (186,9)
    4. Al-Iskandariyya (186,1)
    5. Mecca (174,3)

    Additional Comment on worldstate: Abbasid keep going strong. North Africa got chomped on, but somehow even smaller Tunisia packs an economic punch. Byzantines are difficult to measure due to always being in revolt, which also prevent them from uniting Anatolia. Thus various smaller Orthodox duchies remain inside Iconoclastic Byzantines. Serbia split into kingdoms of Serbia and Bulgaria resulting in long period of vassal revolts mostly due to Tengri religion (that are still ongoing). Known to us Lombardian Queen Desiderata slowly works on increasing her realm size but to unite Italia, she will have to deal with Byzantines in the long run. Republic of Pisa is having hard time, as they lost some counties to feudals, Amalfi can't start snowballing so only Venezia is pulling ahead. Central europe remains Slavic, descendants of Charlemagne slowly consolidate into bigger realms in race to reunite France and Iberia remains fragmented. In Scandinavia Viking age truly come to an early stoppage, as Reformed Germanics in Kingdom of Svibjod lost to Finnish Old Germanics leading to big reduction in size. Unmolested British Isles are slowly consolidating under Anglo-Saxons, who have together with Scots have to watch out for united Kingdom of Ireland, which is already spilling beyond their de jure borders. Most interestingely for me are Persian Nestorian Shahdoms in Transoxania - splitted into their major denomination and Messalian heretics. Hope they survive. India is also disunited but finally rulers began reaching higher ranks in monastic societies thus new temples started showing up. While not enough to put them on the top5, expect rapid rise of most succesful indian kingdom in the future, because on average their counties are already more wealthy than european counterparts. Lastly - Tibetan empire falls out of rankings, while it increased it size thanks to conquering some duchies in northern india.
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 2
    Reactions:
    Part XI (851-859)
  • Part XI (851-859)

    Year 851
    ======================

    One thing that escaped me in the last part probably should be mentioned now - our 2nd son and High Chief of Vologda (+Mari in the future) launched subjugation war against our tribal neighbour to the west and is currently winning. Why is that happening? Did I make Vechkas demense too strong? Not really. He is just really shrewd. He launched his attack the moment Khazars left after putting Mordvin warriors into the dirt. Clever boy.

    Year starts with celebration of our 4th daughter - Nyumina marriage to heir of Izhma tribe. Which leaves Sarin with only 2 daughters without arranged marriages. There is still time for that as they are 5 and 1 year old. By 13th day of month there is an incident though. Queen Songul collaborates in escape attempt of one Pecheneg prisoner. She is locked away, as we tighten our security. So much for blissful marital life.
    EYSKYls.jpg

    3rd encounter with Pechenegs. Who will come on top this time?

    While one of the sons fights in the west, his father (King Sarin) battles on the eastern steppes. Our forces with their nomadic allies, finally pounce on Pechenegs in Or county. Battle starts pretty balanced as AI splited it's riders evenly across all segments of battle, while King Sarin personally commands all of his warriors in center. Which is the only place, in which we are winning with Volley Tactic (which penalises our allies to boost our 966 archers) against Harass Swarm tactic (an anctual counter for our tactic but bonus is only +100% damage). Losses are pretty even 26 men on our side to 22 Pechengegs. Our left is losing almost as quickly against Khan Celgil of Uracic (the one we kept struggling against previously and owner of annoying event stack) because their Swarm tactic got countered with Disorganised Harass (losing 21 troops to 4 on enemy side). Our right is slighthly losing with their Generic Skirmish against enemy using Inspired Defense (6:3 losses).

    After several days our left routes as do enemy center. Now Sarin engages their victorious flank, who started the battle with Narrow flank - really hurting us. Our character fires this time Harass Swarm Tactic (+60% Light Cavalry Attack and +120% Horse Archers but -180% Archer attack). Sadly he gets countered by Disorganised Harass again! Meaning this battle is currently going, as badly as it can with 27 losses on our side for every 10 enemies. Which to be true is far better that I was expecting in such turn of events. Our right is down to 65%, which should hold long enough to give us time to mop up.

    Few more days later is all it takes Sarin to overcome his foe, while conserving most of his troops (3091 troops in center) with relatively good morale (69,4%). Center joins ongoing battle with his right flank on Feint tactic. This quickly turns the table, as now we are taking only 8 casualties for 36 enemies. Our brave warrior king, duels right flank commander and wins! After checking for possible ransom money I decide to sacrifice him - the only possible benefit. He also was patient, which means that those fleeing enemies will take more losses now, that he's dead. Final tally is 360 ours for 560 enemies dead.

    Sadly after battle we go straight down to -100% warscore. Our tributary khagan got himself captured! This brings the war to an abrupt end, making event troops vanish. Interestingely our War-Sacrifice boost will linger for 2 more years. Didn't suspect that. There is nothing else to do for our retinues but to march home. With their heads held high. They definetely made Perm proud in proving that they can tangle with horse lords.

    As we are no longer at war, it is perfect oportunity for some changes. We are once again eligible to choose ambition: "See the realm prosper". If Sarin's lives for 5 extra years, he will generate additional 35 prosperity points per every province across whole realm. To make that more likelychange to focus was made - from Theology to Hunting. It shares extra +1 Health and our Learning remains at comfortable 18. More importantly it will grant him Hunting Dog for extra +1 Health, and training him personally can make Sarin Diligent. Seems like win-win, as I'm still waiting on those conversion events for few provinces.
    sZmI2pK.jpg

    Wicked King liked martial life so much, that he intends to spend his old age iin more active way.

    Winter comes to an end with only notifications from our looters in Britanny. Now that I confirmed, that we get some gold from sacking holdings I don't have to move them around onto new targets as often .

    With spring I replace our Norse steward with younger and better one. Our previous steward while ambitious had only 14 stewardship, which prevents him from firing the event for +500 gold we hunt for. The new one has 16, which means that even with Stressed he will be at 15. Let's say it is delayed punishment for letting those smugglers in.

    Then we start organising the Ukon Juhla festival for some extra prestige. Before party, we have to pay the upkeep on Kudymkar trade route. It is 108 coins. I really do prey, it won't magicaly vanish before it's paid duration runs out upon ruler death. There is nothing in game files or in internet that explains, what happened to our previous trade routes ir Perm and Pil'va. I really would like to stack on those +30% City Tax modifiers in all of our personal demense for future profits.

    As our nobility feasts, chief Celgil of Uracic visits Sibir tribe as well. In force. Probably wants some snacks too. ]:-[
    As our raiders loot celtic castle in Kemper, we get 2 artifacts! Both quality 1 - crown (we have better) and scepter (which the pagans don't have access via smithing but suprisingly can use). Ain't much but it's always something (+0.05 Prestige, +1 Opinion). City and temple technology I also spreads south-west from Perm to Udmurts tribe.

    During summer Bretonians try to chase our depleted host, but not this time. I consolidate all warriors under chieftess Oshkamoshka and we repel them, inflicting heavy losses on locals. Demands for ransoms keep getting send, and estimated gains is for around 200g.

    Game foils our plans in August, as we get call to arms from Cheremisian against... Khazars. We are losing no matter what in that instance. Either I keep "See the realm prosper" ambition and let Khazars get closer to my core realm on top of having to retake just conquered lands later or we lose on prosperity I think? I go with 2nd, as I still have war sacrifice buff and can assemble quite large host (with Pikes!) to fight defensively on our religion land.
    XIO3zv2.jpg

    Never boring in this region? Nevah! Let's see if we can defend our tributaries

    Having my plans ruined, I'm highly motivated to invest into punishing Khazars. As it turns out our Mercenaries are available, so I buy them because those money will be later retrieved, making them basicaly free. Sadly I can't summon suomenusko warrior. Game tooltips suggest that I already summoned them in this war. Clearly it knowns something I don't :p". Because I don't see any event troops.

    We don't get to enjoy war, as our cupbearer hands us poisoned wine! We don't die though. But that fool does - and we do inherit his wealth, him being one of our investors. That was scary :x! I replace our old Diviner with new - Deceitful and Arbitrary traits are acquired. Also bribe spymaster and sent him to discover plots. Because clearly there is, an conspiracy we don't see in "Known Plots". I don't have high hopes, because if things progressed so far, it seems like Sarin is already at chopping block. That said, if we didn't start with Intrigue focus in Sarin's youth, we probably would die right now. Funny enough - this is one outcome of us inviting Deceitful, Greedy and Arbitrary characters into court I didn't thought of! We will keep living close to the edge, so this playthrough just became much more exciting I guess.
    fWV73uP.jpg

    Here I was thinking about dying out of old age to be suprised like that. First instance of one of our investors taking future of Perm investment into his own hands.

    Before end of year one good thing happens - our marshall initiated recruitment drive in Kudymkar, thus increasing it's prosperity by +6 point. More of that. As often as possible.

    Year 852
    ======================

    As most of our forces (almost 12.000 because we dont have access to vassals in this war) assemble in Udmurts, we prepare for long march into Cheremisia. Some Khazar vassals are already there but I don't see their main 6000 riders strong army anywhere.

    Before we get anywhere close to frontline, our newly invited diviner dies. So we have to invite the only remaining and willing (tyranny doesn't help) character with at least 2 traits. Thus we get diviner with whole 2 learning... But he likes us at least!

    He doesn't last long. It is somewhat good thing. Because he almost instantly becomes corrupt. At long last! It was ages since last time it happened! I move back Marshal for +arrest chance (we are currently at just 64%) before imprisoning him. So onto new job interview we go...
    sgXsNiu.jpg

    If only every diviner became corrupt within a month of taking office, we would have sick income.

    Due to poorly timed approach, we lose almost 3.000 troops due to attrition even with Winter specialist leading them! But if I took my time, we probably would not make it in time, as close to 10.000 khazars are already besieging Cheremisia tribe. Warrior Camp maxes in Kudymkar, so I instantly purchase Warrior Gathering Ground III. Then I attempt arrest of previous Diviner, succeeding and earning extra 111 gold. Easy money with 72% arrest chance!

    As we retake Cheremisian capital, khazars joined forces move onto us (11.359 troops). It looks scary, as we only have 10.600 troops (almost 6000 Light Infantry, 2700 archers, 1400 Heavy Infantry and 420 Pikes. We have good commanders this time (Sarin, Chieftess Oshkamoshka and one of Investors who specializes in Light Infantry), defensive pagan bonuses and Forest (meaning we won't get countered but most likely will counter them with Volley + increasing our chances of Narrow Flank with Sarin). Let's hope it is enough. I would really love those 1000 Warrior Lodge Pikemen :X
    NOWWVEp.jpg

    Another encounter with Khazars. We are stronger but so are they :/

    Battle begins really nicely for us. All across board we are taking even losses against Nomads, who rolled 2x Inspired Defence and Generic Skirmish. Our forces decided on 2x Shieldwall and Feint. As much as I would like to have Feint on other flank under Oshkamoshka I will take it. It will be decided in melee it seems.

    Overall skirmish phase goes in our favour. Their left flank losses half of their morale against our right, while left and center remain dead even. But then their center charges into Sarin and things go out of hand, as he decides on... Barrage tactic. We have really bad tactic selection without Warrior Lodge Pikes. They somehow make up for losses in skirmish phase and then their left flank charges in. At this point I have to make a decision. Do we stay or run? Melee won't go great. But with 10.000 mounted enemies what chance in fleeing do we have?

    Things go from bad to worse, as Oshkamoshka finally enters melee with... Charge, to be met with Powerful Charge, thus rapidly collapsing. Sarin wins in center and goes to help her, but their left flank routes our right and now sets... clever ambush onto Sarin, thus countering his Advance for +400% damage bonus =.=. I thought only defender could use that! I retreat, as our flanks all rout. We lose 3500 warriors versus 1400 losses inflicted upon khazars. For how badly did battle went, losses don't even reflect that.

    Before we can regroup, Khazars press their demands and we lose our Tributary. Argh! We got sniped by AI on some hidden timer on Warrior Lodge power. Lost to Khazars again! It wasn't even close. Probably they can make tributary out of us unless I attrition them heavily! (After playing I did look through HF_warriorlodge_decisions and it seems there is 20 month cooldown for which, we have to be at peace to be able to summon Suemenusko Warriors again. So much for refilling them during war strategy)

    With such losses in manpower, we need to pause and recuperate. So no raiding for now. Having nothing better to do, I sent my ruler on Grand Hunt to relieve irritation and maybe get diligent. During hunt, Sarin get's an event reminding him of fallen in Battle of Aqtoba with options: to die, become cynical+depressed or wroth+stressed. I choose the 4th one - to just lose 5 piety thanks to being in Warrior lodge and chill out in the countryside. Thank you very much!

    We get issued lodge mission to loot one of tribes on the border with Khazars. Won't get to it now. Need some levies to storm it, before that mounted yellow menace reacts. We miss three 10% diligent chances in a row during hunt, but that's expected.

    Before end of year Sarin, comforts his youngest daughter during raging storm by telling her a story.

    Year 853
    ======================

    New year has another unpleasant suprise for us. One of tributary vassals moves to raid us. Didn't know that was allowed :x. So we sent him packing. Still it is annoying that, now I can't loot them but they still can loot us.

    Just as we repel cheeky tributaries, Udmurts reaches 2nd prosperity level. That's nice and on brand. Which just reminds me, that if I didn't try to defend our tributary I would still be on that 5 years prosperity ambition. Ukko'dammit!
    eRTRDJk.jpg

    Good to know that, our demense is getting there in terms of prosperity levels

    By May we get another raiding annoyance - this time some Khazar's vassal from Vladimir crosses border into Mari. As Vechkas is still fighting his subjugation war against Veps (and loosing...) there is no one to intervene. So I have to move my retinue currently in Perm across most of the realm.

    During summer Sampo holder dies, and the artifact vanishes. As I had both him and his brothers marked, there is some "lost during transfer of power" sheningans happening. Oh well. I'm certain someone will rediscover it with their councillors in the future. Won't be us though, given our councillors professionalism with our corruption theme going. Marriage for our heir - Dokya with 17 year old sister of our previous tributary in Cheremisia finally materializes. She will pass claim on it. Not sure if we can make use of it. But she is also Quick and Ambitious with great stats overall (6/16/15/15/9).

    Meanwhile I move the youngest of last batch of investors from being Champion to position of Venerable Elder. Then I look for someone for last vacant slot. Find this Khazar with quite the sack. Also no family and joins out of free will. What not to like?
    PZ8yvHc.jpg

    Better find that we found previously.

    I go on another hunt but then realisehow costly it is. It seems to scale based on rank and not income. Just as I say that, game throws me a bone after series of setbacks. As I mouse over tooltip for finishing the prey event option, it reminds me that doing it personally also gives chance at +1 martial. Not sure if we haven't hit it few times as now we are sitting at 21 martial and we haven't rolled wounded or severely wounded+maimed/crippled. But after another chance, Sarin finally becomes Diligent! Suprise! Now if we get dog from someone, we will be able to train him for further +1 Health (on top of focus, dog and brawny). But we are currently at 8 traits...

    In October Dokya finally gets his first child and heir in one. Sarin can welcome his new grandkid - Ozheg after coming home from hunt.

    By November our smaller nomad tributary is up to his usual no-good antics. He once again attacks bigger nomad. Having learnt from past, we decline and don't lose any of the tributaries. They can fight it out themselves.

    Year 854
    ======================

    New year definetely isn't nice. Vidyava the Heavenly was struck down in the duel, as was her Buddhist opponent. Our daughter left her 6 children without mother but under her grandfather guidance. She won't be forgotten.
    2OZKc9z.jpg

    Look what Santa gave me for last christmass!

    By March construction in Kudymkar finishes and the builders move onto maxing Warrior Gathering Grounds in that tribe. 400 prestige well spent.
    32pEuZI.jpg

    Development coming together nicely. Look into current progress.

    With beggining of April our annoying small horde cease to exist. While it takes away some prestige potential and potential moral authority later from Holy Wars, it will also make tributary wars after succession of Dokya easier&quicker. Leaving less room for Khazars to interfere. Giving them access to our core duchy would be a disaster.

    By July another boys is born to Dokya. He is named after our Sarin but also has Quick trait! Ladies and Gentlemen - we now have good candidate for ruling after Dokya. What a coincidence! Thus he is set to get trait for diligent instead of shrewd (because he can't be both shrewd and quick). Finally future starts to look brighter, as we incorporate "smart" genes into our dynasty.

    By November, Dokya slains some lowborn in duel. Risky. Maybe less so, because he rised to rank of Veteran (same as Sarin) in Warrior Lodge. But still. I would like for him to take over current king without any complications pretty please.

    Before end of year we engage in another Fleeting against novice and... lose another 75 prestige. Sarin somehow became veteran, who teaches others at his own expanse. Very costly over his long membership.

    Year 855
    ======================

    First quarter of year 855 is calm. I arrange for marriage between our daughter Nyv and heir to High Chiefdom of Lithuania. They just went independent from Yabghumakh khaganate. Maybe I need more allies to tackle Khazar threat? Recruiting other tribals in eastern europe, could give us numbers needed to win. If they are not decentralised, because only personal levies of rulers we ally will heed call to arms. That would be nice use for family we kept on breeding. It is also cheaper to marry off daughters to get those troops, rather than hire mercenaries or develop levies ourself.

    With advent of spring, Vechkas finally ends his futile war for Veps. To make most of it, I offer bethrothal of my last daughter to High Chief of Veps son&heir. We also declare war on new independent state to the north (in Nenetsia) - Pechora. They are an offshot from our previous tributary of Zavarot. After March I was already marching our retinues. Young Chief begs for mercy, as he surrenders. We decline to get extra prestige.

    At the same time culture conversion event finally fires - Mansia converts from Khanty to Komi, doubling amount of Komi lands on that sides of Ural. With that we finally make Sibir county eligible for culture conversion but... We still have 4 counties to culture convert, so the chance of hitting western provinces is 50%. But hey - at least we don't have to bother with thinking about settling tribes with steward. OR do we? Culture conversion event from neighbouring provinces is limited to firing once per character at the time (unlimited time). Steward gives us extra event. Let's do some math.
    XtXyyzV.jpg

    Slowly spreading Komi culture. Currently 2 Khanty provinces left in our Perm. As well as 1 Mordvin and 2? Nenetsian.

    MTTH for conversion to adjacent culture with 15+ Stewardship is 31,67 years according to wiki. After translating it to months = slightly over 380 months. With our 10+ Stewardship councillor on "Administer the realm" it is modified by 0.75 to give us 285 months (23 years and 9 months) That same councillor can settle tribes in slightly over 142 months. So the choice is between MTTH of 285 months or 380+142 Months. The second option also helps us target and average of those 2 events is 261+ months. Which is stil quicker, but without prosperity gain. So I changed my mind, time to move steward to settle tribes in last Mari county!

    After that admin work, we bid adieu to our Ilmenian investor, who supported us till rip old age of 69. His wealth puts our treasury over 9000! I invite one spare character I kept marked as potential interest, but turns out women can't be our venerable elders. Didn't know that. Make her court tutor instead.

    With May, our disfigured chancellor - High Chied Kudym-Osh of Votyaki offers to teach us foreign languages. Not bad for +1 Learning and Diplomacy in exchange of favour. The favours is granted after whole event goes through, so there is good chance it will mean never.
    E67ry8n.jpg

    Whoever said there is upper limit to how many modifiers can Sarin stack ;)?

    Once bethrothal went through, so did non-aggresion pact and alliance with High Chiefdom of Veps! Sadly High Chief of Lithuania isn't yet interested in it. Probably because Yabhkumakhs lost control of several tribals between them and Lithuania, leading them to false sense of security. Sometimes it is irritating, that potentially useful alliances for both bigger realms are no-no for AI.

    In August Marshal Basil Pulady fyrt, fires another successful event while training troops, netting us another 6 points of prosperity in Kudymkar. For reference this is equivalent to 3 years of arctic prosperity gain. Now you understand, why did I sent him on that mission :). Before end of month, grandson Kuaz comes out of ages and turns out relatively well - Fortune Builder, Patient, Ambitious, Diligent, Erudite, Stressed but his attributes are middling - only 13 stewardship and 12 Learning. I can still make use of him, by granting him Khantia and Mansia Tribes (already converted) and hoping to pass him Yugra High Chiefdom, to create another branch of our family. I give him also 45g to cover his initial expenses and avoid bankrupcy, which would start ammasing negative province modifiers. With single move we get from being over the demense limit to being 1 holding under it, thus removing at least -10 penalty to vassal opinion of Sarin. We also diminish Vechkas power after death of his father, helping stabilizing the realm. Neat!
    lzsQSNc.jpg

    The oldest son of Vidyava, establishes our administration in Siberia

    Having one ward slot free, we take on education duty of grandson Sarin. One advantage of meddling into education of even non-heirs is access to relatively good administrators for that playthrough. In case of young Sarin - we definetely are planning on playing him at some point. Ideally after quick reign as his father Dokya (to get prosperity ambition and observatory event chain) just long enough so he comes out of age.

    As we progress in our war, our new Veps ally call to arms against some adversaries in eastern Finland. Sure - we will help after concluding our business in Nenetsia. Sarin has vested interest in keeping his ally strong, to oppose Khazar aggresion.

    In November Sarin losses Patient trait due to being way over the limit of traits (was at 8). While it stings to lose +1 to all stats, it isn't as bad as losing ambitious or diligent. Still Deceitful, Cruel, Brave or Arbitrary would be better picks ;). We also accept regular surrender from Pechorans. Giving us 200 extra prestige.
    Ov88jUL.jpg

    Extra not-planned 200 prestige. Once again we exhausted possible tributary targets

    Last month in year gives us a notification that City+Temples technology I has been incorporated in Tynea to the south of capital.

    Year 856
    ======================

    New year starts with difficult choice. In our studies of foreing languages we run into difficulties. Choice between Diligent (15%) and stressed (30%) or getting rid of modifier and Slothful (15%). We are already diligent, and slothful would remove it. So we roll with chance for stressed but luckily Wicked King manages healthy work-life balance.
    A0zjKFi.jpg

    Please no more traits. And no negative health traits.

    One war of Vepsian allies concludes, before our forces even make it to the front. Then Mansia tribe gets looted by some smaller nomad evil. Sarin by participating in yet another hand wrestling, uses his high intrigue to win against best opponent available and to my suprise his nickname get's overwritten. From now on he no longer is known as "Wicked". He is but "Knuckle-Slammer" of Perm. You gotta love this game, when playing dirty pays off.

    In Summer our fresh Khazar investor dies, and passes us over 200 gold. Currently I don't think like searching for another candidate. Also we still exhausted source, as our demand outstripped our neighbourhood supply.

    Then towards end of year I start new business endevaour. Did spent some time, searching the steppes for chinese artifacts. I located 2 interesting nomads both in possesion of Tang Figurine (-5% Build time, +0.35 Monthly Prestige) and one of them having Classic of Poetry (+3 Learning, +0.5 Monthly Piety) on top of that. We gonna go with our levies there, assault their capitals and then run with goodies! At least I imagine it will go that well. But first we need to conclude current Vepsian war (or we can't toggle looting mode).
    ITzj9li.jpg

    Sarin and his newly planned out Steppe Heist. Search for Chinese artifacts! Both targets marked on the map

    With december another marriage goes through - this time it is granddaughter Ordava, securing allegiance of High Chief of Zyriane - our vassal.

    Year 857
    ======================

    We barely miss having mastered foreign languages in previous year, but Sarin concludes his studies now. Also our retinues catch Kolanian warriors in Kallavesi (Finland). After we trounce them, we gonna liberate both holding and potentialy putting halt to that nonsense. Also as you see from their model - they are norse. Finland is stronghold of old germanics, who slowly roll into Sweden-proper.
    Ju1ynYY.jpg

    Our ally is not out of woods yet. He suffered 4000 strong peasant rebelion back home. Komi is definetely carrying that alliance :/. Also AI only being interested in alliance, when they are total mess.

    With February we receive interesting offer - Khazar rebel wants bethrothal. We decline. No matter what we are not interested in it. I think for moment about getting involved. It is good chance to earn extra 200 prestige for making tributaries out of Cheremisians again. The problem being that rebels are weak - they are mostly tribals. Which doesn't diminish Khazar might in any substantial way. What's worse once Khan revokes their provinces, he will grow stronger :/.

    Kudymkar finishes last level of Warrior Gathering Grounds. So onto Weaponsmith III it goes. I also splurge 400 prestige on Training Grounds I in 4 tribes: Pil'va, Kolva, Udmurts and Tynea. Just in case. It will add some levies (+2.5%) but also make use of free time, that could be spent on constructions there.

    At April 3rd son is born to Dokya - child of concubine Kya. That is somewhat awkard for future. He doesn't have quick, and being 3rd in line we might run into problems with procuring his inheritance during what seems to be short future reign of his father. Also Kudymkar picks up on Cities and Temples I Technology. I like that tech spread :).

    After marching across Scandinavia during summer, that cursed war is finally put to an end. We had to siege all the way up to Kola province in the north. We can now Worship Ancestors, walk our retinues back to Veps to help with Rebelion, and move our raiders to Mongolia.
    eNq5pYJ.jpg

    Our most notable sacrifice so far. Surely it will give us economic boon. Not like we could ransom her or anything so one can hope.

    We Ask Ancestors for Prosperity (more of "dem tech points" please). We have quite the sacrifice - French Princess and Karling itself. Let's hope we will please our forebearers. It's not like Suemenusko gods get French Royalty every other day, so be grateful.

    Then nice event from Warrior Lodge fires for us. Giving us Patient back! Not only that but I also take on chance for getting rid of Chaste. We are old, our wive is in dungeon and have no concubines. It was mostly giving us +1 Learning as our prestige hit rock bottom ages ago With that we are still down to 7 traits but replacing chaste with patient.
    eLwDmD9.jpg

    We haven't lost patient for long it seems. Straight upgrade, over what last trait event left us with. Meanwhile his wife, still rots in dungeon :D

    On the way east, we trounce Gyla khaganate nomads in revenge for siberian sacking. Which also may have a monetary incentive.

    Year 858
    ======================

    Another year with bad news. First we get Call to arms from our ally, who is almost undone by peasant rebelion. Turns out Khazars dealth with their rebels already and now are moving onto Veps. I don't see how we win this. Maybe I have to try and attrition them, but they will get won battle against Vepsians before that :/. So they don't even have to engage in the north and suffer local winters. Still I accept to avoid prestige penalty.
    743KU7Y.jpg

    Damn you Khazars! Once again you rushed us way earlier, than I expected. They keep hitting us when, we are most vulnerable.

    Khazar AI turns to be quite a gamer, they are already on the borders with their main horde, while our forces are in Siberia. So I carefully retreat our retinues back home, and safe distance from border. 2800 troops won't deal with over 6000 nomads. Seems like our alliance will be rather shortlived. As our ally turn out to be more of a paper tiger, than the real one.

    Our heir changes - it seems enough of old vassals have died and replaced with new, who don't remember our tyranny. Thus as they like us more, the situation is worse. It became less certain how the votes spread. It is between Dokya and Vechkas. I do try and analyse the situation, but there is little outside of bribes. Which are out of question. Maybe patience will solve this connundrum.

    By autumn, our Training Grounds get finished one by one. Khazars hunt Vepsians, who shelter themselves in Mari. Not that they will get any help there. But foolishly they also managed to lose battle against nomads - meaning khazars can get up to 100% warscore. If they had some common sense, they would run to us, and await khazars as winter approaches.

    Additionaly vassal of our Tributary tries to raid Khlynov tribe, while our Levies catch up Gyla main host and crush it on the other side of mountains. City&Temple technology I spreads to Ural (east of capital) and we succesfuly ransom 8 prisoners for 380 gold.

    By early October Veps is forced to surrender. There was literally nothing we could do, even if we mobilised. Distance basically made that impossible.
    m9nxN86.jpg

    Nomads everywhere. At least they won't spill as easily into Nenetsia. That said ventures west are becoming more and more arduous
    I'm not happy with that turn of events. It complicates our strategy. It took me some time after playsession to see any benefits of current arrangment. It isn't as bad as I initially thought. While Veps was tributarised, it also blocks Khazars from spilling into Nenetsia. It isn't as bad if they spill into Estonia and Lithuania. The situation must be monitored to be sure. I will have also have to come up with adequate answer to Khazar problem. Probably some coalition in the future and for now maybe will have to start thinking about hitting them through plots and raiding.

    Year 859
    ======================

    After those hectic years, I want to settle down a little. First I notice that "See the realm prosper ambition" is available again. We take it. With it we are looking at year 864 as our "no-war" period. Could swear that this ambition had longer cooldown if failed.

    Our Heir is still Vechkas - no matter what I do with my vote. It is 9 to 8 for him over Dokya. There are still 2 vassals, who remember our tyranny, both 50+ years old,one of them has cancer the other is frail. Probably we can outlive them. Also we get notification that some attempt to kill Dokya. Situation sure isn't pretty.
    zZ7Vmg5.jpg

    Some other conspiracy, invisible to us. I'm not even sure how his death now would affect inheritance in gavelkind.

    By March we get a gift, that will help with some problems. We got dog from hunting focus. We call him "Hunter" as I vaguely remember that it should be good, while we are on Hunting focus. If the get event for training him personally that would further boost our health by +1. That puts him at visible +3 Health (Brawny, Hunting Focus, Hunting Dog). Now we are kinda looking at prospect of him outliving Dokya, who is just Brawny. Also there is no need to keep spending 25 gold per year on organising great hunts. We already got diligent from them :). As well as Brawny. I think we are still eligible for getting Hunter friend or Quick lover.
    eds679F.jpg

    Sarin's free time activities continue to be a hit. We went through Intrigue, Business, Scholarship, Theology and now Hunting. Acquired most traits and modifiers we wanted. Way of Life is such an impactful dlc.

    With start of April, our levies start marching east, after having crushed Gyna Nomads. They are finally onto that "steppe-heist" masterplan. As days progress - supplies aren't as bad as I suspected.

    During May we prepare another Ukon Juhla festival to see if it affects how the succession votes are spread. It does and in very beneficial way. That party was exactly what we needed to put us at 8 votes for Dokya. Vechkas then losses another of his 7 votes to his nephew High Chief Nalka Permyakid from Yugra. Ok that's way more comfortable situation.

    Our Patron deity event fires. At least I think it is it. It's always confusing discerning between it and Ancestor Worship. Must mention - they didn't exactly fire often. Sarin wasn't able to improve his already high stewardship cause it has upper limit of 15 for that event. But there usually are "new friend" event's of which we get 0 according to my memory.
    OQ0NDg9.jpg

    Oh yea. More economic events pretty please. Made me realise that between this and Sampo artifact, Suemenusko is really well positioned for one of the highest income from capitals. Shame this modifier has only 10 years duration.

    As we cross the steppes towards Mongolia, quite a rare event fires. We get an ability to purchase Rare Paitning. Given that it is yet another source of prestige that costs only 25g, we happily take on that offer. It will most likely pay for itself few times over before we feudalise.

    As seasons change, we finally reach first of our Nomadic targets. We quickly smash local horde. But not without warrior lodge event. This time we get opportunity to get lodge-specific weapon. It increases prestige and has +leading the center modifier. From the tooltip it isn't mentioned but turns out to be quality 3! That's good upgrade to our War-Ax. Not only it gives more prestige per month, but also +15% Leading the Center is superior to +5% Light Infantry and +10% Heavy Infantry. If anything our characters will most likely lead Pikes in center. We are more than happy with that rng gift. But wait there is more!

    Our purchased painting arrives and it is not bad. Further extra prestige. Even quite much given it is only quality 1. It also reminds me of one of reasons, which inspired me to choose exactly Siberia for area I will dedicate this AAR for. I've come across quite a few really charming paintings depicting those areas with it's Orthodox faith elements. I won't lie but I feel like this region is heavily underpresented with various DLC. Why Rajas of India don't allow for tiger hunting in Siberia? Given Siberian Tigers are a thing (don't answer because I know that most of RoI event's are locked to India itself and majority of them are so awfully outdated... <50% for +1 Martial really? U-boats in Ganges? No different powers for Cult of Kali (Hindu demon worshippers)? Not doing something akin to "Sainthood/Bloodlines" with Reincarnations as rolling to whose Reincarnation your character is? No Patron-deity events?).

    Having ranted some, I can push that assault button aand - receive what we came for. Tang Sculpture in our collection. Perhaps we won't need to beg Chinese Emperor for those artifacts. If we collect them from already happy owners. Which probably will leave them unhappy. That would also eliminate risk of losing our Grace currency every time, we help political refugees. I will be on the lookout for important for us artifacts. All in all not a bad end for this part.
    1P7KLL6.jpg

    Steppes secretly are filled with artifacts. Good job on them spreading that chinese culture :) Just look at our haul!
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XII (860-865)
  • Part XII (860-865)

    Year 860
    ======================

    At the start of this year, I did my usual investor search. Managed to find two candidates with over 500 gold between them, which is good enough! It is always interesting to note how much gold is spawned out of thin air through events. It personally amazes me: in how much impact does it have across whole game state. Even from corruption in our own offices I feel like we generated more than 500 coins in less than 100 years. Not tremendous amoun but after quite long dry period that ended in last part.
    pa4cKHk.jpg

    After few years, finally restocked our investors supply. Still keeping eye on our lost Bedouin Princess with 700+ gold :/

    Administrative matters aside, our 'Knuckle-Slammer" King just moves from succesful raid on far eastern nomads toward even further located targets. One thing I didn't paid attention to at the the end of last part was, how poorly did I timed my advance. While I lost some time on chasing south-eastern neighbours, probably should have waited instead of starting march in autumn. Now we are in the middle of steppe harsh enviroment during winter. Even with Suemenusko warrior lodge trait, we can supply 8000 out of 8700 troops we have. Severe Winter for extra 20% attrition doesn't help, and thus we are at 2.8% attrition for next quarter. Still the march on Terkhiin Tsagaan is undertaken. It just 3 provinces away. After that we will safely return.

    Halfway through the Januarny Weaponsmith III finishes in Kudymkar. For now I stop, with constructions. Have something in mind (more on that later) so have to stockpile prestige. Then as month passes, the winter weakens and we are free of attrition at the cost of just 200 troops. Lucky!

    Once we start besieging Uyghurs vassal, their main horde shows up - almost 3000 troops in adjacent province. Luckily they are locked into moving away, so we will have more than enough time to assault and run. With that I confirm something, about what wasn't entirely certain. It is possible to steal artifacts from courtiers residing in county! We do get chinese artifact from member of local court who had 3. It is weapon - Ji. Has nice use and will have to think about using it, as it boosts both Heavy Infantry troops and Pikes (meaning Pikemen get both benefits). The target had another Tang Sculpture and Classic of Poetry. From what I read, we can't have duplicate artifacts or benefit from them, so while not getting book stings, it is far from worst possibility. While doing quick scouting of area I locate another interesting chinese artifact closeby. Might as well take a detour :> . . .
    PaTuMq4.jpg

    Chinese artifacts hunt continues. I do hope that by process of elimination we will get what we want in the end.

    With Spring king losses Brave due to being over the trait limit. Currently down to 6. While not the best trait to loose, it is definetely not the worse rng pick. Though I do fear it might affect our vassal successor votes, yet again.

    It takes up until summer for some voters to relocate their votes, which forces our usual approach to deal with situation - changing vote from Dokya to Vechkas and hope people hate idea of supporting their King so much, they change their minds. Also upon entering desert near China, attrition bites again. Down to 5600 troops - ouch! Upon arriving, we assault at once but for change of pace don't acquire any chinese trinket. But 16 prisoners. Didn't pay attention last time but over all had 32 prisoners. I check for ransoms and it turns out this business venture was far more lucrative that I suspected.
    edfKWfe.jpg

    Love those emperor rank ransoms, just being behind those poorly defended nomad capitals :)

    After that we ambitiously move south-west along Tibet northern border toward Kashmir and beyond. I'm not entirely sure, if army can arrive in force in eastern Persia. But if they manage, this will both: save time and present some interesting opportunities.

    By Autumn, Sarin accumulates enough society currency to try and advance towards last rank. I hold onto that. There is a scenario in which, he might live so long that it would be possible to summon both Suemenusko warriors and Call to Glory reinforcing stack. If so then there are some exploits to get even more Pikes out of it, that we previously had :). Even for science I would gladly try it. Otherwise I might use it to force quick succession by hoping Sarin's dies from duel wounds.

    November almost makes me fall out of chair. We get noticed about our father-in-law passing. What's so important about it? This:
    6h43k6l.jpg

    I like how I bother with 100 gold from investors but didn't catch up on this fortune right beside us. We somehow have to get it.

    Our Father-in-Law became mercenary captain and as our wife, was his only living child she inherited. Good thing I didn't execute her. Whoopty-Do! Which meant, that whoever was the owner of that mercenary band, had it's money effectively stolen. Would you look at that? Those were Khazarian mercs. So we can take some form of economic revenge and use those pesky nomads for our own greedy benefit. If you remember Songul is living in her husband dungeons after bad case of infidelity. She is still considered traitor and her Husband won't forget it till year 864. As we are Pagan, we can divorce at will (cost 100 prestige) while not freeing her. Being imprisoned courtier - we can banish her without any tyranny! All that goes without hiccup and in this manner we break into 5 digits treasury value. Oh boy did I not see it coming :). This way we avoided nightmare of trying to retrieve Songul late "dowry" from our already married/bethrothed to vassals daughters. We even retained custody of our children! The only downside is missing on 50% of spouse attributes for state stats. It puts us at exactly 11/11 demense size, somewhat reduce our technology gain and maybe makes our vassal like us slightly less. I could marry some old women for those attributes but it would cost us up to 300 prestige, so I will pass on that. Not worth given our ruler advanced age. Maybe I should tap into marrying daughters of mercenary captains in the future?

    Rest of year passes on moving towards Kashmir. I try to replenish by besieging for some time, but it doesn't work unlike as in Estonia. Maybe because all loot is protected by garrison? If so then maybe... I did commit to Alexander kind of manouver by force marching my forces through desert x_X.

    Year 861
    ======================

    After such productive year the first important to note thing is the birth of Dokya 4th son. Uuuugh. That's really do jeorpadize things. He and his 25 year old wife need to stop. Next by mistake I clicked "Challenge to duel" button on his wife (also King's rival due to being her guardian) instead of "assasinate scheme" while wanting to check our chances. Now I can't back out because I will get coward, further complicating relations with vassals. Knuckle-Slammer easily wins getting us extra 100 prestige and can either severely injure or straight up murder her. I decide on second option, because it does give us "Merciless" opinion penalty that either doesn't matter as it is both -10 general opinion and +10 tribal opinion, or helps us (if general opinion doesn't affect our vassals).
    aBCfEvX.jpg

    Not what was planned. It was truly an accident. If I took more issue with king's daughter in-law I could do it sooner but also no point in risking character. Ooops

    Weeeell that's one type of contraception that would work. Funny enough it turns out it has 0 net influence on our tribal vassal opinions. But some of them decide to change successor votes anyway. Giving us the tinniest majority of 8 against 7 votes for Dokya. Let's hope it stays this way.

    As our thirsty army reaches Khotan I decide to assault castle with 450 defenders. It does costs us 500 troops. But it also resets our timer on supplies. With that we are halfway towards Persia. 4500 troops is still plenty to not be pushed away.

    In the meantime I was sending requests for ransoms and accumulated over 11.000 gold. During all that accounting, Sarin's lover and (wife to some Finnish Chief) informs us that our last meeting resulted in child. I did not paid it much attention, as it was just after concluding Songul banishment. Even if it turns out to be a boy I can still not acknowledge him and keep rather clean succession pool of candidates.

    As I don't have much to talk about at the moment, let me enlighten you why oh why we are moving to Persia. There are 2 reasons. First of all: our failed investment in Princess Tanaz, who is residing in Taid Sultanate. She owes us over 700 gold we gave her and her mother. She is 33 years old and I have suspicion that she is trying her best to let her liege inherit that fortune, as she has no children of her own. Her Liege is also in possesion of chinese artifact we lack in collection - book granting +3 Learning. Both are in the same county. In other words it is too tempting of a target to not try.
    By July our daughter Nyv comes of age, becoming eligible to finalise her marriage with heir to High Chiefdom of Lithuania. That changes her father-in-law attitude. Now he will say yes to alliance with us. Good. Contrary to our last ally, this one seems more substantial. This would secure our road to west.
    dfYFmKk.jpg

    Please just don't get involved in war for few more years. I have ambition to fullfil Q.Q Now we are starting to get those numbers that would allow us to oppose Khazar expansions. Daughters might be a key to succesful playthrough

    This should secure this alliance for up to 30 years maximum, as both newly wed are 16 years old. As I hit unpause button, another of Permian dungeons residents succumbs to death, resulting in steam notification about achievment: "I do not play chess" for killing over 100 characters. Funny this happens just after some relatively good diplomacy on Sarin's part ;).

    Time progressesL our raiders pass through de jure Transoxania and our Polish investors Sieciech dies in October. Thus passing onto us 300 gold. Superb! Also our bastard son is born, but Sami husband doesn't suspect a thing. We are safe!

    Before end of year we do arrive at Herat, but can't for some reason besiege it. Looking around I think I know the reason. Targeted Emir, negotiated with 2 Pechenegs hosts (2x 3200+ riders) giving himself up to 10 years of raiding immunity. The last settlement of adventuring host was at year 855. Which means that for another 4 years we can't touch him. Saaad!

    Year 862
    ======================

    Denied our price, it's time to become oportunistic. Close-by there is another good target. While next victim belongs to Abbasid empire, he is currently at war and his garrison is light. But more importantly he is in possesion of really nice Quality 4 chinese artifact - Dragon Amulet. It grants -10% Build cost which is huuuuge! There are 2 problems still. He has 3 artifacts in his vault (one of which we have + Ceremonial Robe) and he is not present at the county (he is spymaster sent elsewhere). Not sure if we can take his stuff under those condition, but will try anyway.
    XTAT45m.jpg

    Maybe some smaller Abbasid vassal will cheer us up, with his Dragon Amulet?

    Turns out we aren't allowed to have nice things. Our Lithuanian ally calls us to defensive war against Khazars. Once again our "See the realm prosper" ambition goes out of window. I have to help him, as he has tremendous amount of troops. Maybe this time we will do better.
    l2siame.jpg

    Khazars don't give us time to build up. Really ruthless AI :/.

    For now, we are still onto that looting opportunity. After that Sarin's host will move north onto Khazar capital and maybe force them to double back. Once they are close I can disband them and muster our 90% replenished levies back home to join forces with Lithuanian. Also our 2800 Retinues by Khazarian border in the west can occupy 2 small hordes capital in the meantime to buy even more time against nomad doomstack.

    With February our protagonist suffers from Diarhea. Rest assured as we have renowned Jewish Physician. Who doesn't help much initially. Then we get fever and symptoms evolve into Slow Fever. Seems like our steppe voyage wasn't safe. Luckily safe treatment from our Physician resulted in succesful treatment, which diminished health penalty from -3 to just -1.

    Our raiders have to wait as 5000 abbasid host just moves through Kerman county. Our retinue takes Suzdal holding and moves against Nizhny Novgorod. Main Khazar horde is still far away and Lithuanians are slowly taking neighbouring tribes.

    By April 16th, sickness ends. That's really a nice turn of events. What's worse is the fact, that we still aren't eligible to resummon Suemenusko Warriors ;/. I thought that few years passed since last war and we should be able to use that power again. I could try to duel for higher rank now but we definetely don't have the currency to summon Call to Power event stack.

    In May our raiders fall into Abbasid trap. As I manouvered around 5000 strong army I didn't see 7600 stack in Mafaza. Which will move onto us. What's worse we can't even assault Kerman =.=. We are in the mountains though (+100% L.Infantry Attack/Defense, +50% Archer Attack and +100% Archer Defence and +50% Heavy Infantry Defence). I decide to give myself war-sacrifice buff + concentrate forces in one flank. Maybe this will be enough.
    D6qslxl.jpg

    Eh. I just love when AI just happens to have huge invisible stacks moving onto your raiders, just after you avoided another. Also not being able to raid due to war sheningans.

    By June our retinues take another nomadic holding and we are up to 4% warscore. Trapped raiders under Sarin roll Shieldwall and also secure Narrow Flank which probably helps against 2:1 odds. We route their center and start with their only commanded right flank the moment morale our morale hits 50%. Another 2000 of muslim warriors flee as we enter melee with 3400 against their 2400 troops. And we roll wonderfully Advance to counter their Slow Advance (+400% dmg) skyrocketing our damage to 1023 against their 119. Tha results in us slayng 580 enemies for our 35 every single day! The battle soon ends with 360 losses for almost 2500 of green's empire feudal troops. We don't have time to stay and celebrate. We move towards Khazar capital located furthest from Perm (but quite close to Abbasid border). Don't intend to fight more Abbasids (especially once they concentrate their forces) but should be able to scatter and fend them off on the move. Having knowledge that we can tangle with them currently is definetely a perk for future. We have bad luck in present though - we get caught again before we can move out by that 5000 stack that we just avoided. While odds are better now (5000 to our 3500 compared to previous 7000:4500), it will further diminish that task force. Also morale is low. Yet somehow we don't get catched (maybe AI had Organiser and moved him away) so we make an exit. Now defeated Abbasids are almost up to full morale (as are we), so we will have to manouver between 2x 5000 troops armies. This will be tricky.

    On the Khazarian front I notice something interesting. Pereyeslavl Zalessky country Tribe is under Byzantine empire. Don't even ask me how AI managed to have single tribe so far away. It belongs to dux of Abkhazia who is Miaphysite. But it should still allow us to ask for Mass Conversion I think? Not sure because Nomads are nominal overlord of county, but tribe inside it belongs to Byzantines. I check Basileus diplomacy tooltips and this is what it shows:
    AIkkjxz.jpg

    I was planning on some claim war for single Orthodox county in Anatolia but it turns out Basileus out of nowhere has holdings in Vladimir duchy. This saves us a lot of trouble :D

    Sadly Khazar horde sneaked through and managed to catch up with 7000 Lithuanian allied forces. They will be fighting in the Hills but this is Slavic county (no defensive bonus for Romuvans). Doesn't bode well. At least AI was smart enough to get War-Sacrifice as well on their commanding king. I do observe how they fare and initially they have slight advantage in skirmish phase. They manage to put Khazars down to 50% morale and then probably melee begins and they melt. Still they managed to reduce Khazars down to 3600 troops out of 6000. Maybe I made mistake in not joining at least retinue with them? After battle Lithuanians are down to 4300 troops and Khazars to 5300. We still are at 3% War score (down from 10%) so maybe there is still time. Lithuanians will reinforce after going back into their lands. I also realise that War Sacrifice increases my global speed by 15%. Sarin definetely should make haste to capture Khazarian capital (he is still 9 provinces away). With it we should have time to join with Lithuanians and trash nomads.

    Year 863
    ======================

    End of year catched me unaware of flow of time. What reminded me was a view of Khazars starting suffering attrition in Zubstov (5k supply for their 6k horde.). Sadly they assaulted the tribe and somehow didn't suffer attrition for month (or they just reinforce as quickly as they lose troops).

    By March we take another tribe in Vladimir, putting us at 8% warscore. Our Allies regroup but instead of reinforcing (they can regain many troops) and defending in their forested counties as Romuva, they move onto Slavic Pskov. I wish AI would preserve their troops.

    In April we take another tribe in Vladimir duchy, but Lithuanian get rushed by Nomads again (this time 4k vs 6k Nomads) and it goes even worse. To add insult to injury - new Uracic Khan moves to join with his 4000 troops. He still has those 4.000 extra event troops and I'm not sure if they attrition :/. That is just not fair. What is fair is this.
    T4CLXYE.jpg

    Finally our sneak attack reached their capital. I hope this will make them double back to retake their capital, giving us time. to recuperate.

    By June main Khazar Horde goes back. I'm not sure whether they are after our Retinues or Levies on their capital as they initially move eastward. We moved Sarin host onto vassal holding next to khagan capital. I catch some nomad tributary trying to liberate Kuban with 1400 nomads. Probably can beat them with Sarin's 3000. Also decide to evacuate retinues, currently besieging Moskva. Khazars are planning to relieve their holdings we captured and I don't want to get caught by being close by if they commit to storming the walls.

    We handily beat down relief forces around Kuban and keep on hitting another small force to make sure Khazarian death stacks keeps going back.

    By September our plan seems to succeed. Sadly those nomads have speed modifiers, which allow to traverse at high speed. Not having other use for diminished army I disband them. Now we can properly muster up Permian warriors to deal with Khazars in force.

    By December our levies rally in Udmurts but I decide against moving in winter. This gives some time for extra 500 troops from east of Ural to catch up. Not having vision I can only suspect that Khazars are probably on their way back after liberating capital holdings back south. We are at 13% warscore though. Only problem - our allies are diminished to 2 out of 8 thousand troops.

    Year 864
    ======================

    Another year starts with death of one of our most skilled commanders - chieftess Oshkamoshka. As she was our rival, we have some options. Don't want to lose Cruel while in war and don't need rival/friend either. I have head of great hero but let's check, if I can have 2 for science
    0nPP9HS.jpg

    Somehow it absolutely normal for king to take head of his vassal as a trophy. Just another Tuesday in kingdom of Perm.

    Turns out to be correct choice - it gives us Skull Trophy, which is different to Head of Great Hero. New artifact is of quality I but extra prestige is always welcomed. Then by end of January, we spot main Khazarian horde already by Tver. Argh. Probably won't make it in time >.>

    By February Pil'va reaches 1st level of Prosperity. Month later we get ever sought after prosperity province modifier in Perm itself! Great Library giving us +25% Tech spread is nice. It will help sucking up technology from more advanced realms via Spymaster mission. Also it is another one out of lists of what we need there.
    Zrs8LQn.jpg

    2nd prosperity province modifier. It's a match for Sarin's Scholar Perk. Will help siphoning technology from Byzantines

    Finally with end of March troops move out of Perm Duchy. That severe winter really hurt us more than enemies, which is really obnoxious given that we have winter specialist and they have none... We move towards Galich Mersky to combine into 11.000 strong host. Only to notice that Lithuanians got caught again! This time by both Khazars (6000) khagan Uracic (4000) troops =.=. There are also another 4000 troops in Minsk of khagan Uracic...

    After long pondering whether should I hire mercenaries I end not doing that. Hiring expansive chinese troops for 630+50 gold/month with no certainty they even will fight seems like bad investment. Spending 1-3 thousand gold for nothing is just too risky (if Khazars just go pro-gamer on us and keep assaulting Lithuania). Even if we win, it will take long time to get this war to an end... And our prize for winning would be just status quo. Not being able to summon those Warrior Lodge Pikes really puts us behind. Tooltip still informs that I have them summoned, when my event troops shows 0. Potentially could keep on summoning event troops with Steward but given how quick those wars are I don't think it would matter. Still would need to hit it several times to accumulate enough warriors :/.

    I will still move towards Lithuania. My objective being = trying to hunt down those Uracic event troops. Because that's just not fair Q.Q. Reinforcing, inheritable non-cavalry troops, which improve their tactic selection from no idea where. Even Germanics don't get such busted thing.

    Winter doesn't end in April but in May. So if I had to manage it properly, it would be ever longer to travel. Luckily we can at least reinforce a little while inside own borders.

    Bu June Construction I spreads to Galich Mersky Tribe far in the western part of Perm. That's important technology to spread for our vassals further away. Given time and having banked enough prestige (almost 1300) I start little project for brighter future. Given how grim our fights with nomads are, I have to abandon meme of trying to deal with nomads using just LI and Archers (I don't see us being able to compete with 80.000 mongols later using troops against which cavalry is super effective even if we counter them in skirmish) and start creating regular and more meta Light Infantry + Light Cavalry Retinues. We buy 12 of them for starters of our Army of Steppes, and set marshal to Organise the Army to lower maintenance by 7%.
    rkPYfGy.jpg

    Beggining of "Army of the Steppes". I have great hopes with performance of flank that they will make on their own

    By September we reach Kostroma tribe. It seems like I need 2 years to just move from Perm to Lithuania if there is severe winter >.>. Change in strategy is needed. Instead of going to help my allies I will Khazar Tributary in Cheremisia. Cheremisia is perfect, as it has our religion lands and good defensible terrain. If only I could lure Khazars onto Perm and let them attrition or at least get good place to fight battles against them without suffering attrition myself.

    After taking again nomads vassal holdings in Vladimir and moving onto Cheremisia we are getting caught by Khazars+Uracic 7000 troops in Gorodets. Those are plains of wrong religion but at least enemy will suffer River crossing penalty. We can't get away which means they have more than 15% movement speed bonus :// I do what I can and consolidate all forces under Sarin + give best leaders to warriors from biggest tribes (Perm, Kudymkar). We have 2 Plains specialist and this is winter meaning even more buffs for us. Let's see if it is enough as warscore is currently at -18%
    OcnNSfM.jpg

    Decisive battle that the AI wanted :O. Nomadic movement speed is just ridiculous...

    We open suprisingly decent with Feint tactic. Also some ally allocating less than 100 troops to our left flanks distracts 1/3 of enemy army that decides to pursue his routed flank. We are loosing 56 men (while enemy - 70) in center and around 20% morale per day. They also didn't roll well for their's tactics getting only 2x generic Skirmish. Enemy right rejoins with generic skirmish, as their center routes and we go onto them with Feint again. We can probably deal with them, as we inflict more casualties going even against enemy flanking bonus. Seems like sacrificing some troops for distraction is worth it. After few more days their right flank routes as well. Now Sarin goes onto Shieldwall against their left (still on generic skirmish). Sad because it cuts our damage by 40%. Weirdly Nomads didn't decide to charge into melee so far but at this point it wouldn't be so bad I think.
    N3fJhcn.jpg

    Rare instance of winning against Khazars. I hope it becomes a habbit. Few more of such battles should finally weaken Khazars.

    Before end of year we win. Giving us another 6% Warscore. Problem is there is allied 8.000 Pechenegs in Lithuania just rampaging unopossed (whom I mistook initially for Uracic event troops). I think there is a light at the end of tunnel, if I stick to defensive approach. While we could hardly put dent into their available manpower, Khagan is down to 80 prestige and losses 11 per month. Maybe their tributaries liberate if he gets into negative prestige?

    Year 865
    ======================

    We start year by besieging Kerzhenets tribe. We keep on observing Khazars flying west. I was slightly wrong - seems horde diminished to less than 6000. We still need around 5 months to test our prestige thesis. The warscore is at -33% due to Pechenges occupying many Lithuanians counties. That's the problem. I keep ransoming prisoners and getting close to 12.000 gold.
    6ubilqz.jpg

    Somehow even without See the Realm Prosper, we are slowly getting there

    In March Tynea reaches it's 1st level of prosperity This is definetely nice, as that tribe was behind due to being initially target of nomadic aggresion. With that every county in duchy of Perm is at least at level 1 prosperity. We catch newly hired mercenaries of Sami Band in Cheremisia capital too, slaughtering them thanks to their low morale :). Even manage to capture their captain - Glitterhoof! He has over 4000 gold but we can't marry him, so 145g ransom will have to satisfy my greed.

    By mid spring we move onto last of Cheremisia's tribes. It is really unlucky but we got incapable due to battle event against small enemy force. Now Dokya truly is regent. We suffer -6 to all stats -3 to health, can't decide many things, can't lead troops and can't choose focus. Ooops! It's probably good idea to spent my prestige and some of my warrior lodge currency (getting 2 Lodge commanders and replenishing troops in 8 counties). As my council currently hates me, I can't deal with being 3 counties over the demense limits. Let's hope Dokya won't do anything stupid with them.
    C8ZJCRi.jpg

    Crushing blow at such a crucial moment of history. Fate has it's ways.

    In June our "not eligible for being investor because she is woman" - Court Tutor Auli dies, leaving us 150 gold. We move around Cheremisia and delete more of small enemy armies. Then we catch onto 3200 Pechenegs moving onto Cheremisia. While we will suffer river penalty, I still want to inflict some pain on those troops in Ukko-lands, before they join with forces in the west.

    But that is probably the future for different ruler, as we get assasination event. But wait. We survive AGAIN! There is nothing to do about it though. Or so I think before actually checking "known plots" tab. We see one plot to kill us but just at 63%. It probably isn't it but I decide to auto-stop plots now to limit the amount of things that can go wrong.
    iu4H7BL.jpg

    Another assasination attempt. Who was it? Our son&heir? Or just courtiers with vassals, who hate Sarin for his heavy handed rule?

    By August we catch Pechenegs reinforcements. We roll our favourite tactic against theirs Volley and 2x Shield wall. One of enemies managed to secure narrow flank. We luckily hit him last, and both other flanks route between 2-3 days. While fighting him we are losing twice as many people though. Princes Tanaz Taid dies! Her wealth is inherited by one of her sister with 2 sons. So for now she is marked and later we will conspire how to make them our investors.

    With beggining of September fight in Cheremisia comes to a close. We totally annihilate last flank. Then it is time to move onto Lithuania and try to hit Khazar stack again. Sadly they fully reinforced and sit at around 40 prestige and going up.

    By October bathtub event fires again and this time, Sarin doesn't manage to survive!
    6DsQRDm.jpg

    Third time the charm I guess.
    With end of King's Sarin life, so does this part. I would rather not start tumultous taking over as Dokya towards end of usual part lenght ;).
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part XIII (865-876)
  • Part XIII (865-876)

    Late Year 865
    ======================

    We take over as Dokya (firstborn son of previous king). He is 47 years old, fathered four children (all sons UGH!) and is currently unmarried. I think he will stay single for time being, as we don't have tremendous need for spouse stat bonuses and definetely don't want to complicate succession even further. Given his age I think this will be brief reign. At best he will pass crown of Perm to Quick and bright 11 years old second son - Sarin. There is no question that it will prove a challenge to arrange for clean division of lands given 3 other brothers (ranging from 12 y.o to 4 y.o).
    zbu80B6.jpg

    While not young, this character is well developed and even climbed ranks in Warrior Lodge. Definetely not the worst to play as.

    On the positive note Dokya is Brawny (extra health for longer lifespan), currently Warrior in Followers of Otso with enough currency to make a bid for Veterancy (giving us access to event troops!) and has 16 Martial and 15 for both Stewardship and Learning, which currently together with Midas Touched and Diligent gives him MTTH for extra building slot of 43 years and 2 months and MTTH for province modifier of 29 years and 6 months. With those values we can quickly improve his prosperity "score" even more. So the first focus is Scholarship as it grants both quick, as well as gives us something for future (more military tech points) + will help if reign goes on for far longer than anticipated. So once again we start with "Construct Observatory" decision. At this point it is basically a right of passage.

    More problematic are his bad diplomacy and intrigue scores, packed together with vassals dislike (inherited mostly from his predecesor). I expect plots against us and first year or two will make or brake this reign as after that huge penalties will vanish (and they range from -50 to -70 opinion penalty so yea... it will help a LOT). Without pausing I already spot few known plots - one to claim High Chiefdom of Mari for Vechkas, that will simply go away upon unpausing because we are no longer part of the same realm. More importantly - our physically strong concubine Yar, tries to murder us with enough goons totalling some 127% plot power. We kindly ask her to refrain from such tomfoolery.

    When it comes to more urgent geopolitical situations - we are caught in quite a spot. The Khazar-Lithuanian war is still ongoing but... now without us. Even though Nyev (Dokya half-sister) is married to current heir to their kingdom, we don't have even non-aggresion pact much less alliance. Our Romuvan old allies were trashed by Khazars in the last part and the only thing that could save them was our army (halfway there). Nomads are 39% done with that war, but they do have a nasty habit of just assaulting tribal walls with their doomstack for rapid win. What I'm trying to say is we most likely will be too late. Additionally Lithuanians with exactly 0 troops are in 2 additional wars (against Estonians and Yabghkumaks Khaganate). There is hope for some of those wars to carry over, tieing down Khazar forces even longer. Not feeling too keen at fighting 14.000 Nomad Riders in the foreign land with just our 10.000 tribal warriors, without both good commanders and defensive pagan bonuses.
    nuWTaHS.jpg

    Our smart brother, so praised by King Sarin had some lapse of judgement. He won't survive alone between us and Khazars. He would be more dangerous to me as part of my Kingdom, as he would be able to keep scheming.

    Then there is an issue of Dokya's brother secession - Vechkas took High Chiefdom of Mari and some tribes in Perm and Siberia away, making his bid for power. He refuses alliance and is basically just waiting for Khazars to squash him. The same goes for our previous nomad tributaries to the south. We are once again in a race against Khazars to secure our borders, to preserve as much of previous balance of power as possible and prevent Nomads from being able to directly raid our economic core lands.

    It took me some deliberation to decide on course of action. There was the dream scenario of us just grinding down Khazars in Lithuania and us achieving best case scenario. Problem being that it seems unlikely and will take a long time. In case of failure we can lose far more due to attempting to preserve Lithuanians. Far safer play it is then. Time to disband my expeditionary relief force (as I have fully replenished levies at home) to save time and become eligible to start mustering again. That said still want my main retinue force to reach Dokya's dear brother lands first. "Slowly make haste" as they say.

    In the meantime I take notice of Dokya's accumulated prestige (over 1900). As it doesn't confer any additional bonus above 1000 prestige, it is smart to spend as much of it as possible until limit by starting construction in Perm. Third levels of Practise Ranges are ordered in Udmurts, Tynea and Pil'va which evens it out as Kol'va and our capital already have them. Even if we die abruptly, at least we will have something to show for our character fame. Also as our northern Nenetsian tributaries broke free, we are legally allowed to subjugated them again for that sweet lumps of prestige. There is good potential for our middle aged ruler to built up Permian infrastructure rapidly.

    By November Dokya murderous concubine is reigned in and it turns out that AI controlled Dokya already submited and probably won? duel, because we get notification of acceptance into ranks of warrior lodge veterans. Nice going CK2 AI!

    As per tradition something happens in December, which not always played into christmass spirit. Our smart, ambitious nephew from Dokya's "Heavenly" sister Vidyava (which was slayed by Santa btw) probably due to being Lunatic and also suffering from Great Pox decided to collect memento of his grandfather Sarin. He raided his grave and chopped Sarin's head off. Well can't say it wasn't a practise that Sarin started himself (remember commander Oshkamoshka?), but he at least didn't collect his own family skulls. Most insulting is the fact that it is a quality 1 artifact. Ukko-dammit game! Our ruler get's depressed thanks to this situation occuring... It is his 5th trait which doesn't force us over the limit but really it isn't really wanted at the moment. At least I learned that after death character garbs return to regular ones (meaning no longer warrior lodge armor). Game shows us quite nice post-mortem portrait of Sarin. Also our Permian legal code does not consider such acts as worthy of any punishment :D".
    rPzYz5c.jpg

    The moment when your nephew steals your father (and his grandfather) skull from grave... Maybe Sarin's skull will become a nice conversation starter at next family meeting.

    Before end of year I declare war on Vechkas. I decide on subjugation casus belli. Losing our once per lifetime subjugation casus belli doesn't matter and it gives slightly more for winning (extra 100 piety on top of 100 prestige). May also confer some positive opinion boost to offset negatives. No declaration of war is dropped on our southern nomad neighbours, which poured into our lands yet. Not willing to risk 2 wars at once against Nomads with quite some troops that can try to blitzkrieg our capital forces 1 by 1.

    Year 866
    ======================

    January starts with ambushing levies raised from Vologda capital. My Permian warriors are also starting consolidating to chase off various nomads and then probably siege down few tribes outside High Chiefdom of Mari and Vologda. We also receive interesting marriage proposal - Bolgharian feudal Khan Yectirek II wants our 23 y.o niece Pekshayka bethrothed to his younger son. Bulgaria currently sports slightly over 6100 troops so there is value to that. I agree as currently there is nothing better in my head for her.
    mHA3rlO.jpg

    Overview of our troops initial movement in Permian Brother War. There are also moves in the eastern parts of Perm

    Thanks to all that I missed start of probably the biggest battle in Galich Mersky for this current war. We had suprisingly no commander as did the other side, but we catched their smaller force in forced march with our consolidates retinues. We get another notification of marriage between another niece and one Khazarian Mordvin vassal chief. Seems AI was on it's A-game when it comes to marriages, as I don't recollect making this match. Nice suprise! Month doesn't come to an end without another instance of our Marshal being utterly corrupt. So sad. We love to see it! That's another 100g generated for us. Now as always time to select new corrupt candidate for office before sending him to aprehend the old one. I find Jewish candidate with 11 martial, 2 out of 3 traits, no negatives for corruption and having already 140gold in pockets. He is also 62 years old so even if already had "abuses of office" event fired, we still will profit from him. Sadly I forgot to check all his modifiers and as he needed favour inviting, game informs me that he is "loyal servant" and will never accept invitation. Well mistakes are to be expected - I'm quite rusty due to break from playing. Battle in Vologda also ends with us having lost 60 out of almost 2800 troops to 320 enemy casualties out of 1200.
    xEMUKdC.jpg

    Second AI ingame sponsored conversion. I wonder how the Catholicism will shape out in this playthrough

    At start of March Pomerania baptizes into Waldensianism. It's suprising because it is heresy and I didn't know it was possible. They are quite chunky and may stabilize after religion change in the long run. As I try to not commit another mistake upon inviting new Marshal, I find one courtier in Sami Band mercenary company. He is invited without issue. Would you guess who is their captain? I wouldn't. Didn't remember that I already spotted him in the one of previous parts. But hey here you go anyway with proof.
    0jDiidS.jpg

    Horse cosplaying as human mercenary captain isn't real. He can't hurt you! But his subordinates can. Took 5 changes in office for Cpt. Glitterhoof to climb mercenary career ladder.

    New marshal arrives and with him our arrest chance rises to 82%. We fire our shot and succeed. So extra gold for us. Our heir changes to Vechkas, and our main Permian forces are split into 4 thousands armies and sent both to Vologda to the west and past Ural mountains in the east. Somehow Khazars didn't manage to make any progress on Lithuanian front in 5 months. Maybe there is some hope for our old allies. Cheering for them.

    By end of April we finish building observatory and receive +1 Learning modifier.

    In May we finish siege of Ural tribe next to our capital Duchy and spot cheeky Nomads trying to move onto Perm. They are locked, as we finish taking over neighbouring tribe so it is time to punish them for that brazen attempt. We also take over Galich Mersky and our reinforcment just show up, so we can move at the same time on both Kostroma and Mari Tribes.

    By August we siege down fort that Sarin himself built to prevent his son Vechkas from being abducted. Vologdian warriors came back from routing and move onto Galich Mersky tribe to recapture it.

    With September comes second battle of Galich Mersky and it goes even worse. For Dokya's enemies. Despite Vechkas personal bravery in leading his warriors our numerically superior side just trounces them. Vechkas manages to survive but his forces are basically no-more, and our warscore rised to 87%.
    ZjWsZYx.jpg

    With that Vechkas ability to resist us ceases to exist as both his and his nomadic allies forces were deleted.

    Sadly (not sure when) Lithuanians surrendered to Khazars. Now they are in 2 smaller wars but we are on tight time schedule. We need to move onto Bolghars remnants in the vicinity. With that I am now able to renew our alliance with Lithuanians. Maybe it will prove crucial in future.

    Late in October we are starting hunt for great beast. Not what I really need but bonuses are also decent so here we go. Dokyas chooses more skilled companion, mostly because he has quick trait. Almost at the same time our quest to unveil secrets of stars (from scholarship focus) advances and we choose military technology route.

    In November game kindly makes me realise one problem that I didn't notice earlier. One probably you already noticed. My dear reader.... What is religion denomination of King Dokya :)? Let's say I didn't expect to make hunt offering to Tengri gods. Then as we are on trail, we find some old man that the game presents us options to force into talking via various means. Given that both mine and my collegue (Ahvo the Moaner) diplomacy are not really high (8 and 12) I decide to go with special intimidation attempt available thanks to having brawny trait.

    Quest continues and goes without hitch, as it turns out Dokya's Martial prowess is high enough to ensure that he slays Great Bear. Then as his forefather he decides to make amulet out of it and get some extra prestige. Extra 20 days of supplies never hurt! For once decent gift for this month. Of course to counteract this good luck we get call to war from our Lithuanian allies against both Estonians and some smaller nomads. We accept for now but I don't plan on sending help just yet - Khazars are their tributary so they can help take care of it for all I care. If they don't then Lithuania gets subjugated by their rival khaganate to the south, which works just fine for us!

    In few last december days we finish brothers war. Now onto next target. Vechkas is on Intrigue focus and helds a grudge, but we survived the worst period and most of our vassal chiefs stopped remembering their dislike of last years under Sarin's reign. I decide to move both retinues towards Perm to deal with some small raiding parties and avoid starting war on steppes in the middle of winter. Stewardship focus is set to Dokya's son and favoured heir - Sarin that from now on will be refered as Sarin II.

    Year 867
    ======================

    New year - new hobby. Falconry or Poetry? I go with Poetry as our "Red-Cheeks" of Perm is Erudite. The choice proves correct as he soon takes up to quill, becoming Aspiring Poet.

    Having had a five months break from this AAR (and CK2 in general) I notice the difference in how much faster movement is in other PDX titles. I'm having hard time believing how long does it take to traverse single province. Well other titles did have some technologies that increase movement speed of armies and Victoria 2 did had railways. But thanks to it almost nothing happens in few first months of this year.

    It takes up to spring for our troops to travel home from fringes of Perm, before Dokya is ready with war declaration. So begins another round of extort tribute wars. There is also progress with military reforms as initiative of creating "Army of the Steppes" which consists of retinues more oriented to fighting horse riding nomads with our our riders is basically 5/6 done with reinforcing their numbers.
    cOfg0Hz.jpg

    Khaganate war overview. Our infantry retinues (light infantry, heavy infrantry, archers) to the left and Army of the Steppes to the right.

    Our allies answer calls to war, both scholarly and poetic pursuits advance and Khazars don't seem eager to start war against Svetitskhoveli khaganate. Don't mind if we proceed!

    By June we have first of khagan vassal's capital under our control. Rest soon follows and by August we have every capital in that Svetitskhoveli khaganate without engaging main horde forces. Khagan Tugor the Evil sues for peace, offering his full surrender. Perm accepts. With that victorius war, our southern borders are secured for now. Good time to move onto Nenetsian lands to let them become our tributaries. There will be 6 targets so we can expect 1200 prestige in total. Currently Dokya has 1500 and all Permian tribes are currently constructing. So I decide to spend 500 prestige + 200 piety to convert back to Suomenusko for extra stability.

    Given some relative peace I decide to summon single warrior lodge commander, due to having only one winter specialist commander and I want to operate on at least two commanders for northern wars to speed things up. Finally remind myself to pick up Patron Deity for that extra 2 Stewardship at the cost of -1 intrigue. Thanks Ukko, very cool! I need to start clearing dungeons, as I have 106 prisoners and game suggests that they may be worth over 800 gold (assuming their rulers have that much cash). More importantly - not sure how but we lost our steward on mission to colonise one of our more eastward counties with Komi families. Nothing in messages. Weird. Still I summon new candidate eligible for generating extra gold - 15+ Stewardship and Ambitious.
    MS0N09y.jpg

    New addition to our Human Resources. Not bad all over all - Smart and decent.

    By November Dokya makes his first friend, while working on his fields (Patron Deity event) just before first round of ransoms comes back. Gold rains! New Slavic steward arrives and is sent to continue his predecessor efforts in Yamalia to spread our culture (5.37% yearly chance). Little court reshuffling occurs: exchange Cupbearer title for Champion on our nephew to give Cupbearer to Sarin II (Jr.). Time to start accumulating that prestige.

    Year ends on moving our retinues towards Nenetsian lands. Lithuanians lose their war against Estonians, and bigger Khazarian raiding party shows up in the tributary Svetitshkhoveli khaganate. I check and they are only typical nomad tourist group wanting some souvenirs.

    Year 868
    ======================

    It takes up to february to get our warriors in position for northern invasion. Meanwhile our nephew dies and is succeeded by his 11 year old son Osh. Brother Vechkas is plotting to kill us as soon as I un-tick auto-ending plots. So after sending him letter with demands of stopping that, we go onto another military expedition. I will fight against 2 tribes at the time so I don't need nothing more than retinues to bring those wars to swift conclusions.
    lJCML0L.jpg

    Campaign to extract tribute from various Nenetsian tribes in the north. Nenetsian prestige farm as I envisioned it :)

    Syrj Tribe suprisingly almost instantly spawns additional 1000 event troops. Still won't be enough but it is valiant effort on part of game RNG. To my suprise one of southern khaganate vassals moves to raid our vassal lands. Not sure why is this possible when their liege is our tributary. Weird. I think I did complain about it in one of previous parts. But hey - Velsk tribe surrenders to us, meaning we can start moving towards another target halfway in May.

    Then I make some grim discovery. Decided to check up on our Mercenary Boys. Couldn't find them. Searched through whole list few times. They vanished :/. Either they went independent without any notification (not likely), something went wrong during succession or they were wiped out completly during war. So goes several thousand gold IRC (upon checking after recording they had close to 3000 gold coins). I'll have to do some investigation if we even can still make profitable mercenary company. Daaaamn! It was such a great money generator. And we also had perfect setup with Pikes. But well - there goes that investment. Unlucky.

    In June we finish first round of tributary wars, so onto next two tribes we go. One of our Permian Elders/investors dies and our treasury climbs to 12.600 gold. Our permian levies are also raised to repel those pesky tributary raiders.

    We proceed and to my suprise we see that one of bigger Nenetsian chiefdoms - Mezen most likely summoned Pikes from Warrior Lodge. The same event troops that Sarin utilised against various nomads in his campaigns. That's dangerous and we might need our main forces and vassals. We also proceed to observatory event step in which we get 100 military points.
    jxioCws.jpg

    Our main retinue force meets dangerous foe but rolls nicely in tactic department, which allows us to roll enemies over

    Our Light Infantry and Archers retinue rolls Feint tactic which is the best option as it allows us to deal with those pesky Pikes from afar. Enemies roll only 1 shieldwall out of 3 flanks so surviving to melee phase seems unlikely. Thus we win handily.

    More international news arrive - Lithuanians lost their 2nd war, so now we are looking onto possibility of having some peace time after current ordeal. As I unpause we are notified that Alan Khagan under Yabghumakhs settled his horde as tribe in southern lands of de jure kingdom of Rus. All of his realm turns into tribes. Interesting but also worrying as I suspect they will be much weaker, thus increasing chances of Khazar aggresion. They should get one time cavalry event troops and I hope it allows them to establish themselves.
    YiErXAb.jpg

    Not often do I see AI settling. Let's hope it works out for them so it begins transition of hordes into tribes in vicinity.

    So another year comes to an end with us watching Mezen warriors recovering from defeat we dealt them (their chief hired additional 1400 troops). We also manage to finish last of one tribe realms before change of yearly date in calendar.

    Year 869
    ======================

    First time in Dokya's reign our Spymaster presents us free technology points from Byzantium. Was waiting for it, as during Scholarship focus we have doubled our chances for it firing. We roll 50 economic points. Nice! Another of our investors dies but as he had son (already in our clutches) we will wait some time more for his money. Also moved our capital duchy warriors to bully those previous Svetitskhoveli raiders, as it is better to prevent than defend later.

    Mezen manages to amass close to 3000 troops so I have to pay little attention. I think we still will win. Another guardian event fires for Sarin II (Jr.) and I chose Patient - he still can get Diligent from his trait and possibly Shrewd (he has also Quick + Deceitful so he looks promising). Upon reflection I messed up a little. Should take Ambitious as it is more difficult to acquire through focuses. But well Patient isn't terrible. Final level of Weaponsmith is also finished in Kudymkar tribe. Spent another 100 prestige for missing Training Grounds I in Kudymkar.

    By March we enter another large battle with infantry retinues, as Army of the Steppes finishes it's siege and moves to join. Concentrating our forces pays off - we roll Feint again thus dealing twice as many casualties to what we are taking. One of our vassals also delegated 100 men to one of flanks thus distracting 1/3 of enemies. They make it into melee but only with last flank so the battle ends with us losing 186 men for their 1206 dead. Didn't make it in time to join with our riders!
    JDZNEOE.jpg

    AI utilizing Warrior Lodge units (Pikes). Not bad! Still not good enough to beat me. Still great discovery that AI is capable of utilizing such options in time of need

    In May with 92% of warscore we move onto last 2 out of 4 Mezen tribes to finish the war. I don't need my levies so I disband them to save gold. No point in wasting those precious gold reserved we acquired for nothing.

    By beginning of June we finish the tributary war with Mezen and move onto last target. Soon I will be able to end that string of wars and fully commit more towards internal realm managment! At least I believe so. Then last Nenetsian chief just surrenders instantly and we accept for our 200 prestige. Nice change of pace not forcing us into grueling siege! With that we secured old neighbourhood and realised first of important tasks for our current ruler.

    First I analyse how likely we are to be pulled into Lithuanian wars. Seems moderately likely. But more importantly - they are no longer part of Khazarian realm. They are now part of those nomads that settled - Alanian Yabghkumahk khaganate. So I did predict correctly that Khazars will make for lousy overlords that allowed their tributary to slip through their fingers. That works better for us. With that information I decide to embark on 5 year long "See the Realm Prosper Ambition" that should end by year 874.

    As our proven warriors go back, our peacetime starts with sacrifice for ancestors. I opt for Wisdom, wishing for Shrewd but getting Pet Owl for 10 years wouldn't be bad. Wise woman result could also become spouse candidate or Court Physician. That's one of options that I feel is severely undervalued. Mostly in how it populates multiple of such characters when defensive pagan religions have many courts.
    f6dqF30.jpg

    Nothing brings people together more than smashing some neighbours skulls! Opinion of Vechkas in the screenshot above.

    As we ended all those tributary wars, we showed our vassals how strong of ruler Dokya is. Thus we accumulated a lot of positive opinion modifier. Meaning for now even with some short-reign penalty still lingering we don't need as much prestige (which we currently have almost 2200). I decide to spend it by buying final levels of Practise Ranges in Udmurts, Tynea, Kol'va and Pil'va tribes (spending grand total of 1600 prestige).
    AZgGsM5.jpg

    Infrastructure overview. Kudymkar tribe is currently focused after we finished with Perm itself. Kolva is on the same level as Pilva, Udmurts and Tynea. Both parts were screenshoted at various dates thus Kudymkar is still constructing "Training Grounds I"

    Time to move onto technology screen. As we are still progressing through observatory event chain (we are close to finish) we accumulated quite some military points. Decision how to spend them is easy. We need Military Organisation IV. Not only it gives us more retinue cap, bigger supply limits (to not suffer as much in our OWN lands) but it also removes pagan homeland attrition. Opening option to convert to organised religion. It improves our retinue cap by around 1800 points. As time goes I will fill it with more Hunting Parties (100 Light Infantry, 50 Light Cavalry for 75 prestige each). I also improve Construction by 2 levels in our capital as well as Tolerance. I want them to start spreading throughout the realm. Construction mostly as it reduces local build times and costs as well as unlocking more hospital options. Both (with Improved Keeps and Legalism not mentioned previously) are required for quite a few Great Works I plan for in the far future. Expecting technology spread to be a limiting factor by end of playthrough so the sooner we start the better. Also for comparison as we have currently 10/13/9 technologies in capital (military/economic/cultural), bright folks like Byzantine empire sit on 14/19/15 together with more even spread. So we still have ways to go...
    5neWf2N.jpg

    Permian technological prowess comes nicely. Superior spread among same demense counties is also visible. Construction technology map mode

    Time is just right for Ukon Juhla Festival. Remember not really needing it previously but now for change I will host at least one. I also uptick Great Tribal festival notification for chance bonus prosperity and maybe some prosperity ambition related flavour event.

    With ongoing preparations for festival, our Spymaster grants us another 50 cultural technology points from Constantinopole. I would like economic points better as I'm completelely spent there but it is better than nothing. Still have to unlock higher Legalism levels for chance to shift vassal obligations laws even further towards taxes to maximize our future gains. Right now it is also really easy as there are no Mayors and almost no Shamans to complain about it.

    During celebrations, Dokya has PTSD attack after battle of Chuvash and with it we get options. Already depressed, wroth and lustful and don't need stressed. So I pick celibate. It will allow us to pick new wife for attribute bonuses. I look around while ransoming but can't find any wife candidate willing without bribes.

    Alongside rolling August I get notification about ability to start preparing Great Tribal Festival. Dokya's in! I decide to let my protegee hunt to improve his health for year at the cost of stewardship. Then I get excited for +100% local taxes bonus below but then realise it is only for a period of year. Imagine what if it was for as long as cooldown between those festivals.
    4qPu4SN.jpg

    Got really excited about those modifiers values until noticed how short that bonus is. Imagine possibilities!

    My not great Diviner (5 Learning) spawns some event troops. I look out of curiosity and it seems we are starting to get some non-micro amount of Light Cavalry in event troops now. 144 LC out of 2815 troops spawned.

    As I slowly get into my top form I remind myself that as I have Celibate trait I can pick up to two additional concubines for free prestige (even though I have Lustful as well :D"). I choose 2 young prisoners. Turns out they provide reduced prestige gain. Most likely due to Dokya being Celibate I guess. You learn something new every day.

    On October 5th, oldest son of Dokya (frail Ozheg) comes out of age. His education turns out less than stellar (level 1 stewardship) and he remains humble, cynical and ambitious. He is also not too fond of his father due to their rivalry. On other hand Sarin II (Jr.) became Shrewd (best curious outcome and he has Quick as well) and is waiting for Diligent. I will double my efforts into securing him as our next heir. Meanwhile our astro-studies progress giving us another 1 to Learning and 100 military tech points. We get notified that Pecheneg Khan from Uracic familly settles in Transoxiana which marks end of Persian Massalian Shahdom - pity. It was such rare combination! Upon inspection I notice it is the same vassal that has those 10.000 refilling event troops that are inheritable. Maybe it will push him into indepedence. One good thing to note is that Pechenegs stopped being tributary of Khazars. That's huge! No longer will we have to fight whole of steppes at once if things turn into military confrontation.

    By November comes selection for festival competition. Something new - brawling! I decide to participate with Dokya's hoping it isn't lethal. I'm curious on what kind of nickname it can bestow. Kostroma tribe fort also fullfils it's purpose as it delays Raiders of Ilik (1250 nomads under Khazars) while our main retinue (1200 Light Infantry, 1400 Archers and 200 Heavy Infantry) marches towards intruders.

    Festival continues and competition finishes. Permian King doesn't win. But son of our investor wins it all becoming "Champion of Perm". I pay him as I will inherit his wealth anyway. Also no wonder that he won being Norse, Berserker with Wroth and 92 Personal Combat Score. I definetely would not want to duel him. With such high PC score he could try to become legend in Warrior Lodge and have decent shot at finishing legendary gathering. Our diviner vanishes so I invite new one - 3 Learning, Greedy, Deceitful and no other impactful traits.

    Year 870
    ======================

    By January some Khazarian nomads make quite a journey from southern caucasus up to most eastern tribe of Perm - Sibir. I raise extra 3000 troops from Perm to bolster Army of Steppes and send them on route to deal with their 2500 riders. At the same time our regular retinue catches Khazars in Kostroma. We instantly route their 250 strong center but then roll Generic Skirmish (4.2% chance... the other choices being 47.8% for Shieldwall and 47.8% for Feint both which would be waay better) and slowly pick on other flank. The battle ends with our 60 casualties to their 300.

    There is no moment for boredom as we get Peasant revolt in Syktyvar Tribe. Over six thousand troops pissed byoff by religious unrest in Suomenusko Komi province - thanks vassal! No idea what he did. Luckily it doesn't count against our no-war prosperity ambitious. So I raise rest of Permian duchy levies and call in other vassals as well as moving my main retinue towards them.
    jegCSRK.jpg

    Did not expect culturally and religiously assimilated country to be a hotspot of rebel activity. C'mon vassal guy! Expected better from you. Also they instantly delete local retinue.

    In March last of our old investor dies. Will have to look up new candidates after dealing with raiders and revolt. I recruit one of my vassals as Court Physician (Shrewd, 15 Learning, 88 opinion of Dokya). Noticed that brothers Vechkas that I pacified (by naming him Designated Regent) developed talent in commanding Cavalry. Not bad - he can use it for our Retinues with Light Cavalry. Thus he becomes Permian preferred commander for Army of Steppes.

    Spring starts with Dokya finishing his studies of astronomy. Meaning +300 Prestige, Scholar Trait (+3 Learning) and pissing off temple vassals (whole one such character in our realm). With that our current Learning is 17. But we do have negative modifier "Out of Patience" giving -2 to every stat for 4 more years (thanks to me messing out and picking Patient for Sarin II instead of Ambitious). If you wonder what revolters do - they meander around with 21% attrition.

    Barely as our relief force of 3500 troops arrives nearby, it is already too late and Syktyvar tribe falls. Pity - it losses some buildings but to my suprise it is still suprisingly well built - almost rivaling my own Permian tribes. When it comes to how our relief forces fares, well... We do get a beating in skirmish against twice as many and lighter troops. I hope Heavy Infantry will manage to win in melee as we rolled Shieldwall. My other retinues after beating raiders in Mari are almost there to reinforce. At the same time our Sibir relief force ambushed returning from Khanty tribes khazars. It is a total slaughter as I divided levy troops into strong center (3800 troops) and Light Cavalry under Vechaks on flank. We lost 220 troops to enemies 793. Sadly we get routed in Syktyvar! Almost half of our levy forces fall. Well attacking over the river into forest against more numerous opponents didn't pay off. But our Retinues are already locked on route so best of luck. Hoping their lowered morale will decide the fate of that battle.
    3Eex50C.jpg

    Tribal rebelions are bloody as both sides are configured for strong skirmish phase. Unlucky rolls for our side continue.

    Once again we open with Generic Skirmish on our concentrated flank :/. That's another 4.2% roll with two other possible options having 47,8% chances. But even though we take 40 casualties per day we are rapidly routing their center. Or not. Turns out they already took heavy losses and we lose again. 1500 ours for 500 of theirs. Ok I got lesson to consolidate my troops and not underestimate them so much.

    As I need to wait for my routing troops to reorganize and maybe wait for Sibir force coming back, I get notification about our Steward settling Yamalia Tribe with Komi Culture. Nice. Now I move him onto last county in my personal domain not of my culture - Veliky Ustug. Kudymkar also finished it's construction of Training Grounds I. No new building is ordered as of yet.
    7n19sk3.jpg

    Our Cultural assimilation progress. All will be part of Komi'mpany. Currently only 3 non culture provinces in our realm.

    Sarin II Junior comes out of age with all the right traits but only level 2 Stewardship Education trait and no hair on head. The first issue can be alleviated somewhat but I'm afraid suffering from male pattern baldness is lifelong-sentence. Ironically it makes Rulership more likely and Ambitious trait as well so maybe I did genius thing by picking Patient. Still we are guaranteed at least 50% chance at upgrading education from Business one time in future and even without it (granting better MTTH for prosperity events) his stats are fantastic. Now we can give him additional court titles and our old tier 1 crown (not idea what happened to accompanying ceremonial axe from set).
    Wc49WWx.jpg

    Without shadow of the doubt best character to play as up to date. Still Tengri but we will make use of it. I expect great things from him.

    By November we lose again (army was locked into traveling to Viled tribe) and additional 7000 peasants spawns via event. Ok now I really need to gather troops, because things get out off hand.

    Last month presents us some small (750) khazarian raiders in Kostroma Tribe. Perfect for our beat up troops to chase off. Also 50 military tech points from spymaster. If I remember correctly it means he generated points from each category in succession. Balanced and to my liking.

    Year 871
    ======================

    Sadly winter attrition doesn't really affect rebels. Severe Winter still does affect us so I have to wait a little more. If it did affect event troops I imagine they would do especially poorly in our part of globe.
    Ptzfe7q.jpg

    News from Greece on matters of faith. Not sure how likely it is for Orthodoxy to make succesful comeback but I will greet it with open hands

    Something I didn't mention earlier but Greek Emperor renounced Iconoclasm together with all his powerful vassals and holders of 3 holy sites. This is really nice. Orthodoxy is slightly better as it provides ability to create holy orders and small event stat modifiers (icons). It will also work better for our prosperity focused goals RP wise. As long as moral authority remains reasonable (currently 50 vs Iconoclast 0) we will boost it to stratosphere with raiding later if we decide on that religion.

    I notice it would be faster to just disband my dispersed levies and raise them again, so I do just thath. Sadly as peasants take over Veliky-Ustug tribe - we lose level of prosperity there.

    It takes me up to 12th of May before I concentrate slightly above 11.000 troops in Udmurts to move out. Rebels have splitted into 3 and 9 thousands armies and nowadays they are on 92% of warscore so it is high time to strike them down. Their smaller host is close. They do keep evading me and the warscore goes towards 100%. I hope I can catch them before they force their demands.

    Simualtenously: our steward proposes construction of monument and I choose prestige based option as our marshal abuses office generating us more money. New marshal is invited but he has only 6 martial and 2 out of 3 corruption traits. May prove tricky in arresting previous office holder.

    On 6th of August we do catch rebels and provide them some well deserved asskicking. We can't finish them as they force their demands. Yes - I lost :D". They not only take Syktyvar tribe from our realm but remove our spymaster from the picture as well (the fellow who administered that county and got deleted by rebels). I could make Sarin II (Jr.) our new spymaster but don't want to risk him getting sick in Constantinopole. New spymaster is thus procured by invitation. We will take our revenge on peasants after prosperity ambition is fullfilled. They only retained around 3000 troops so we won't have to face some absurd number of event troops.

    Halfway through the month death strikes. Not us but Dokya's firstborn Ozheg. He was suffering from poor physique. It works perfectly as far as inheritance is involved. I can just give High Chiefdoms of Veliky Ustug and Yamalia to 2 younger sons, having perfect gavelkind split.
    eg5KBfx.jpg

    Death that works in our favour. 3 Sons to manage are a lot easier that 4 given our current demense.

    Change of focus is also underway. I could do this last year but was kinda busy. Now I go towards Carousing for quick period to get rid of Depressed and somewhat help our Diplomacy. I also start Training Grounds II in Kudymkar for extra levies.

    I designate Sarin II (Jr.) as prefered heir and slowly he gathers permian vassals votes to become officialy our heir. I do try invitations to Carousing but both Sarin II and brother Vechkas refuse. Won't invite our other nephew cause he is Lunatic (and can eat us at our feast). Then I try with new bohemian spymaster.

    In Autumn we do proceed with arrest attempt at our previous marshal - which ends with succeess. That's 102 gold coins more for us. Enough to cover rebuilding forts effort after destruction Rebel brought to Mari and Vologda High Chiefdoms. I have also a briliant idea of making son of one of our investors our Marshal - Bagge the "Champion of Perm" is Norse, is angry (Wroth Berserker), has 24 Martial and is deceitful on top of already having 412 gold coins.

    Given having some extra prestige I start recruitment of extra 6 Hunting Parties to increase our Army of Steppes by 900 men (600 Light Infantry and 300 Light Cavalry). It almost completely fills our current retinue maximum. Making us stronger especially against nomads.
    nL35qWx.jpg

    Retinue for Army of Steppes. Coming along nicely as multi-generational effort.

    In December we make our 3rd son Kya Permyakid Ambitious (he is also Diligent, Fussy and Indolent) hoping we get another good Administrator to speed up culture conversion. Then we start feast with our Spymaster.

    Year 872
    ======================

    Feast event chain rolls for gameboard event and we win getting +1 Diplomacy from Aprentice boardgamer modifier. Nice! Making friends with our Council would be good too! Some days later feast comes to an end giving us another +1 Diplomacy from Carouser modifier and gets rid of Depressed trait. So far, so good!

    Having some time and free attention I do go shopping internationally for new investors. I waste some money on small gifts and try one favour invite. I end up with mediocre set of candidates initially but one is promising (500+ gold). Then I search some more and find way better investments. Problem is we may not inherit their wealth, due to some further family. 3 Venerable Elders and 1 Master of the Bow with combined 1800+ gold among them. Worth the effort. Let's not forget also about 400+ gold that Marshal Bagge has.
    ZKsxLv1.jpg

    Another round of Investors. May require some extra effort but I would rather take my chances with those gold values instant of just collecting more of guests with just 100 gold coins to their name.

    With March our Practise Ranges III finish in 4 tribes. Can't proceed with upgrading all of them as we only have 500 prestige. That monument is still on the way but it will help with prestige gain. Also our longtime chancellor/vassal of Votyaki Tribe dies. I can replace him with another vassal sporting luxurious 18 diplomacy and send him immedietely to Constantinopole. It's high time we start diplomatic relations with Byzantine Empire and we need to cozy up to them. Luckily it takes few days for first such event to occur, but it targeted Ecumenical Patriarch Sergios II. Sadly he can't sponsor our conversion.
    cnuZKkf.jpg

    Once again we collect most of our prestige bonuses. Notice how Nubile Concubines give less when our character is Celibate.

    In Summer construction of Ancestral Monument is done. Forgot it also grants flat 250 prestige, but more importantly it removes -50% levy size on our capital. With that we are now having decent prestige gain even with temporarily spending almost 2 prestige for reinforcing retinues. Then Warrior-Lodge event for Patient trait fires and I'm happy to take that chance. Dokya is currently at 4 out of 5 traits and Patient is definetely nothing to sneeze at. I don't even notice that it fired while ignoring that Dokya was Wroth and replaced it. Nice! Also found some 30+ year old Suomenusko lady as wife candidate. Time to remarry as having spouse should improve our state diplomacy and make Dokya look more positive to foreign courts. It will cost us 90 prestige but we refund 50 after the wedding by not taking 15g. She also provides extra State Intrigue on which our arrest chances are based on, so truly win-win situation.
    sLHYWIt.jpg

    Second wife for our ruler. This time his father won't kill his spouse in duel. Lady nicely complements our character weak sides.

    Both wife and few councillors refuse Dokya invitation to private feast. Ukko'Dammit. I was hoping for bedding attempt as we have still Lustful while being Celibate trait. No luck though. The same with making friends among council. But lastly our Diviner accepts.

    Year 873
    ======================

    By February merchant caravan visits us. I welcome them as I'm quite fondely remembering them as councillor source in this playthrough. They gift us another Ethiopian but not as great as previous one. He still will make for ok eunuch at court. I also start making friends with future Emperor of Byzantine Empire, as current ruler is 56 years old. It costs us far less to get favour before heir gets into office, but we are not quite yet there.

    With Spring Dokya 3rd son comes out of age. He manages to become Midas Touched with 15 Martial and 16 Stewardship. He will nicely do as branch family source administrating some culturally foreign lands. Also good "spare" if something happens to Sarin II (Jr.).
    qzANJzM.jpg

    Second son of Dokya's concubine. Good spare and decent administrator. His learning is somewhat low though for good MTTH on prosperity events.

    In summer I name Sarin II as Champion of Perm among courtiers for extra prestige gain. Also Trainining Grounds II finish at Kudymkar Tribe. We are currently at 840 so I need to stockpile more for full prestige bonus. Would also help if Vechkas would stop giving me "Vicious rumours" penalty modifier. Might happen soon as he is stressed, depressed and has cancer. Might affect his life expectancy far more than failed secession earlier.

    Death strikes again in September. Dokya's 4th son Turush was pushed out the window by Sarin II cronies. He was working on that plot for quite some time and with that only two out of 4 brothers survive. Sarin is the only legitimate child from Dokya legal wife while Kya is last child of concubine. I wonder if he will deal with his last brother too. Most importantly he wasn't catched with his murder, so no kinslayer trait and penalty.

    In November we arrange for meeting with Prince Ioannes of the Byzantine Empire. We show off our erudite Dokya and it is enough to purchase favour from him... for 680 gold coins. I hope to outlive current Emperor even though he and Permian King are really close in years thanks to Intrigue infested nature of his court. There is also ability to cash in that favour in return for marriage alliance between our realms. I'm more than willing to even help them in wars to secure their existence, so they can provide Moral Authority by guarding Orthodox holy sites. It will also be good test for profitability of sponsored conversions.

    By end of year we are presented with another 50 cultural technology points. It is somewhat unexpected as we are no longer on Scholarship focus, so the MTTH got substantially worse. Bohemian spymaster is on that male grind mindset it seems.

    Year 874
    ======================

    Another year and another member of family bites the dust. This time it is more expected turn of events - cancer claims Vechkas the Opressor, and his lands gets split between 3 of his boys. I'm ok with that fragmentation - it will make it easier in the future to retrieve some lands if we need. Also it leaves position of Designated Regent open for Sarin II. With it Junior is getting slightly over 6 prestige per month, meaning 72 prestige/year. Our family is still going strong with 24 living members and 7 candidates for Permian crown.

    Now that we no longer need as good opinion I spend 300 prestige on upgrading Training Grounds in Kudymkar tribe even further.

    By end of February as Dokya is feasting with his favourite son Sarin, game presents us really good opportunity - boardgame event again. If Sarin wins he will get the same modifier basicaly without our effort. No luck though and Father wins. Also his out-of patience wears off. Ironically it was penalty from teaching patience to Sarin, who is currently present. As of now we are looking like this 9 years after taking the crown:
    ZOzKqhE.jpg

    Some focus work was done and some modifiers collected. Mostly done with most important aspects to develop

    Little dipping into arranged marriages is made for our son - Kya Permyakid. He is bethrothed to youngest daughter of Chief of Viled tribe in high chiefdom of Veliky Ustug, that I plan on passing to him. That should help him stabilize this region as loyal base of power for our dynasty.

    I ponder whether should I pass from traditional to marginal status of women but it would lock me out of ability to pass another reform for between 5-10 years. At least that's what I think. Dokya is 56 so it isn't guaranteed that he will live through that period. So I don't.

    And almost immedietely on 1st of June I get rewarded for my restraint. Old Basileos that ended Iconoclast heresy has died. Now Baasileos Ioannes is emperor. Perfectly timed :D.

    Our plans comes together slowly. But I still need at least medium tribal organisation to be able to participate in Mass Conversion at all. So I pass Low Tribal Organisation first. Turns out it somehow resets the cooldown (I think that Council has different quicker cooldown if you enable them for passing laws). So I can pass another reform ASAP. But first before I give Title Grants&Revocations to council I pass High Chiefdom of Yugra title to Kya and make one of our bigger vassals Advisor (which turns him into loyalist)
    hE3icn4.jpg

    Another legal reforms in Kingdom of Perm. More power to vassals but also more obedience will be expected from them. Also increases our vassal limit.

    As the council votes (it will go through as I have ruler vote + 3 loyalists) our ambition comes to fruition. 5 year of focusing on improving prosperity and avoiding wars ended. We can now start preparing for revenge on rebels from Syktyvar tribe. But first some event's pops up in Followers of Otso lodge. Arm wrestling competition. Why not. We take on toughest, meanest warrior there is. He tries to cheat, Dokya catches him and wins after that. Then he consoles his opponent (we don't want to suicide in duel against him) and everyone is so impressed that present members gift upon him new nickname. No longer is he "Red-Cheeks. Now he is known as "the Bull" of Perm.

    Months pass but the Medium Tribal Organisation doesn't. Turns out game (kind off) lied to me as 1 of my loyalist didn't vote in line with my wishes even after giving him bribe. Not sure, if him being lunatic had any part in it. Sadly with it we can't vote again before 884 :/. So no Conversion before that. Didn't know that. Will have to fix my council in the meantime. Some passage of time will help as they will be less upset about previous increase in Tribal Organisation and maybe will respect Dokya some more given his longer reign.

    My unruly council is swift to accept our declaration of war for Syktyvar Tribe. All vassal chiefs are called in as are our levies in Perm. This most likely will be very swift.

    News about our marshal corruption arrive. They have been quite busy in that office, haven't they lately? I was once again correct in my hunch that he was eligible for corruption event (as it haven't fired for him previously). I exchange him for Lodge Commander with 24 Martial and Greedy (who is also our loyal servant thus loyalist). I may use him as our 4th loyalist in 10 years for another voting. Shame I didn't realize that stances can change for certain subjects.

    Also during this October something that we haven't seen in quite some time occurs. Kudymkar county (the one in which we are currently focusing on infrastructure) prospers. It reached second level of prosperity.
    Gy37riy.jpg

    News on prosperity front. One step closer to beign eligible for prosperity events via crown focus

    By november (once new marshal bonuses to arrest kick in), we perform 100% success chance arrest and then banish Bagge "the champion of Perm" to seize his 500+ gold. Bye-Bye! You can remain calling yourself the champion of Perm somewhere else.

    Our 22 year old Basileus managed to lose leg and is now severely injured. It's tricky. Do I cash in favour now for bethrothal between Sarin and Greek princess or wait another 10 years at shot at getting sponsored conversion? I think I'll wait a little and see if he gets any treatment modifier.

    As our permian warriors march on, I spent some renown on Warrior Lodge commander trait thinking it will help with 28% Winter Attrition, but Dokya isn't gifted enough. One of our older commanders is though. Thanks to him we avoid any attrition in our own lands. Before end of year we are on route to crash into 4000 Syktyvar peasants with our 9600 strong host. Vengeance time!


    Year 875
    ======================

    Late in January we get our showdown. It starts not overly lucky as we get Volley, Volley Harass and Harass once each to enemy Generic Skirmish and double Feint tactics. We still are winning but we could be winning so much more. If I had better luck and maybe bothered to manually organise troops between flanks. So it probably is the end for them. As I expect to hold total superiority in melee thanks to having Heavy Infantry.
    5J6u49L.jpg

    Our mediocre tactic luck continues. This time I remedied previous mistake and arrived in force.

    Our forces first break through center then jump onto their right flank and finish left in last days of skirmish even without getting into melee phase. We lose 280 men to their 1400. That's more like it. That alone gives us 31% warscore. Time to take over their only tribe and conclude that shameful episode. Before calendar winter ends (cause real winter in that area can last longer) we make it to Syktyvkar tribe. Siege progress goes with 30% every tick. That will be really quick. Their forces almost recovered from route. Luckily I have close to 4000 troops in Mari high chiefdom to beat them down, if they try anything funny.

    But we don't get to. On 1st of May their only holding surrenders and we enforce our demands. Their troops vanished and never came back. It works for us as we vassalise their lord and he retains almost 2500 event troops. That should help if anything :). We probably will make use of them for our own goals.

    I invite our chancellor to private party aiming to forge friendship. While he is already at 100 relations it is mostly due to bribe. I hope it will corce him in the future to vote alongside us. He accepts invitation.

    While preparation are underway, 1500 khazarian raiders show in Kostroma. They ambush Vologdan retinues but I have my own 2800 retinue host in adjecent province so I move to help. At the same time 1000 Chimgi-Tura raiders arrive at Mansia tribe (east of Ural mountains). Our Army of Steppes moves toward them. Khazarian vassal is sent packing and I decide to harass them a little by raiding adjecent khans and hurting their manpower.

    Our Basileus Ioannes is busy bee. Not only he started diplomaticaly vassalizing various Orthodox states in Anatolia, he also recovers from his serious injuries and is quelling down rebelions and civil wars. Things are starting to look up for Greeks so he becomes known as "the Just". We made good call not panick using favour.

    As Autumn nears our retinues are fully reinforced and now Army of Steppes counts 2700 men. We are also getting +9.5 prestige monthly meaning 114 prestige per year. Not bad!

    Partying goes swimmingly as well. Now our skilled Chancellor is our friend. This is really good ,as he is stressed but I also missed that he is Lunatic. That could result in him cannibal event :/. Luckily it didn't happen.

    As we are moving back to Kostroma to deal with small 750 different khazarian raiders, 1810 Ilik Raiders come back and attack us across river. I dunno what AI expects that will happen. It goes as expected with 95 losses to their 530. Meanwhile our army of Steppes catches up to Chimgi-Turans takes 54 losses and inflicts 203 losses. Then another battle at Kostroma ends - with another 50 some casualties in exchange for 255 kills.

    Year 876
    ======================

    We start year by some revenge sacking of neighbouring nomads capitals. One such assault yields us 14 prisoners. It reminds me that I can normally loot all adjecent to my realm provinces. Was doing long-distance no-ship raiding for so long that I forgot it was default option. I do also some investigations and figure out that currently Khazars are somewhat understrenght, as they field less horde troops that their manpower limit allows.
    LTglwQ8.jpg

    North slowly getting independent and severing their ties to Khazar khaganate

    Out of note is also the changing situation in north. Due to some subjugation of northern tribals some previously nomad land seperated from Khazars. I plan to jump and make tributary out of Veps, to not allow further Khazarian expansion north.

    We share our statesmanship secrets with Basileus Ioannes to sway him even more towards us. He is impressed and his opinion of Dokya rises up to 65. What's better - we didn't spend single point of prestige or gold for that.

    With month passing to February, I decide to commence war on Veps. I discovered their secret. They were doing so well partially due to being led by peasant rebelion leader with 4000 event troops. Still even without them we can expect few thousand troops from them. That's a good sign for their future usefulness.

    As I start mustering troops and all call to wars are sent to my vast network of tributaries, Vepsian leader offers his surrender. This is interesting choice. We don't get 200 prestige but also don't diminish their military might (event troops). Currenntly I would rather have extra 4000 allies than 200 prestige. We accept. With that our influence reaches almost Finland!

    As I'm continuing my low intensity raiding of Khazarian border land I spot previously beaten hordes again. Determined to use every oportunity to weaken them I proceed to administer another round of beating. This time Ilik Raiders present more of a challenge and we lose 230 men to their 408. Still acceptable as I can reinforce and they - can't. For comparison - they are getting 87 manpower per month. Thus their retinues are diminishing after each such battle. Currently down to 1400 from 1800. Then we ambush smaller horde and inflict 150 casualties while they recover only 32 per month.

    I do the same with our eastern Horde and thanks to it we are at point of depleting their manpower reserves. I also invite our Steward and Spymaster to Carousing, hoping we get at least 1 more friend before I switch focus to something different.

    In September Training Grounds III finishes being built in Kudymkar Tribe. We proceed towards last level of that structure immedietely. 400 Prestige well spent. Also we get confirmation from our Steward that he will attend our small party.
    UHOKdDg.jpg

    Change of Pace - isntead of 10.000 event nomads it is just 2500. Interesting test on how well are we able to deal with our eastern nomad neighbours.

    New Challenger arrives in Pechenegs 2500 raiders at Sibir Tribe, where our Retinue is currently residing. They overestimate themselves and get sent packing taking 180 of our men in exchange for their 380 men. I feel like at this point we can totally conquer nomad lands east of Ural. Ilik Raiders once again come back from routing so it is yet another occasion to inflict further punishment.

    We repeat the whole ordeal one more time as our guest arrives to party. But that will have to wait for another time!
     
    Last edited:
    • 4Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XIV (877-884)
  • Part XIV (877-884)

    Year 877
    ======================

    Before unpausing I did little artifact search. Not much but I did find Waterclock (giving +2 Learning), 2x Classic of Poetry (+3 Learning) and Dragon Amulet. The last is most important as it confers -10% building cost, thus is really important for this AAR. I suspect it will be worth thousand of gold coins in itself. Bonuses to Learning aren't bad either. While we are on quite consistent strategy in developing played characters into high potential candidates with regards to prosperity events, having extra sources of Stewardship/Learning at worst speeds up process of getting towards max % chance. At best it fixes any mistakes/bad rng or other circumstances outside of my direct control. So it is time to move onto raiding with one of our retinues. It will be quite a journey.


    Zx6yL9u.jpg

    Interesting 3 artifacts with 4 sources of them. Would prefer looting them now instead of having to pay for them with Chinese currency. Scrap that. We can only get up to Quality 3 from China via diplomatic route and would risk upseting Chinese Dragon to try and get anything better.

    Upon unpausing Dokya befriends his steward. With this four of our councillors are close friends with our ruler. I hope it will be enough to sway next voting in our favour. I also discovered that Sarin II inherited Khantia tribe from one of his cousins. Somewhat concerning - as he is a ruler he is now eligible to make his own focus choices. He is now on Business so on the plus side he will make trade route event now instead of later, already is stressed and maybe will become greedy. On the minus side he might end Gardener before we manage his inheritance, which will make boosting his learning somewhat tricky. I decide to rise my levies up and send them towards Abbasids to fish for those artifacts while, one retinue remains home and watches over the borders.

    Took a really long time thinking about next focus. Quite a conundrum. On one hand need Dokya to survive long enough to cash in already purchased favour from emperor Ioannes, so Hunting seems like best option (focus alone gives +1 health, hunting dog another +1 and training it while diligent another +0.5 to add to our +0.5 from Brawny trait). But if we aim to live longer then writing book isn't bad either. Given bad previous experience I would like to avoid doing it without either having related to topic focus or lifestyle. Lifestyle trait is out of the picture, as Dokya is Scholar and we need something stewardship related (as mostly those books interest us - we aim to write "On Komi Architecture" which is Quality 3). Would need either Business or Rulership focus. Both quite commonly fire stressed/depressed events, which is counter productive to living healthy and long. So giving it some consideration I decide to go with Hunting for now and start writing the book. I have no idea at which point the game rolls for quality (as start of event chain or whenever you finish?), but will try anyway and change to stewardship focuses after hunting. Pet dog lasts around 10 years and passive health bonus from training him is pernament.

    Oh boy, how wrong was I. Writing the book misfires as I don't get offered option for stewardship book. Damn. Learning it is. While it streamlines our choice process (we no longer need stewardship related focuses for rest of Dokya's reign) it is kinda sad to miss on yet another shot for highly important book artifact, The only thing to cheer myself up is the fact that we most likely weren't likely to write it while having character advanced in years on required focuses.
    Meanwhile our smart court physician, asked us for extra founding to develop his ideas. Permission is granted as he is 41 y.o but doesn't have Renowned Physician trait. IRC this event can give it (but not sure) and I would prefer it over having 20 extra gold.

    By March we impress Basileus even further with swaying attemtps. Quickly after that he decides to start recapturing some parts of independent duchy of Hellas. Nice going! Some small raiders move onto Khlynov tribe and we sent them packing with almost all of ours personal levies combined. I invite new lodge commander to oversee that campaign. Also our heir changes to younger son Kya. Not good.

    By Summer our army of steppes is halfway towards artifacts in possesion of khans, and our levies just pass border between Perm and Svetitskhoveli khaganate to the south. It's a long route and nothing interesting happens in the meantime.

    In Autumn first our khagan's capital target is sacked by someone else (which prevents us from looting ourselves) and quickly after not only our marked courtier with Classic of Poetry dies, but his item also disappears completely. Checked all his close family members and owner of court and no one inherited his chinese artifact. Damn. Onto Chinese border it is (for that sweet Water clock).

    November starts with information about Cathar Christianity winning in western europe. Huh. It's getting more and more out of pocket.


    BQV3bdg.jpg

    Pope won't be happy and they have nice chance of surviving. Upon inspection turns out both Italy and England are major Cathar areas.

    I let my Army of the steppes resupply at first county in Uyghur khaganate (getting rid of attrition) and it works wonders. We are still in really great shape and now for another 100+ days we should probably have enough to keep going eastward.

    Before end of year I realise that it might be a good idea to get at least 1 Organiser commander for movement bonus. I find one that confers +35% movement speed. That's substantial. He is soon invited.

    Year 878
    ======================

    New commander arrives and I realise that we had one such local commander the whole time. So both raiding forces receive them. Luckily they don't have to lead the center to apply those bonuses (wasn't sure but it seems it only checks for attrition on center commander).

    After refueling our levies (6800 out of 7000) near Abbasid borders they continue, while our Army of the Steppes get caught defending in desert against 2250 Uyghurs. We probably are fine. It doesn't really matter, if they win as we no longer are interested in bullying them for chinese trinkets. Just leave our men mostly intact - please. Also some raiders arrive at our Xia target. I hope they don't sack him!


    9X3x3Np.jpg

    Desert battle against locals. Should be fine.

    Battle with Uyghurs goes worse that suspected. Even with bad tactics (2x disorganised harass and generic skirmish) against our Harass tactic (+300% LC Attack but -40% defence) we are losing twice as many raiders. After dealing with their center situation improves and after dealing with their other commanded flank we become victim of rng once again. Our side rolls Charge of Opportunity with exactly 0% impact on our troops (LC counts as HA but doesn't receive bonuses) against their Raid tactics meaning we lose 54 men for their 12 every day until we roll Raid ourselves. And then they get reinforced by another 2000 troops... We are losing 162 men for 28 hostile locals. It is a disaster. I decide to retreat into one small realm nearby. We lose 1100 men for their's 480... Might need to be more careful and avoid those lands in the future. Really rude :D!

    Other raiding expedition has better luck - our levies are almost there and we see huge 5500 strong muslim host (local ruler hired 2250 mercenaries) before they can suprise me. I should still be able to fend them off as long as I keep all our forces in 1 flank and we are parked on mountain terrain.

    Civil war breaks out in Byzantine empire and it is looking dicey. Both sides have around 9.000 troops and Basileus Ioannes was currently occupied in well... occupying Thesallia. I hope he prevails - otherwise our favour becomes much less valuable, as without emperor title he won't be able to sponsor our baptism.

    Sadly it turns out Taid Emirate is still immune to being raided. Can't spot who, is the newest settled mercenary to check how long are they raiding immune. This basically prevents us from getting Classic of Poetry as both sources failed. So onto Abbasids we move, while Army of Steppes manouvers around some nasty nomads armies towards Xia capital.

    By June Basileus ends his conquest in Greece so now he can fully commit to his civil war. Good. I decide to invite some Siege Expert commanders, because as I just realised - siege progress is somewhat slow (4.9% per tick). Prefer not to stay too long and allow Abbasids to consolidate forces to slowly grind us down.


    wAFF1L7.jpg

    It might be time to change our preferences in commanders. More need for movement speed and siege progress.

    With new commander we improve the pace of siege to 8.2% every 12 days. Then I pay 10 military tech points to push for Siege I technology at our capital which improves our pace to 8.4%. It won't get better.

    Just as Autumn starts, finally do our battered cavalry force arrives at capital of Xia Khaganate - Dulan. Here we are doing better siege progress (9% every 12 days) without much help. I think it is only fair to mention, that in this situation we will benefit from long movement times between provinces as it will take some time for Abbasids to gather troops and chase us off.

    Time flows and we reduce muslim defenders in Kerman to 44.9% morale and there is still no sign of any relief. That's looks promising. I keep seeing single county levies (<500 troops) being raised and moved west but we are almost at the point, where we are guaranteed to sack the castle and at worst have to defend afterwards before moving out. Our Chancellor also improves our relations with Greek emperor.

    December is quite calm - we get 50 military techpoints from Constantinopole via Spymaster. Days before next year we finish siege in Kerman. We get chinese artifact. The wrong one. We fished Jian from one of courtiers. It is quality 4 and gives slightly more prestige than our Warrior Lodge sword (1.00 vs 0.75) so I do swap. It also increases our Martial by 2 and slightly worse troop bonuses won't matter as I don't plan currently on leading with Dokya (and even if I had to I can just swap back at moment notice).

    LJY64rw.jpg

    I hope collecting all possible variants makes it more likely for us to get what we lack (and want) in the long run.

    Year 879
    ======================

    I decide to stay in Kerman and inflict some more damage upon Muslims in order to non-directly help Greeks. As the next on the menu city progresses with 22% per tick it won't take long. Soon Xia castle also falls but no bueno in artifact department. We only get some prisoners worth 240 gold. At least something for our effort. Still now that we have to walk such a long way for single thing, I'm not keen on continuing such escapades. Too much pain for too little gain. As we embarked on this journey we were looking at 2 possible items to get, but now that one of them vanished, the whole ordeal doesn't seem worth it.

    CVFqZ5Q.jpg

    Forgot to note down how the battle went exactly but I remember thinking that luckily the delay between arrival of both armies allowed us to defeat them in detail with around 100 losses to over 1000 casualties inflicted in first battle ant then less than 100 losses to around 700-800 casualties in second. Mountains are really nice for Light Infantry and Archer armies

    As I don't see much point in siegeing Xia counties further I order our retinues to return towards Sibir Tribe. This will be quite a treck. By the end of February we finish siege of Kerman city, which nets us 23 gold coins. Better than nothing. Next on the menu are mosques, and the current one goes at rate of 23% per tick.

    Iconoclast rebelion breaks out in Greece, which our friendly emperor is winning slightly. We are also forced to move out as some 5-6 thousand Abbasid troops finally showed and I utilize ability to just move away without having to fight thanks to having commander with extra movement speed.


    qtMvFGE.jpg

    Our Chancellor fires interesting event, which I gladly take. It maxes our bonuses to how often Prosperity events will fire thanks to improved Learning (it's capes at 18).

    Upon checking once more, we are still not eligible to raid Taid emirate. Decision is made to keep our levies in the area, as it only takes 2 years till we are able to try again to loot Dragon Amulet. Meanwhile it's owner neighbour has Art of War. So I plan on visiting him to kill some time. Also - we can keep weakening Abbasid border regions and maybe collect some ransoms. Win-Win situation.

    In June we become eligible once again for Ancestor worship event. I opt for "Wisdom option" as Dokya doesn't have Shrewd and Wise-Woman would also be nice to secure as bride for Sarin II.

    By the time aAutumn arrives our siege of Mafaza (for another chinese artifact) is trully well underway. But defenders get lucky and in quick succession get positive morale from events even before our first siege progress can tick. Still it will be over fast - over 10% every 12 days. Sadly I realize we almost got trapped. 18.000 Abbasids show from Taid Emirate but luckily once again thanks to our commanders I can escape them. What's worse - it is some civil war event army. I decide to move further away from frontlines and spot 2 small targets inside Abbasids that have some chinese artifacts that we don't have at the moment, while being far away enough to be more secure to roam around.

    Byzantine civil war on other hand is over and our Ioannes prevailed. Less well goes next event step associated with learning languages from our chancellor. We either lose diligent and get 15% at slothful or we become stressed (15% chance). It's a no brain choice soo... Dokya's get stressed. Which is our 5th trait. So we hit the limit. It sure would be nice if those Hunting focus started doing anything. Lucky we are still at 18/18 Stewardship and Learning.

    In November marshal improves our Siege expert by +2 Martial, which is immedietely put to good use during siege of Farava (14.8% of defenders morale each 12 days). Also one of our investors (Irkhan) dies and we inherit his 200+ gold coins.

    By December Dragon Amulet holder dies and is succeeded by his son. Change in title holder doesn't help us when it comes to raiding cooldown of holdings (sadly). But it helps me notice that as Iqta goverment characters they do hold some temples. So this is additional chance maybe? Our Byzantine Emperor is also slowly cleaning out Iconoclasts - he just inherited one of duchies from Iconoclast vassal.

    Year 880
    ======================

    We patiently siege down Farava castle but don't get any artifact. Still a big group of prisoners is captured - 13 people worth 182 gold. Our Army of Steppes came back within our borders - 1200 out of 2700 men. Steppes were really harsh on us this time. Maybe I should kept them on Xia territories awaiting timer for another raiding to go out? Now it is too late. Time to recuperate our warriors and let them deal with any intruders within Perm borders.

    oLxpUgS.jpg

    Small battle at Abbasid borders to get more supplies from siege, while staying away from bigger Abbasid armies.

    Our 5000 levies move from Farava onto Kyzyl-Sul. First we have to trounce some 900 odd levies. We do it by both rolling shieldwall. By the end we lose 23 men for 360 defenders.

    With spring Kudymkar tribe is done with all prestige based buildings. Sadly due to losses in Army of Steppes, huge chunk on prestige income is spent on replenishing them and we are on just 670 prestige currently. Not enough to go crazy with another round of building investments everywhere. Our raiders progress almost 20% per tick so soon I should have another chance at Chinese goodies. I do wonder how does it exactly work. The target has 4 different artifacts and I have 3 out of those in possession already. Will it mean I can only get what I'm missing? Or does it mean that it is 75% chance to get nothing to avoid duplication?

    Finally anonther step in writing the book decision chain. I can choose how to raise quality of my book. I decide against chance at maiming myself and chose cost in shape of vomiting to increase the artifact quality. I have court Physician and it has just a 1% chance to kill me. And upon clicking - it doesn't. We seek treatment soon after but first Dokya presents new horse to his wife. Such an act is apprecieated by her. We also get notified as marshall improves Kya Permyakid martial score by +2 (17 current value).

    Our doctor diagnoses our symptom as nothing serious and provides mild treatment (+2 Health modifier), which counteracts both stressed and vomiting. Vomiting passes at the start of May. We also liberate Kyzyl-sul of it's inhabitants but still we gainfind nothing artifact-wise. Dihistan is our next target but it sadly lacks any luxurious trinkets for us! So at most we can get some ransom gold.

    Interesting thing happens in June. Upon swaying Basileus Ioannes "the Just" further, Permian king manages to impress him so much that he adopts his lifestyle. And it turns out to be more than fluff text, as now he has Scholar trait, while Dokya received 75 extra prestige for his effort. Didn't know it was an option. Not bad!


    NWkEEy0.jpg

    Experienced Komi king bestows his wisdom upon young and rising Basileus. Knowledge is power!

    Ransoms are arranged constantly and in the same month we hit 14.000 coins in our treasury. Dihistan castle is opened to us on 21. of September. I'm not sure, for how longer can I keep raiding force big enough to be able to sack Kerman again. We are down to 4480 men.

    With Autumn Abbasids army shows up. This time regular one - not the pretender's. Turns out current Caliph dealt with civil war problem. We make a swift escape thanks to our commanders and being vigilant. Then we have to keep avoiding their stack until we leave their borders.

    Finally Hunting focus event fires. This time we will hunt for... White Bear. Not the most unique specimen among animal kingdom. I would rather be relieved of Stress or got hunting dog. But beggars can't be choosers I guess.


    ZuvzE84.jpg

    Polar bear hunt begins. Probably one got lost and ended up in our area :)"

    We observe Ioannes progress in restoring glory of Orthodox center of world until 5th of december when he... dies. Due to assasinations. At point in which he mostly turned things around. Ukko-dammit! With that our whole plan for getting conversion at year 884 is mostly out of the window. Well that's Crusader Kings II for you baby!

    Year 881
    ======================

    First thing to note in year 881 is that we managed to lure that big Abbasid army into desert, which costed them 4000 men thanks to attrition (34% attrition). Always funny when you can use game rulers against AI.

    Then our Siege experts gets improved again by marshall (+3 Martial) and one of our investors Magni "the moaner" dies. Sadly his fortune get's inherited by his adventuring son. RIP those 500 gold coins I suppose. I don't see good pathway for inheriting it, as current owner is adventuring Ukko knows where.

    By February study of foreign languages with chancellor ends. It isn't as important, as it only gives Dokya extra +1 diplomacy. We once again move inside Abbasid borders but almost instantly 13.000 strong army that previously chased us, turns back. We have to escape once again. Wanted to check, if Taid emirate is ready to be looted. Guess will have to be a little more patient to let those pesky defenders wander off further away.

    Great Hunt also advances. Dokya finds some hermit that sells us potion making us Brave. Ok - that's problematic as it gives 6th trait. Soon after this, attempt to find white bear ends for now, but Dokya get's modifier "The White Bear Eludes Me..." granting him extra 1 Martial (which now stands at 21!).

    I also start working on another good relations with new heir to Byzantine empire as well as his father-emperor. Maybe we somehow make it happen without bribes.

    Something goes wrong because Abbasids catch us, start killing us then battle suddenly ends without battle result. I check and it counts as loss. No idea what is going on but given that - now we can finally march into Taid emirate unmolested before moving back.

    The game does make for that negative experience with that:

    ybneFIK.jpg

    One of better prosperity modifiers to get. Also had really high weight to be picked thanks to ruler "Scholar" lifestyle

    Of course we agree for that deal and with that we have 3 out of 6 prosperity modifiers in Perm. That one is especially juicy as technology points are in short supply. I also prefer for now more province modifiers than extra slots as we are slightly ahead in slots (5/7) compared to modifiers (3/6). Perm tribe still lacks Monument modifier that grants extra prestige, Center of Worship for extra piety/temple tax and Minority Settlement for extra city tax. Finger crossed it isn't the last such popup during this character reign.

    I spend some time fishing for new investors and I have a great haul. Just look at them

    HN6ea6s.jpg

    Over 2500 gold coins between those characters. Definetely worth to scheme in order to get those fortunes!

    Those numbers are definetely worth the effort of inviting every living member of their family to get our permian hands on that fortune! So I invite all of them. Even if we have to spend some gold in fixing mistakes in process of inheriting those funds it will more than pay for itself in the end. My scheme of inviting people to become investors seems to be going strong.

    It takes our raiders up to summer to arrive at their destination and check but no - Taid is still not raidable. It is becoming somewhat irritating due to no clear reason for that. I could really use that extra 3 learning given how much time was already invested into that venture. Instead I go towards Merv County to park our troops before soon (December this year) we will be able to try raiding Kerman again. Even if it doesn't succeed we will have to go back anyway cause we are at half our initial numbers.

    I keep checking on Sarin II from time to time and beside being on Business focus for several years he didn't pick anything outside of stressed trait or done anything noteworthy for us. This is both good and bad. Definetely happy with him not taking wife yet. The later he does, the better for our future prospect of clean succession. Given that we are no longer busy with hunting I decide to try and recruit him into Warrior Lodge. He swiftly agrees and wins his initiation duel, becoming fledgling. With this he can start gathering society currency and if things align he might become quite the commander during his life. Also as side bonus he improves his rating among our kingdom vassals, gathering slightly more votes by becoming fledgling (which counts as "experienced commander").

    In September our strong and murderous concubine dies. Our Hunting Parties mostly recovered (2500/2700 troops) and things are looking steady. Merv siege proceeds. Soon'ish it also ends and gives us quality 1 crown for our effort. Thanks but no thanks.

    Sadly in November one distant family members of our extra rich investor dies and he inherits county of Hambourg. We have his son but I don't see a path to inherit his 2100 gold coins. Dammit. Or don't I? We could conquer that single county. But then I remind myself that it would secede upon succession acording to game rules. I would have to conquer it, imprison Budli and then banish him. Wait. That actually might be viable. Problem is that he might try and buy a ton of mercenaries to delete most if not all of our potential gains. We would need to swiftly decide the war with him. I have to think about it.

    Year 882
    ======================

    Wondering about best course of action, Dokya enters another year. Due to all that commotion described above I forgot to move onto Kerman. No biggie - it is just a month behind. We move whatever is left of our troops towards it. I suspect by this point we are pretty well known by locals :D.

    In February we take part in another Flyting among Followers of Otso. We easily win against best speaker but don't get new nickname. Takes us a month to get onto Kerman. Problem? Caliph himself is nearby. Upon inspection he leads 300 troops. I smell profitable ransom! Sadly AI baits us and then just instantly moves Caliph to different stack. And behind us there is 5000 strong army. I have to manouver out.

    In May our chancellor improves relations with current Basileus. We spent additional time evading bigger Abbasid army. After that we lose Patient due to being over the limit of traits. Not great - without it our stats go down below critical value of 18 stewardship and learning. Increasing MTTH for prosperity events.

    BKEDYId.jpg

    Dancing with Abbasids! Don't mind me. Just move along please!

    Summer months are spent on cat and mouse with traveling east Abbasid armies. One good thing is that Kerman county raised their levies and moved somewhere else, so once we get to siege it should be much faster. Also our eastern neighbour - Chimgi nomads show again. Army of the Steppes is sent to deal with them.

    Having nothing better to do I appoint one of our new investors as commander (as he has Aggresive Leader command trait and we currently lack good commander). And the need for his materialise almost instantly, as I need to repulse some smaller Abbasid stacks marching onto me. We have Mountain bonus and 3:1 advantage in numbers. I expect we will do just fine. After that we finally will be fine to move onto Kerman. Our chancellor improves opinion of Basileus once again.

    YgivUl5.jpg

    One time I don't really need Narrow Flank modifier (we have numbers advantage). At least it doesn't hurt us.

    We not only roll Shieldwall tactic but also Narrow Flank (kinda useless as we have numbers advantage; also such behaviour on aggresive leader >.>). Still we kill 42 enemies for every 7 of us. The battle ends with us losing less than 50 men to their 700 dead. Sadly another 3000 abbasid vassals locked onto us and we will have to fight again. We make quick work of them, breaking rapidly flank after flank and losing in the end around 100 men to their's 1000. Would be more dangerous if they kept reinforcing single battle for it to reach melee phase, in which we probably lose our superiority.

    Year 883
    ======================

    Our rich ex-investors wins war (that he inherited) and now he has county of Meckleburg as well. We at least arrive at Kerman and get 8.5% siege done every tick. Not bad - way more that I predicting we would get with our battered force. Another great hunt begins as well.


    EiUS95U.jpg

    Chilling out in Perm. Probably next to Kama river that flows through our capital duchy

    Hunt results in nothing. Not exactly nothing but we rolled for event that grants Brawny and we already have Brawny... I check on Sarin and he finally got Aspiring Trader modifier but is also vomiting. As he is part of his own court I can't help him with our doctor. There is off-chance that he dies or develops some deadly disease but at this point I thing we aren't in danger yet. May need to consider giving him someone skilled in medicine department if his health detoriates further.

    By Spring I come to a realisation, that if we are to embark on quest for that ex-investor riches we will need casus belli. The only way to get it, is to fabricate claim with chancellor. So it is time to move him onto Budli Hambourg capital. If we get it - we can proceed. If we don't - well we simpy don't.
    Actually it is even more complicated as he has 2 titles now. So we need 2 CB. It starts looking less and less doable given Dokya's age. At least we have really able diplomat working on it (19 diplomacy resulting in 14% yearly chance of success).

    There is also another route. We do have his son. We can make him our vassal and then inherit his other titles anyway. If Budli overlord didn't ban titles passing outside of realm (I have no way of knowing that without using console). I will wait for now as he just took 27 years old wife and is 57 years old himself. I think I can wait 2-3 years and observe how the situation develops.

    By end of June we sack Kerman castle once again. And receive nothing once again. I decide to try looting everything there just in case. Then maybe loot Mafaza for that Art of War artifact.

    DH6VJn4.jpg

    Sun Tzu says get his book. So we do try to get one of those limited edition prints from local collector :)

    Sarin sickness turns out to be just Flu but he is bedridden (heaviest case of sickness with highest penalties to stats and health). I hope for the best. Other son - Kya is recruited into Warrior Lodge. Maybe he will make quite a name for himself there and use his warrior lodge powers for our cause in the future? Would love to have 2000 Pikemen instead of 1000. Assuming AI will pick them (at least our enemies did pick it 2 times against us). Would make for realm compromised of Warrior Lodge veterans really strong. It kind off reminds me of old times, as there wasn't DLC that turned defensive pagans "Summon Warriors" decision into retinues.

    We get city in Kerman by end of August and have to run as 11.000 strong Abbasid force shows up. No chance of beating them, but we secure our escape route soon enough to not have to try. Not long after our spymaster present us 50 extra military technology points.

    In October Abbasids stop chasing us, so it seems we can just siege down Mafaza. So the months keep passing, Sarin II is still fighting for his life but also becoming recognised as Warrior and sadly getting arbitrary trait. Rulership focus on him becomes more and more mandatory it seems. Our raiders in Abbasid lands keep getting hit one time after another with negative siege events, further reducing us down to less than 3000 warriors.

    Year 884
    ======================

    Year starts with me checking some things. The only tribe that I could freely give to Budli son is Veliky Ustug. But it is still not culture converted. I would prefer for it to be already Komi'nised. Also I'm not entirely sure, if his holdings outside of our de jure Kingdom wouldn't secede anyway (I guess it depends on where he sets his capital?). Upon further pondering that subject I'm becoming more and more convinced that as his original overlord he will go towards us. During one of winter storms Dokya proves to his wife his bravery and doesn't get struck by lighting. Sadly we probably roll Brave again (60%) and not +100 prestige option. As I start becoming reckless it might indicate that Dokya isn't long to this world in hands of me as player :D.


    1eg5QI0.jpg

    Reckless behaviour neither does punish or reward king Dokya. Would be unfunny if he got Roentgen'ed but really couldn't pass chance at extra prestige

    At the start of February Mafaza surrenders but we don't get artifact. Around 100 gold if we include prisoners - that's all. Well our artifact hunting was pretty dissapointing, as we didn't managed to snatch any of 4 targets (and some were even tried twice). I disband my levies, as they fully recovered back in home and we can sent them to raid elsewhere quicker this way. Halfway through the month our son Sarin II makes full recovery (getting back +4 to all attributes).

    Some more news on intrigue front. Nephews from Vechkas side (who are ruling Vologda and Mari High Chiefdoms) are plotting. One wants to his uncle Dokya, other wants to kill his cousin Kya Permyakid. We stop first plot but ignore second. I also do decide to change focus.

    As we aren't destressing or getting hunting dog I'm not really feeling that we are making the most of hunting. We got that +1 Martial modifier but that's it. I decide to go towards Theology as it increases passively our Learning, might help with writing Learning Book, gives chance to destress as well as getting shot for Temperate trait (further increasing our stewardship). In other words it should fix our current issues. Most importantly it also provides the same +1 Health modifier as Hunting focus. Thus as better match, switch is made.


    IebAEm2.jpg

    As Hunting didn't panned out, we try more divine subject of life. Hope to destress and maybe further increase our Stewardship.

    On first days of April our levies move out. Nicely timed, as we will move through problematic home counties during spring and avoid taking winter attrition damage. I hope it will work out later too. Close to 8700 troops will be sent towards western europe - something we haven't done so far as current king. Also pre-emptively I spent 900 renown to instantly refill levies in Permian tribes. With that even if we have to re-raise them midway we won't be caught with pants down. And well Dokya had close to 4000 renown already so... It also baloons our levies up to 22.31 thousands troops (as game counts both raised and unraised troops). So just in theory we are really strong for AI perspective :)".

    During uneventful summer days I decide to buy favour from our Spymaster. With it the only non-loyal councillor can be forced to vote in line with our needs. It also will go back to us and isn't expensive. On 9th of July our ruler becomes grandfather of his first grandchild - son of Kya named Dokya. Our Permian levies reach Volga River on the realm border at 14th of July. From here they first move towards Polotsk tribe to resupply. With that we will pass Khazarian lands. This time I sent them with +40% movement speed commander, +80% Siege Commander and +4 Winter Supplies Commander. Took 2 months to move from Perm to Vologda. Let's see how much difference does it make on Perm-Germany route for example.

    Given that we are almost ready to initiate voting for medium tribe organisation again I must give out Veliky-Ustug tribe to son of Budli now (or after impleneting more councill it can be iffy). Budli currently doesnt have any other child on the way. We hope Faste (his son) doesn't croak before his 35 years older close family member does and we inherit all holdings. We call in council support from our Spymaster as well and start voting. This time it goes without a hiccup.

    lzq2C7s.jpg

    Time to correct our failure that was voting in year 874. This time I took care in obtaining loyalty of our Council without filling it with Sycophants.

    As the votes are being cast I can spent a moment discussing what's after. Even though it is slightly ahead of schedule I do plan to convert into organised religion now. Some of you might be familiar with discussion I was having month before starting this AAR in CK2 forum regarding, which religion would suit my purpose best.

    Islam offers great bonuses to taxes but doesn't have access to monastics and without further expansion managing decadence may prove tricky. As I don't plan on incresing amount of micromanagment outside of economy side, Perm won't become muslim country.

    Catholicism gives huge opportunities for financial gains with Crusades, yet we are far away from Vatican and thus influencing College of Cardinals will be almost impossible. Don't plan on spending time expanding towards Italy or having to deal with Excommunications.

    Jainism was really contender as extra demense will cut huge chunk of micromanagment later, but without converting to different culture we won't be able to raid. Also huge chunk of Jainism/Buddhist/Hindu religion events/decisions are tied to de jure India lands. Meaning we won't be hunting Siberian tigers even though they exist because we have capital outside India or even getting flavour events regarding various cults because for game they don't exist outside India. Such a shame for possibility of Siberian Raj.

    Taoism is secretly also great thanks to it's various often ommited modifiers changing it from "+2 Stewardship meme religion" to something much more serious (extra learning or additional discount on build costs). Also I get the feeling that people forget that +2 Stewardship is more than <1 demense limit. It also means +10% tax income across whole kingdom. But actually more because every ruler, his spouse and councillor will contribute towards state attribute meaning it increases by +5. Sometimes even more on smallest vassals that don't get councillors and game multiplies their attributes for their state stewardship score. So maybe upon Feudalising I will briefly convert to Chinese religion.

    So what is left? Various Eastern Christianity denominations. Out of it I decided for Orthodoxy as there is option for sponsored conversion providing us some monetary gain. All of them offer kingdom level Patriarchs and Excommunications on demand. It will make us immune to Crusades and offer quite nice set of possible artifacts. Lastly "lack of flavour" might work too as I suspect I will have my hands full with other things. Each branch of christianity also has seperate list of Saints. High Moral authority is also preferable to whatever is currently going in western europe during this playthrough. All eastern christianity Monastics provide also highest level of Clergy Vassal tax. And proximity - in our corner of the world we are realistically looking at Byzantine Empire as only established eastern Christianity realm. Eventually Nestorianism once we finish our 2nd expansion phase. I was considering it, while showcasing Nestorian Persian Shahdoms on silkroad. One benefit they provide is ability to move their landless Patriarch to our capital temporarily and allow him to spend his accumulated throughout the game technology points to further rapidly improve our technology levels. I still might do it, but currently without moral authority it is a no-go.


    JxUsPvR.jpg

    Overview of religions in ledger. It was some time since last time and it would give you better grasp on what is going on in gamestate

    Now we can check how Basileus is feeling about sponsoring our Mass Conversion. Suprisingly the talks go well and he is... really ok with our idea. Seems like proseletysing tenent does a lot of work for us. So without knowing it, I wasted 680 gold coins previously. Well at least we won't have to spent it again. Now onto the question - should I hit it now?

    mbcSFTr.jpg

    Not gonna lie. My first time Converting using mechanics from Holy Fury DLC. Stars really aligned for us with that random tribe that Greeks inherited inside eastern khazarian Europe
    I'm of an opinion that I definetely should! It gives us option to start converting earlier but also once Dokya joins Saint Peter in Heaven, his heir will be able to start holy warring whole Duchies thus ending our races against Khazars after each change of Permian ruler. The sooner we get conversion done, the better the chance we also recover some of our monetary investment via Basileus building us temples in our mostly empty counties. On the negative side we do lose Patron Deity bonus to stewardship puting us slightly further from 18 stewardship, and temporal hit to our reputation as well as well... 500 prestige. I still think it is better to commit to Orthodoxy now on well established king instead of trying doing it on freshly crowned character or... generation later. We also didn't still receive bonus from last Ancestor Worship and we probably will lose it. Even with all that the decision is made.

    As letter with our plea goes towards Basileus, our soon to be spreading good word of Christ raiders arrived at Polotsk tribe, beat local retinues and started siege.


    OdQm6Rb.jpg

    Baptism in Kama river. Really quite the sacrifice given local temperatures. Turns out we are the third pagans during this playthrough to get sponsored conversion and each previous such occurence was also to different branch if I remember correctly

    We get buried in notification from our vassals. Ten out of sixteen agree to undergo conversion with us. That's definetely way more that I expected given we were only on Medium Tribe organisation law. Most importantly both Sarin II and Kya agree and from our family only nephew Chipaz of Vologda (son of Vechkas) refused. Also both temples in our realm were usurped by new Orthodox priests. Most of our Council also did convert and the warrior lodge marshal can be asked to convert. I was ready to deal with far less conversions, but at this rate we can totally slowly convert rest over the coming years.

    xaY4qWR.jpg

    Religious overview straight after baptism. A lot more of that sweet purple that I expected!

    What's more cool we get converted by Ecumenical Patriarch straight out of Constantinopole and have trait on character to prove it. Almost instantly we also get new Patriarch from Byzantium, who replaces our old one. He isn't great (10 learning) and what's more he is Just. Ugh. Can't you send us corrupt one please xD?

    YjSzIt2.jpg

    We will have to suffer somewhat moral realm priest for some time, as he probably is required for various financial gains

    We also get event for changing our name. I'm not sure if now Christian names will completely override our Finno-Ugric names in random name generator (I hope not). We go with it at the cost of 75 prestige for 25 piety and rename Dokya to... Daniel. It the most pleasing from similar sounding that the game randomly generate for us. Didn't want to go with David (and then probably renaming Sarin II into Solomon). Not feeling cheeky enough to claim being 3rd Rome and Heaven on Earth (yet xP...). Really cool flavour! Thought such things were only part of mods.

    y3Tr73Y.jpg

    How can you say no when Jesus is looking? Interesting how it will change the names across our Permian realm from now on

    That's not the end of those unexpected events. Both nephews that didn't convert rised in arms against us, against that conversion. I'm not sure if it is wise because in this instance they will get instantly squashed and it might further count as lost religious uprising. Didn't also known that the game forces it upon conversion. I wonder how does this reactionary pagan revolt looks from other side.

    N706k2j.jpg

    Followers of Ukko howl and rise in arms. Not the wisest but what do you expect when majority of realm brightest went on with adoption of Orthodox faith?

    But various small Suomenusko counts in northernwest perm - didn't. Which means that they most likely chickened out. This makes things for us much easier, as we can deal with them piece by piece at our own pace. Given circumstances I'm happy to peacefully convert them with court chaplain but most often I would just revoke their titles due to wrong religion and quickly clean things up. Well that uprising will be quick as I have my retinues on those borders...

    OuikvZv.jpg

    Not sure if they think they caught us or themself off-guard. Ill advised move on their part

    As we start besieging pagan tribes I also do monitor our raiders. By the end of November we also finish resupplying in Polotsk by looting the tribe. Now our raiders go towards Galindia tribe in Prussia. Small steps may save us unneeded attrition. Soon we will start spreading good word of Jesus by visiting various temples across Europe :). And if you wonder how does our conversion did affect balance of power between religions here you go:


    47coYby.jpg

    Orthodox went from 11th largest religion to 6th in one fell swoop. Also currently one of holy sites is partially holded with Iconoclast bishop that got spawned from local religion, so Moral Authority soon will rise by another 5%. This is also point of reference before another phase of expansion into steppes

    With all that shared aspects of sponsored conversion and last days of year ticking away it is good moment to stop this part. This marks another phase of this AAR finished with objectives fullfilled See you around in first fully chritian next part depicting Orthodox Tribal gameplay.
     
    Last edited:
    • 2Like
    • 1Love
    • 1
    Reactions:
    Part XV (885-892)
  • Part XV (885-892)

    Year 885
    ======================

    We start this part with old habit of checking on our investor's situation. Something rather peculiar is thus spotted. Turns out that there is slight bug and upon religion conversion all old court titles, while no longer visible (or grantable) are preserved on their previous holders. Not sure, if it affects them when it comes to salaries and prestige gains. To be certain I still grant permian investors new Orthodox titles.. Out of curiosity I do analyse, how did conversion affect number of grantable titles. We had 4 Venerable Elders, Champion, Master of Blade, Master of Bow. So that's 7 titles unique to Suomenusko. Now instead of that we have: Keeper of Swans, Master of Horse, Master of the Hunt, High Almoner and Senechal - totalling 5 for Orthodox/Christian?. So it seems we are down by 2 titles, as things like Cupbearer, Court Eunuch, Court Dwarf, Court Jester, Court Physician and Designated Regent seem to be shared across all religions.

    In first half of January we move Army of the Steppes on Ural tribe. Dokya himself goes there to alleviate attrition problems. Once there siege crew goes at 18% per tick pace, while Kostroma tribe advances 15% every 12 days. Our raiders also almost reach their next resupply point in Galandia tribe. Some 1900 event troops are spotted there, so I decide to move through (hoping that moving without raiding won't set them off). Initially was thinking about moving around, but had to scratch that plan as it is either too much provinces in north to travel or there are defenders already waiting for us on Polish side!

    My instinct proves correct, as the only fight awaits permian warriors in Chelmno tribe (19 local retinues doesn't prove any challenge). We will go at 43% pace with local tribe and there is even Slavic temple to loot. Now we have additional motivation for sacking temples to improve our religion MA.

    On 10th of March Ecumenical Patriarch Gregorios II dies. He was the one to baptise Dokya. Out of curiosity I do check and seems like being baptized by religion head does carry over generations of Ecumenical Patriarchs. So new Orthodox leader Pavlos IV is slightly more fond of King Daniel (+5 modifier). All the sieges almost sync up - first we finish with Chelmno and move raiders onto temple of Briesen next. Not much financialy to write about. Three gold and single ransomable prisoner. The siege speed of temple is even better though - 53% per tick! Then we finish with Kostroma tribe and move onto Vologda tribe. Then falls Ural tribe, while our army working there moves toward Sibir tribe. With those captures we are looking at 53% warscore in war.

    Spring starts with us having to once again destroy forts we previously sponsored. Then Briesen temple surrenders and grant's us 13.2g on top of extra +1% to Moral Authority. Towards Gdansk tribe our warriors move as there is another temple! Then something more interesting happens! As I hear sound of someone getting mauled to death by bear I see that in notification feed:

    j6ncz6V.jpg

    That's quite the event. One time when death of one of your sons doesn't improve your situation under Gavelkind xD

    Followed by information about Sarin II taking over his stepbrother old holdings. That's said the source of that whole situation was my decision of inducing them into warrior lodge that backfired, as plot against Kya didn't had enough plot power to fire. It is problematic. Because Kya just had a kid (0 year old Dokya), that is now poised to take over whole highchiefdom of Perm, because Sarin II already has plenty of holdings. Not sure what to do about it now.

    Then another sponsored conversion event triggers. Our Greek Patriarch convinces us to change succession law from Elective Gavelkind to Gavelkind for cost of 75 prestige. I do accept, as we will have to make, that switch to avoid creation of unwanted kingdom titles in the future. That event also bypasses regular requirements for example that all vassals have to like us.

    By May we are finished on our western borders and only Sibir remains. Gdansk tribe also falls and this time we get quite a few more prisoners worth 158 gold in total!

    epBB9n8.jpg

    Pacyfing peasants with power of Christian Magic.

    During Summer some new event occures. As we are the owner of some christian artifact, we can confer positive modifier for period of 5 years to single random tribe inside our demense. Nothing spectacular (-8% Local Revolt Risk) but always better than nothing. It also reminds me - during conversion not only were our stats altered by loss of Patron Deity modifier but we also started using one of previously "acquired" christian artifacts - Finger of Saint Jon (+1 Learning among other bonuses). With that we are currently sitting at 15 Stewardship (Ugh!) but 20 Learning. Getting rid of stressed (-1 Stewardship) and getting Temperate (+2 Stewardship) would help. We can even risk going over trait limit, as we should be able to regain Diligent while on this focus. We just have to avoid Cynical (worse chance for seclusion events) and Zealous (it will get us kicked out of Warrior Lodge due to non native-religion). Temple of Oliva gets looted before end of June for another 13 gold. Raiders march onto Wologosz further west.

    Autumn starts with our marshall reporting to us about discovering capable commander (21 martial and Strategist trait for +41% defence combat modifier). Two weeks later pagan uprising comes to an end. Which also gives me an idea for a way out from our succession crisis. Not only can titles can be revoked from nephew Chipaz, but we can also always revoke thanks to wrong religion! With that Chipaz is stripped of all titles without incuring tyranny and those vacated titles are granted to young grandson Dokya! Now he is only heir to High Chiefdom of Veliky-Ustug. I also do try to revoke title from our kinsmen in Sibir tribe that for some reason wasn't imprisoned during rebelion.

    All is not well, as one crisis is ended - new arrives. Sarin II develops cancer. NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOU! >.> We call in our Court Physician but now without power of mystical pagan medicine I don't expect great results. This is bad for many reasons. First I expected him to finally start our line of (at least) Quick rulers to help with prosperity events. Second: now he won't have much of an opportunity to develop Perm during his reign. Third the only mystic treatment I do remember, that could help is candle ritual. The issue is how it works. It completely swaps traits to their opposites. So while we would get rid of Arbritrary but also of Diligent and there is potential it would also change Quick for Slow :/. It seems our plans will have to be postponed.

    Chiefdom of Sibir passes to grandson Dokya and we arrange for king Daniel to become his educator. Hoped it would satisfy gavelkind split but it still wants more of Duchy level titles. So feeding grandson more county level titles was a mistake. We get some more prisoners from Wologoszcz to whom I don't pay much attention at the moment. Just keep pressing ransom button. We do keep nephew Chipaz in house arrest (as he doesn't have 145g for ransoming himself). It might prove useful, if Sarin II kicks the bucket way too soon. Our current heir lineup isn't great(currently we have Sarin II with Cancer and 1 Year Old grandson Dokya) and Chipaz has quite decent attribute.

    I formulate some strategy at least. As we are close to our ex-investor Budli, we can try and imprison him! That would allow us to throw him into oubliette to dramatically shorten his lifespan and prevent from making additional heirs. But first we slowly sack through Pomeranian slavic temples, as currently Budli's realm is under war and occupied. Army is also split into two halves.


    kWxTNK3.jpg

    More sponsored conversion flavour.

    So ends the rest of year, with Sarin II not getting any medical treatment (probably because our healing expert is sick himself?). During last december days we get the event showed above. Not sure if it is due to sum of recent conversion and being on Theology focus or just due to conversion. I can't become Zealous. Trait will ban Daniel from Warrior Lodge.

    Year 886
    ======================

    I start new year with checking on wellbeing and fortunes of our Greek sponsor. While his health doesn't give good prospects (64 y.o. Strong, Stressed, Infected with Taking it easy while on Family Focus which gives him 0 Health modifier), he at least has now 350 gold coins to his name. So he should be able to bill various gifts for us including monetary transfers or building temples inside our realm.

    Raiders are done with Leczyn tribe on left bank of river Elbe and move onto Luneburg. So far Orthodox moral authority rised to 64% with only 4% of it thanks to our raiding efforts. The other army moves onto Hamburg to pay our ex-investor a visit. We hope for for taking him as prisoner via sacking. Finger crossed.

    In March we get visited ourselves in Perm by Svetitskhoveli raiders. They get to meet Army of the Steppes at full (2700) strenght. I pause for moment to review geopolitics of our region and notice that our nemesis (Uracic Khan under khazars) settled into Transoxiana and thus lost ability to reinforce his event troops. He is down to 4200 troops (825 being event related) from close to 10.000 IRC. Finally...

    xHp9qSq.jpg

    World overview in year 886. White khazaria - Uracic khan that ate Persian Nestorian Shahdoms. Also Pechenegs went independent, which also works.

    Before winter ends we destroy another slavic temple in Luneburg. Then in the first month of April theology focus event (finally) fires. Instantly putting king Daniel before hard choice. I have to choose between cynical (doubling our MTTH for seclusion events), zealous (halving our MTTH for seclusion events but kicking us out of warrior lodge) or +100 piety with 30% chance at depressed (we are already stressed). What a bountiful choice :D". I take my shot at depressed and miss it. UFF! I also lock onto southern nomads army marching to raid Tynea tribe. I expect quick battle due to having close to 3:1 numbers advantage and solid commander. My expactations soon are fully realised, and intruders are sent home.

    Summer marks another won flyting against best opponent in followers of Otso. I keep ransoming to pass 15.000 coins landmark. Siege of Hamburg also comes to an end. It did cost us quite a few people (it has feudal castle and we pounced on it with smaller part of our expedition). Most importantly - we didn't manage to kidnap Budli.

    We keep raiding in the vicinity. Another nomad group enters Khlynov tribe (just west of Permian High Chiefdom) and once again our "border guard" is sent to show to point them towards exit. Those 1000 Nomads host don't prove much challenge, as we break them within 3 days. Even though one of commanders arranged narrow flank while performing Swarm tactic, we still lose 160 men for their's 261. It is much better result than past accustomed us to.

    I spot something peculiar. While checking on Sarin II (no changes in his health) he did took 2 concubines with red blood droplet in their portrait. Both are daughters of nephew Kuaz from Vidyava "the Heavenly" side of Permyakid family - Azra-Va and Vidyava. The second girl takes after her grandmother as she is Brawny, Giant, Shrewd, Ambitious, Brave and Temperate Fortune Builder. What a specimen of a woman! Sadly no offspring on the horizon.

    PP914mP.jpg

    Another monumet province modifier for prestige/piety? Right? RIGHT?

    By October our steward offers to build monument. Upon carefully checking his traits - turns out not to be proud but is ambitious. Why? Because I was confused and thought we already had this event during this reign. Thus I was thinking about different outcome related to Lunatics/Proud tribal stewards. Still I went with it.

    As our sieges around Holstein continue, Daniel starts November with some abdominal pains. As our Court Physician fails to provide relief to what he calls "early stages of dysentery", we decide to organise a feast. Which is a new decision available to Christians. Why you ask? Well it has some desired potential traits such as Gregarios and more importantly - Just (that could improve our Stewardship). Also we are in possesion of 2 different culinary books, which allows us to skip on hiring cooks, so why not use it? Then we have to hire some entertainment and soon our steward pops up warning us that part of our castle need renovation. Castle is quite the claim, given that we have only Wooden Hillfort (level 2) in our capital. Probably due to age of this event chain it wasn't fixed after. It isn't big deal. Another symptom manifests as diarhea. So Court Physician is called again, but despite being Scholarly Theologian with 18 Learning can't help us. It takes him until 3rd try as we get fever to finnally confer us +2 health from good treatment modifier. We also get an option to use book "Modest Measures" to cook and get 20 prestige for 10 gold (for comparison regular options provides 10 prestige for 20 gold at most and 10 gold for 0 prestige).

    Rest of year is spent on waiting for sickness to fully manifest, while partying with most of our vassals. We also finish with siege of Bremen and move onto Atlantic coast.

    Year 887
    ======================

    After little managment of raiders abroad and checking on our Moral Authority (up to almost 75%; partially thanks to Greeks figuring out ownership of 3rd holy site), dysentery finally arrives. I decide on safe regular treatment (we can do extreme but don't feel like we need it). Seems like our physician needed long warm-up because he provides succesful treatment. It offset -4 Health modifier by +2. Maybe I should decide on extreme measures?

    By 18th of February we finish siege of Hannover. Also our advisor high chief of Votyaki dies. We replace him with nephew Viryay from Mari, which immedietely becomes loyal to our regime. Sadly due to all that commotion as I start raiding France, 12 thousand strong army is not noticed upon arriving. They are almost locked and we can't run out. Battle is imminent. Damn!

    UZ9oSVw.jpg

    French are on their A-game when it comes to border control. Let's hope they won't spread too much and prevent us from having free reign in that part of world

    During battle I decide to immedietely run. That minimizes our losses to 600 men. No sense in trying to fight, as France is too centralized currently for us to tackle with. And we still have a plethora of targets. Also out of curiosity I check who reigns over Franks and it turns out to be Dutch Waldensian king Robrecht II "the Monster" with 16.5 thousand troops. Upon further investigation I spot that many of French king vassals are Dutch and recently replaced. I suspect some uprising took place, as there are still over 2000 of event troops. There is non zero chance, if current dynasty keeps the throne of replacing culture in those lands.

    By Spring I check on our sponsor Basileus and he is still alive! No longer suffers from infection but is severely wounded instead! Still stressed. Has even more money. Not sure why he is not sending us any of them :C. Some sponsor he turns out to be :)".

    Instead we invest some of our free time into reading Orthodox scriptures on our own for some extra piety (992 piety so far). As we have almost the same value in prestige, I decide to invest 300 prestige into Warrior Gathering Grounds III in Udmurts. Time to start slowly investing to avoid dieing with some high prestige number.

    On 16th day of June we destroy another temple (this time Old Germanic one) in Osnabruck while other part of our regrouped army arrives at Paderborn. New event for me takes place. It seems that it is somewhat connected to our sponsored religious conversion and I lose 50 prestige for 100 piety. Few days later we are informed about one of our Suomenusko vassals plotting for High Chiefdom of Veliky Ustug. I can imprison him for this, which I do. And we succeed. So he can plot all he wants from dungeon cell.

    sIQQNib.jpg

    Not exactly happy as some Quality 3 books from that category would prove more useful. But hey at least we have something to show for what we paid

    Noteworthy thing happens in autumn. Daniel finish writing his book and it rolls on: "The Komi Language Volume IV". Don't ask what happened to previous tomes. No one knows. It is our 4th book but most likely the first to change as despite being of highest quality it provides us just extra prestige. Maybe sometimes it will make inviting someone easier/possible at all. At least with that we didn't totally waste gold. Looking up Daniel prestige gain, mistake is noticed. There is +10% Ancestral Monument bonus listed. Which means, that our steward currently is working on... his own monument most likely >.>. So despite being still somewhat rusty my gut feeling was right!

    Paderborn temple falls by third week of August and we move south. Not many ransoms I'm afraid. Our theology event chain starts as we get two +1 Learning modifiers. One is temporary, other permament. I hope once we advance through that modifier event chain (which won't give us lifestyle as we already have one), other events will fire. Destressing would be nice. But that assuming that our old king will keep on living. Then some really nice and rare event fires!

    11IAC4B.jpg

    Reason for which I was enthusiastic about Orthodoxy prevailing over Iconoclasm. For obvious reason we would not get this event otherwise :)

    Originally I noted here to check on that event in game file. I was hoping for it to be repeatable for potential of stacking Stewardship. Together with ward events we would have potential of increasing offspring stewardship by up to +4, which should start compounding after few generations. But then I checked event file and as I was suspecting this event also sets special event flag on characters it fired for, which prevents them from ever benefiting from it again. MTTH isn't bad = 600 months and Zealous cuts onto it. For Stewardship we want Just. Shouldn't prove to be difficult to keep getting it on every ruler.
    Also +1 Stewardship currently gives us another 0.9x modifier for prosperity (as we reach 16 stewardship). Sadly once we get rid of Dysentery which doesn't affect that score, we also will lose +2 from good treatment.

    By September our marshal improves one of commanders he found by giving him Siege expert. It's a nice coincidence because person in question has 20 in martial. My next move is to try securing Veliky Ustug high chiefdom for Sarin II, which is currently belonging to Kya's son Dokya. Ural high chiefdom is made as replacement and offered but it doesn't change the split. Forgot to count the titles before. So it seems there will be some "vassal extraction" operation going on, once we decide to secure Budli fortune.


    NbDpqy7.jpg

    Different type of steward-monument event. Was right about Ancestral monument already happening. Still didn't get punished!

    I'm also proven wrong (but this time to my benefit) on steward building monument. Turns out to be one granting us extra one-time prestige. Not bad! With all that extra prestige Warrior Gathering Grounds are started in all remaining tribes (Tynea, Pilva, Kolva). Leaving us with just 200 prestige.

    During November long afternoons, king Daniel has reflection about his life. While walking through garden he notices someone and invites him to come closer, which grants him 20% chance at getting Gregarious. We don't get another trait but this is not the end. This is some monk on pilgrimage named Kichay. He is Mastermind Theologian, Shrewd and Fatigued. I offer him place in my castle for time being. It turns out to be event more familiar to me xD:

    kguN1N0.jpg

    Total suprise! Had it previously but completely forgot about it now. Well... best of luck to Daniel I guess.

    We play! We having nothing to lose and maybe we survive a little longer. Still won't be terrible to die now, as most of our pressing matters were resolved in previous years.

    Year 888
    ======================

    I don't remember all the details of this event. I take black pieces (which seems correct), then play aggresively and it isn't going well. We only have 25% chance for good move by playing fair while having 67% for cheating succesfully - so of course I will try to cheat death :D"

    And we succeed! With that we improve our chances. Then comes the deal. We can risk life of Sarin II (who has cancer). This is a no-deal sadly. Even if he won't live for long, he might father another talented ruler. Daniel also is sick and lived for almost 70 years - there is little keeping us alive. So the offer is declinedr and then just as my game closes the death wins! King Daniels dies!

    SFgbGxM.jpg

    Well the outcome was rather expected. To best of my knowledge you do need perfect chain of event steps to win your life

    At this place I want to do a little review of our sponsored conversion. After writing this part I did analyse the whole event chain and we did miss on a lot of goodies. Those events we had were already part of possibilities and sadly we didn't roll either financial gifts (+100 gold), creation of temples in county without them (we have 5) and further conversions of pagan county (similar to Monastics). What's more those are not limited so they could keep firing. While we did decline some of them, they kept firing and I have seen nothing that would indicate not going all in would end the whole event chain. Partially they are limited by sponsor wealth - they need 300 gold for building us temples. We had potential for 5 churches - equivalent of 2500 gold coins. Seems like it is really worth it to find young sponsor and convert early so you can keep getting those events as tribal. Unlucky :/

    Pw42xW3.jpg

    Our 5th Ruler and 3rd King of Perm. Fantastic skills but poor health.

    So we take over as Sarin II. First I have to rebuild our council, which I do with our vassals for time being. Sometime (during that whole chess incident) Finnish investor Pyry died and he had around 200 gold that we inherited. Our nephew Dokya didn't proclaim independence, but we lost all our tributaries. So we once again are in race. First order of business is to disband levies in western Europe. We also have 2 new tribes as Sarin II inherited Khantia and Yamalia tribe from his brother Kya. Writing of another book is instantly selected. We are on administration related focus with same education trait. Should be fine. But isn't. Once again I have every option... beside the economic one. I don't know why game keeps excluding that. RNG?

    I instantly decide to declare holy war for Bolgharia. With it we will cut Svetitskhoveli khagante in half, preventing Khazars from grabbing most of bolghar steppes and preventing future incursions into Perm itself. Some quick purchases in Followers of Otso are made using renown (special commander trait and extra lodge commander). Also -150 piety as Orthodox members learning secrets of Suomenusko warrior lodge. Our current Patriarch Mstislav with 21 learning is sent to our biggest non-christian vassal to convert him (he has currently 64% yearly chance for subject conversion).

    We quickly pounce on both raiders in our borders and then nomad horde of Alabuga. We rack enough warscore with Army of the Steppes by March through battles to be almost halfway done. By storming their capital we bring holy war to a quick conclusion before end of May, without any major engagments.

    BaNZPJ3.jpg

    First expansion into strickly steppes. Start to spreading our civilization southward. Also ducal level holy wars help with culture conversions.

    First order of business is to order constructions of lvl 1 Earth Hillforts for over 120gold total. Why? Because those nomads lands due to their modifier will become independent - if we die without building at least 2 structures inside their tribes. Now I can start ransoming as we quickly gathered close to 100 Prisoners (worth close to 500 gold coins :D). So this war was profitable. Decision to invite (generate out of thin air) nobles for 9.2 gold is clicked six times to gather 4 new tribe administrators with at least 15 stewardship (to max culture conversion spread from adjecent counties/conversion to conquest culture). Now I give each of them 30g before making them chiefs. Why you ask? Because without gold they will either indebt themselves by generating councilors through decisions or spend it on other things and by doing that start accumulating negative province modifiers. And given that they have many attributes below 8, fixing those modifiers after paying their debt won't become possible. So better prevent than repair. At the same time we give away extra holdings, going under our limit (8/9) once again. This will become our default modus operandi for future reference. We will be able to keep replacing them as long as needed (as they are not part of our family for us to care).

    ykKB8O0.jpg

    Cheap generatiom of skilled characters to maximize chances of culture*religion conversions. With some gifted gold as precaution.

    Soon after unpausing, new jewish spymasters shows up. This is such a classic occurence while playing many organised religions. I plan on utilizing Jews heavily and definetely won't be throwing them out. While it could generate some extra gold (especially as poor tribal), it also removes technology points via events and (most importantly) Jewish settlement modifiers from prosperity. Not worth it in the long run -> it takes far too long to collect those modifiers. We obviously employ him. Many jewish councillors can grant extra technology events through their diaspora events. Spymaster provides military tech points. He is sent to Thrake to fish for technology points, while our Chancellor is sent to Khlynov chief to butter him enough for us to demand conversion, without having to sent our currently busy court chaplain.


    sOfLQXf.jpg

    First Mosad operative in Perm. I wonder how long will it take us to collect enough to stuff whole council. Funny we can have both jewish Chancellor/Steward/Spymaster and corrupt non-jewish Marshal/Patriarch. Maybe even jewish corrupt Marshal?

    Still in Summer we defend against locked onto us Svetitskhoveli raiders, then civil war errupts in remains of their khaganate. Brilliant. New top khan will break truce timer between our realms. Meaning we can have a go at them again! Also before end of June, wife of High Chief of Zyriane converts due to our Patriarchs, which will probably increase our chances at quicker conversion of that biggest Suomenusko vassal within our borders (as some conversion are triggered by spouse).


    TR1e8GQ.jpg

    Suomenusko are persistent if nothing. Won't complain about extra opportunity to prove Orthodox superiority :)

    There isn't a moment to lose, as day later Suomenusko uprising shows up in Ural. Over 8000 troops So we muster again. Then day later our steward proposes trading expedition. I was waiting for this, so I go with it. The sooner we are done, the sooner we can move onto other focuses and with Cancer we definetely don't have time to waste. Then day after (3rd July) ex-investor Budli dies, and his son (our vassal inherites). It goes according to plan so now Hambourg is part of our realm. But... he has only over 800 gold and no one else got that huge 1900 gold coins. Not sure, if Budli did spent so much or it got somehow lost due to inheritance but I checked everyone that came to mind and there is no trace of that gold. :<

    In August our Patriarch converts vassal chief of Vym under High Chief of Zyriane to dominant religion, as he was in place while performing his marshal duties. Bad luck counters this as our recently converted spouse of targeted rulers dies. So we make 2 steps forward and 1 back.

    O7zjYTF.jpg

    Classic rite of passage in Perm. Perfected even!

    Trade Expedition event unfolds, and by spending just 15g I manage to improve opinion of Sarin II in eyes of... khazarian vassal Yabhgumakh khagan. Then as per tradition, I piss off my expedition members and mediate some argument regarding religion thanks to high learning. We secure thus 3 successes: new friend, improving education level (Sarin II becomes Fortune Builder!) and overall event chain success. Not only do we recuperate our initial investment but triple it (after including donation from priest we took along). With Fortune Builder we further improve our odds at prosperity events by 0.9x modifier for MTTH :).

    cWuMhsN.jpg

    I really like this event for how reliable it is. If only it could persist upon changes of played characters and we could stack our whole duchy with Trade routes

    As our retinues and levies gather in Udmurts tribe, paganic rebels after splitting and trying to chase some small vassal forces, join again and storm Ural tribe walls. By the time they are done with their task I have 8000 warriors in Ural mountains and both Retinues just county away from merging (giving us around 12.000 men give or take).

    Now it is high time for Sarin II to change his hobbies. We already took what was needed from Business and didn't pay price for it (stressed). It is not the most difficult choice given circumstances but for clarity sake let's describe what and why won't be taken.
    - Rulership focus would provide chance at Ambitious and Just as well as upgrading our 3 administration education to final level. But. Stressed/Depressed. I would rather not have those while having Cancer at the same time. Midas Touched is also more of luxury, as is ambitious (we already are maxed on MTTH for prosperity from Stewardship/Learning). Arbitrary/Just can be taken care of through Christian yearly "organise feast" to best of my knowledge.
    - War focus won't be our pick either because I don't think Sarin has long lifespan to go on huge conquering spree.
    - Family beside extra health and fertility doesn't provide enough.
    - Scholarship would be nice for lifestyle and technology points but, we are really in tight spot to take it now.
    - Similarly Hunting would help to prolong Sarin II life, but doesn't help our current problems.
    What are those problems I keep mentioning? Lack of Heir. So Seduction is priority pick, as it helps with concubines and allows us to bed really frequently. Another form of race against time (and Cancer).

    I also spent some time on finding ideal future mother for our offspring. I find 26 y.o Quick and well groomed candidate. Let's hope forr best and put our hopes in her.

    s5j9ybJ.jpg

    Visigothic noble lover for long cold winters. Maybe finally permian genetic program will take off.

    I brave myself and hit "Seek Treatment" button. We go with medium but safe option and... Luckily roll well treatment confering +2 health and all stats for 5 years to counteract -3 health from cancer. Now I feel slightly more secure. I also have to double back our retinues, because one of our previous nomad invaders roll to sack Bolghar tribe (in which we are currently constructing, and sacking means cancellation).

    Early november comes and we arrive too late. Also those were not Svetitskhoveli khaganate. They were some khazarian vassals. So we will have to deal with that as we are now direct neigbhours. Maybe I don't want to move my cavalry retinue task force. I definetely have to rebuild that earthen hillfort. Also our armies amassed in Udmurts into 11.000 strong force,, as rebels are on route to take over whole duchy of Ural. I'm trying to move onto Perm but not sure if we can push onto them in winter.

    Sadly turns out I was right to worry, as our supplies in Kol'va where I'm moving are just close to 7 thousands. So instead of fighting I decide to start picking up on our new love interest.

    Year 889
    ======================

    Sadly as soon as rebels arrive in Kolva they decide to assault it. Goddammit. We were 6 months away from finishing another building. Luckily for me it turns out that unlike sacking, our construction is not lost. I still decide to march onto them to stop that madness. By end of January civil war in Svetitskhoveli khaganate ends unsuccesfully. So we won't be able to rapidly snatch another duchy from them. Not that currently it is possible.

    DXv69XP.jpg

    Another reactionary pagan uprising. Taught by previous failures we consolidate before dealing with lightly armored rebels

    We engage Suomenusko believers in Kol'va on 9th of February. It starts nicely as with our commanders we roll shieldwall on flanks and volley in center, while enemy has Harass/Volley/Feint. Even with that and their narrow flank, we are taking 76 losses and inflict 152 upon them. The whole ordeal ends with us losing 522 men and killing almost 3000 pagans. Rebels vanish and I quickly end rebelion to avoid spawning of additional rebel troops. Immedietely-after levies are disbanded to avoid any attrition for retinues inside that army.

    Meanwhile Udmurts tribe finished Warrior Gathering Ground III, increasing it's base heavy infantry number by +15. Our infantry retinue also moves towards Vologda, to be able to react to any raiding on that front, potentially trying some subjugations later? Must think about it. We could also start "5 years of prosperity" ambition now, as we won't be fighting old Bolghars for almost 10 more years. I like that line, so time to pick prosperity ambition. We also have few seduction attempts that fail.

    During May we discover (via rumours) that our loyal nephew Viryay of Mari has quite a sexual taste in men. Only threaten him to stay out of factions. He agrees. Quickly after that we succeed in our first seduction attempt, but no succesful roll for any benefit is recorded. I also do observe some Pechenegs declaring war of conquest for single Svetitskhoveli county. 2nd seduction follows and now, Sarin II gets initial lifestyle modifier: Aspiring Seducer for +15 Sex Appeal.

    In August Tynea+Pilva finish Warrior Gathering Ground III. Not Kolva, due to previously mentioned taking over by Suomenusko rebels. After it finishes I order Warcamps III in our northern two permian tribes, as I notice they are not maxed there yet. That will provide the most numbers for our forces.

    AGKTcEm.jpg

    Permian technological thought knows no bound. I suspect some snow-specialised chariot :)!

    Our Smart Marshal (Highchief Shyrpuzh of Zyriane that we want to convert) provides us extra technology points via event. I agree (he isn't lunatic which bodes well). After switching to revoltrisk mapmode I see Ural Tribe at (still) 25% revolt chance. Not great. Marshal is sent there to supress rebelions. It reduces it down to 9%, which is more in line with rest of problematic Ural/Bolghar duchy tribes that are around 13%. 3 out of 4 newly settled tribes in steppes finished their first building. I wait on Bolghar tribe to order another round of buildings and thus get locals under our control.

    Day before novembers rolls in, we finally impregnate our seduction Visigothic lass. After that as I keep ransoming, I also throw another feast. Between all those and seducing pregnant (!) lover I have more than enough things to click through. Among all those preparations, Bolghar tribe finishes it construction. Warcamps I are ordered throughout the 4 newly Permian'ed lands. Also our Jewish spymaster triggers technology event, granting us additional 50 culture technology points.

    8VG2ksS.jpg

    We love to see it! The more the merrier! One step at the time we will make those lands really productive

    Chimgi nomads arrive in Yamalia (across Ural mountains) and most importantly our Crown Focus fires offering us 6th holding slot in Perm. We obviously take it! I decide to keep Crown Focus on Perm even though we have all the holding slots we need here. Mostly because their % chance is lower than province modifiers that are only partially collected. Also no other county beside Perm has reached Prosperity III so we can't start working on other place yet. And yes I do realise that losing Kolva to rebels wiped out prosperity progress. Well you win some, you lose some.

    Before end of year luck smiles on Sarin II twice. First we make friend in one of new chiefs in Bolgharian steppes. Second: one of our vassals oversteppes bounds during another feast giving us what I was hoping for - chance to imprison him, becoming Just (overriding Arbitrary) by upseting him. No brainer decision, and with it we are currently looking 24 Stewardship and 19 Learning while on Seduction focus! We are also at exactly 5 traits and what traits are those! Patient, Diligent, Brave, Just, Deceitful. We may get Lustful from Seduction but hey - it ain't bad so far. With that great luck we also won't have to keep spending on that decision. Great investment overall :). Imprisoned vassal is almost instantly ransomed for extra 70g, as even with his angry negative modifier, he probably won't cause problems. In the end feast more than paid for itself in more ways than one. Good God how I love being Catholic :). And then our Marshall finishes armored chariot granting us extra 50 military points.

    xWYdLHR.jpg

    Christian feast decision are really great. Gregarious/Just are great traits and if you are currently plotting you can even get extra chance at pressing your claims!

    Year 890
    ======================

    Our border forces are spread too far and Chimgis sack Mansia tribe. Seems like we might need more troops. What's worse our borderguards from Kostroma that were halfway through, now have to backtrack as some 3000 khazarian nomads showed in Kostroma (trying to get fort and tribe belonging to our nephew Dokya). But more importantly by March another of those events fires:

    5ZKlS1l.jpg

    Beginning of Jewish diaspora in Perm. Definetely most important prosperity province modifier for this AAR

    Not gonna lie. That rate is pretty good. +25% City tax will also play huge role later. After wondering what to do, I decide to station our infantry retinue in southern part of high chiefdom of Perm (Tynea tribe), from which it will react to both south and east raiding attempts. Our Army of Steppes is moved onto Kostroma. Let's see if we can deal with slightly bigger nomad force. I also construct forts in Bolgharia to buy us more time.

    In June first bastard of Sarin II is born. Sickly boy, without hint of intelectual brilliance. We denounce him. Soon our physician succesfully treats him. But there is no moments to lose as another rebelion pops up. This time on our lands (Kolva) due to religious unrest spreading from Ural, but those aren't pagans. Those are peasants - whole 10.000 of them.

    We gather our troops and call for aid from our vassals. As I watch 3d models marching on map, we get notification about 4th sponsored conversion - this time it one county Carantanian High Chief (located between Bavaria and Pannonia), who embraced Orthodoxy. I'm not suprised as our current MA is really high (89.7%) but I suspect he will soon lower it (with being holy warred to death by surrounding Slavs).

    Siege events helps us slightly by killing % of besieging Kolva tribe rebels with disease in camps. Still we are just about to move out against them.

    As time progresses to September few things occur simultaneously. We unsuccesfully try to fend off khazarian 3000 raiders (we get really close to their last flank but we can't overcome them in melee and our Commander rolls Hesistant commander tactic which is bad). Our Giant, Brawny concubine Vidyava becomes pregnant, as Sarin II succesfully beds his lover again to become lustful (further increasing his fertility) and our troops are about to clash with rebels in Kolva.

    mbAhGuP.jpg

    They could get a grip... We just dealt with one rebelion in this region

    For some reason we stopped rolling Feint tactic (our best option) and almost exclusively keep rolling Shieldwall non-stop from quite some time ago. This fight is not different as we roll 3x Shieldwall against rebel tactics of Feint, Shieldwall and Harass. It ain't bad but the % chances are the same, so it would be nice from time to time to roll them with Feint powered Light Infantry part of our forces. We win and put an end to another uprising (but it still counts a sminor uprising so no new modifier). AI is also taking us apart from many sides as currently beside Khazars there are 2750 Pechenegs in Bolgharia and 1000 Chimgi raiders in Ural. I can beat them, but I can't get to them in time. Cheeky nomads!

    It seems I'll have to beat Pechenegs and Khazars in turns to stop them rampaging through our lands. Will take some time and for time being they will damage our vassal lands. But the rivalry for those lands is unofficialy in full swing.

    Year 891
    ======================

    Year starts as we go towards Bolgharian tribe to save what we can from our previous investments. Luckily while Pechenegs equiped with Siege Commander sack another tribe, they don't manage to destroy anything built there. By the time they think about escaping I outmanouver them and organise our troops in way to maximize our delivered punishment for their transgressions.

    Mgat2XG.jpg

    Finally Feint tactic. Look how much damage are they doing on that. Poor Pechenegs are on receiving end of our fury!

    For once we roll Feint under commander with Winter Soldier and Flat Terrain Expert. We absolutely roll them inflicting over 50 casualties a day! The fight ends rapidly with 72 casualties for 802 raiders. More importantly it should give us few years of respite from them! MAybe even they will rethink future incursion into Perm.

    Meanwhile son from concubine is born - welcome Dobrinya Permakid!. He is sickly as well, and doesn't inherit Quick trait. But with that we have at least heir&spare. I keep trying with our Quick paramour (that should provide us 30% chance at Quick offspring if I remember correctly). We decide on regular baptism (no trait) for him, as our army moves onto some bigger Khazarian vassal fighting with remnants of Bolghars to preemptively stop them from raiding us (just in case as we are close).

    As our Dobrinya gets treated well by doctor, rare and not known to me event fires. I get +0.25 Health (not a modifier visible in character menu) by being patient and choosing between eating less or drinking less. It is nice, as it combats our Cancer problems. Also we catch Jaedbertins who have hired 1400 extra troops and quite big battle occurs.

    Z6GEOJi.jpg

    One at the time we can deal with them. While those didn't commited any sacking yet, my opinion is "If you can, smash them first".

    This time we aren't as dominating as we roll shieldwall but at least they roll even worse tactics (3x Generic Skirmish). 270 dead for 1270 killed ain't bad. Now we can move further west and punish raiders of Vologda and Mari tribes (they also sacked our Orthodox temple - monsters!). At the same time our replenishing Army of Steppes is exacting revenge upon Chimgi-Turans.

    Manarid raiders with red stallion upon lightblue shield return into Galich Mersky, the moment our troops were already marching there. I get another bedding success and get notification for writing a book. Chance to improve quality - I decide once again to take Vomiting. It takes few days to pass, so we get away with it.

    By September Kolva finally finishes it's Warcamp III. I currently lack prestige (just 478) to order last levels of that building in both northern tribes so nothing new is ordered in that department. I also decide to invite some movement speed commander. It helps us move onto raiders in Mari before defenders are starved.

    By November upon multiple attempts Ermengardis becomes pregnant again. This time it is Difficult pregnancy though.

    4UhsSvb.jpg

    And with that we should have few years of relative border peace. As long as they keep coming in turns I can police the steppes pretty well

    We catch them just in time to relieve besieged and once again roll Shieldwall instead of Feint. Shame. Really wanted to inflict some more pain upon them given we are already fighting in forest terrain. We still handily defeat them and with that we forced some raiding cooldown on all 3 intruders. Sadly we suffered 8 sacking of tribes (2 of them in Bolgharia). So much defending against raiders and rebelions during our "peaceful" period!

    By December nomads are sent packing (200 casualties taken for 600 inflicted) and finally my levies can be disbanded. Marshall is moved to pacify Kolva. It is required due to another 8 months of 9% revolt chance. Remains of Ural unrest.

    Year 892
    ======================

    In January our marshall vanishes. Can't find out what happened. New candidate hails from Greece - Arbitrary, Deceitful and Greedy. As it was some time I don't exactly remember, if Greedy was one of 3 needed traits. I do remember that he can't be craven and slotfhul. So it works. Not great that he has only 3 Martial but we will have to do with it. Also not sure when, but we have 18180 gold coins in treasury. Also our vassal (Budli son) once again has close to 2000 gold coins instead of 800. Not sure, if game is glitching but at least it keeps being playable.

    As soon as new marshal shows up, he is sent to reduce Kolva revolt risk from 5% to 2%. At least something! Then 500 strong Alpid Khazarian raiders show in Bolghar tribe. Our Army of Steppe is immedietely sent towards them.

    Spring grants us another of those Orthodox exclusive icon events! The same we had on king Daniel during this very same part.This is really encouraging to be experiencing them so quickly. I will gladly take +1 to stewardship for less than 10 gold.

    High time to leave Warrior Lodge. I plan to become part of different society to maximize our short term gains. As Sarin II is also really great prosperity improver I would rather not risk it promotion duels with followers of Otso.

    By May another raiders are sent packing. Then another bastard child from Visigothic lover is born. This time more healthy than his predecessors but also not quick. I do acknowledge him as Bastard, just in case. Some weeks later our previously imprisoned vassals dies.

    Upon many more seduction encounters I do level up my modifier to 'Seducer' (+1 Intrigue and +30 Sex Appeal), trying to get my target pregnant again. Not sure why do I bother as I'm Gavelkind now. With Dobriniya as heir. Well I can keep at it for time being as I have nothing better to do. Beside joining Monastic Society - Community of Saint Basil.

    YNFSABP.jpg

    First time in Monastic society for that dynasty. At least we don't risk initation duels.

    Why you ask? We can become Celibate and thus getting control over heir production but also we can confer some stat bonuses for Dobriniya as his guardian. Soon after we join another event fires that lets us choose between chance at Content, stealing artifact with chance for Ambitious or paying 50g. This time we pay but in few years we can try to improve our artifact collection. Some christian artifacts are really tasty.

    Upon another succesful bedding attempt we roll for final success and can choose between Master Seducer and Hedonist. I take neither. We do get the nickname "the Leecher" though. Kinda bad, as I followed safe seduction route with flirting and wasn't catched even once on it. Such are nicknames.

    By September we get mission for doing secluded penance. This ain't bad actually. I'm at -133 piety and would want some, if we are to try inheriting that norse investor fortune. Also opportunity to get rid of Sarin only negative trait - lustful. I'm far more keen on loosing it now on success than losing any other trait beside deceitful. Oh. Forgot about it. So either of those can go.

    As our Giant concubine decides to try and murder us, we ask her if she could not (she agrees). Then it turns out I didn't waste my 50g in monastics previously, as we get quite a nice 5 year modifier

    Z7B6XeC.jpg

    Was not aware I was buying anything beside no extra traits with previous choice. Nice!

    Another religious update regarding christianity in western europe is presented. Turns out Catholics are now on top. Not sure why. Upon looking I notice that Dutch king of France converted from Waldensianism to Catholicism and ledgers informs me that Catholic is exactly 1 county over Waldensian. Still it has 0 moral authority, while (now heresy Waldensian) has 65... Not really stable choice. Cathar and Lollard also are strong contenders for mantle of dominant religion.

    Between reading bible, our leecherous king impregnates his favourite girl again. Then our spymaster generates another 50 culture technology points. Next step in mission event from Monastic gives me choice between trying to interpret bible on my own or asking our Permian Patriarch for help with it. Sarin II is quite knowledgeable (19 learning), which grants us just 5% less than realm priest (60-65%). I take the shot and succeed, granting us another non-limit trait as reward. Extra Piety ain't bad either. Just hope it helps with overall mission success.

    gG7pbO5.jpg

    Monastics are fine source of extra learning. Each rank gives +1, Erudite here gives +2, Ward events can grant up to +3 at the time (but randomly)

    By November our monastic mission ask us how to deal with vices. This time I decide on more moderate approach for higher success chance (65% vs 40%) to not waste previous success. If I remember correctly success will remove some vice anyway. Sadly we fail that roll. I hope it won't cost us whole mission.

    Before end of year, some event character comes back to Perm and I can become Kind by welcoming him but I decide against it. I would rather first loose either of my vices than risk Patient/Diligent traits. Most likely we will get Kind sooner or later. Courtier named Setyamka "the Clueless" spawns but he is nothing noteworthy trait and attribute wise. And while Sarin II studies bible more while trying to limit his skirt chasing this part will have to end for now!
     
    • 4Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Part XVI (893-900)
  • Part XVI (893-900)


    Year 893
    ======================

    Another part - another fishing for investors. I find one fantastic lowborn with 1800 gold coins. Other than that I sent invitation to 3 others that have around 400-500 coins to fill my court.


    ulnTg3B.jpg

    First batch of invitation to new Orthodox court.

    As new investors start arriving into Perm, Sarin II makes some progress during his secluded meditation. This is really nice, as I wasn't certain that previous failure wouldn't end the whole event chain. Seems as long as it isn't critical failure associated with other choice (getting rid of your vices for good) we are in the clear.

    By end of January our ruler suspects one of his courtier to be a sodomite with a choice between accusing him or informing everyone. I go with accusation unsure what it entails (tooltips don't provide any information). Few days later concubine Azra-Va Permyakid informs us about her pregnancy. Hm. That can complicate things. Both concubines and wife are under 30 years old. Still can give away our holdings in Siberia (high chiefdom of Yugra), if it becomes necessary. Will have to keep observing the situation. Day before end of first month of 893, our Steward/Court Physician passess away. First new steward is looked up - we have French member of house De Luxemburg (18 y.o, 16 Stewardship, Ambitious but sadly with wife). I also found Greek doctor Anthimos (Scholarly Theologian, Renowned Physician with 16 Learning), because soon I will have to undergo another cancer treatment. Inviting him now will help slowly improve his opinion, which also affects chance of good treatment. Marshal is also recalled from suppresing revolts and after checking rebelion risk (whole kingdom is in the green) sent to Organize Army (to improve commanders and lower slightly reinforcing cost of retinues). Steward once present is sent to "Build Legend" for that extra prestige.

    March starts with another sponsored conversion popup. This time it is some Menschera single tribe chief surrounded by Khazars, who converted to Orthodoxy the same way we did (thanks to single Byzantine tribe inside Khazar domain). Probably will share the fate of previous converted pagan (located between Bavaria and Bulgharia), who became swiftly squashed. Instead of showing that I focus on different big task. We start the first construction of great work!


    oO0PXFh.jpg

    Time to embark on tremendous task of introducing wonders of architecture further north. Luckily they don't require us to be feudal/republic.

    Given how much time each single great works takes to finish and how steep are the price increases for each following great work (which I want to avoid), it is high time for us to embark on such endavour. Really want those for extra holding slot event they provide in each of our capital duchy counties. Starting with Great Library in Udmurts. Why it? Because one of it's features can provide us with book that will further lower construction costs and other feature will improve technology spread, thus Udmurts being south-west of capital will help in technology transfer in that direction.

    Patriarch is recalled and sent to closest of Bolgharian tribes to help with religious conversions (19% chance per year). We need first to christianise them to become eligible to culture conversion. Also previous target (High Chief of Zyriane) just started plotting to fabricate claim on Kingdom of Perm. Which might provide us reason to revoke whole duchy and replace it with non-pagan vassal, further increasing our military might. Another progress in monastic mission shows before end of winter.

    Spring starts with another visigothic bastard of Permian king coming into world. Airmanagildo de Prauia has no traits other than being Bastard. That's three 30% chances that missed for having offspring with Quick trait.


    67fxQOj.jpg

    I keep observing how western catholicism is shaping up due to potential of earning something through Crusades war chest.

    Christians experience further tumult. As Dutch Catholic king of France suffers huge Waldensian uprising, Catholicism tumbles down rapidly in county count... Meanwhile our Jewish spy present us with 50 military technology points thanks to having contacts across europe. After our Visigothic lover recovers from difficult pregnancy, I start seducing her with Sarin II again. Almost instantly leader of community of Saint Basil sends us his acknolegdment of our progress. Oopsie! This reminds me that I no longer need another heir, as I have Dobrinya. But still can't swap focus till October. So we might just to kill some time.


    D8YU0rD.jpg

    Always glad when traits mostly work out. Would prefer not getting Humble but losing Lustful at least doesn't detoriate situation further.

    Sadly contrary to what I was expecting Sarin II becomes Humble instead of getting rid of Lustful/Deceitful. Which means that we are currently at 7(!) traits. Hope it doesn't get rid of Patient/Diligent. Happily few months later, RNGesus hears my prayers and we lose lustful trait! Best possible outcome as I no longer need it and for time being probably won't get more heirs (thanks cancer!).

    In August Azra-Ava's daughter is born. Turns out Sarin II (as he suspected), isn't her father though. I decide to do nothing, as imprisoning our concubine doesn't give us anything and can't imprison her somewhat rich baby daddy (cause he is vassal under our vassal).

    September starts with... another pregnancy! This time it is our Leecher king spouse. I wonder, if she will present us boy or girl.

    At start of October, focus is switched toward Learning. Once again we are embarking on astronomy studies. Want Scholar lifestyle for extra % chances on prosperity events and well technology points both from event itself and thanks to doubling chances of our Spymaster won't hurt.


    SSA0zpj.jpg

    Well didn't take long for our protagonist to turn 180 when it comes perception of physical love.

    Our Leecher soon becomes attracted to his pregnant wife and we have to choose between lustful and chaste (25%). I do not need to gain lustful again and maybe we miss chaste completely? We don't. So once again at 7 traits. At least it will help preventing additional pregnancies and (if I remember correctly) being in monastic society helps not loosing positive traits. Question if Brave/Just count too. Also need to be careful to not become saint material, as getting bloodline now will screw us later.

    Now onto risky subjects. We need to once again undergo health treatment. First I bribe our new Greek court Physician Anthimos (jokingly we can call it private health visit). Still there is important decision to make, about which I ponder long time. Should I go with secure treatment or try extreme (thanks to brave trait) to try getting rid of Cancer. I take the risk it and it backfires. The only good thing is we didn't get amputation but for year we suffer -6 health :/.


    cA7ReCp.jpg

    I know I wanted my doctor to be a busy bee, but I didn't wanted to feel it upon my character skin xD

    Nervously passing days through, we help one of our Bolgharian administrators by telling him that he might be the target of some poison.

    And then we die! Serves me right for being greedy and trying to cure Cancer :D.

    We take over as 2 years old. Let's say it was bound to happen, as I started forgetting how easily one can die. Council is rebuild - we have 1 loyalist, but can't do much about being 8/5 demense size affecting our vassal rating. Soon our Patriarch becomes our Regent and we now we look at 8/7 demense size. Meaning -20 less negative opinion among vassals.

    Year 894
    ======================

    After apppointing to Dobrinya quite decent guardian (Midas Touched + Diligent) I just pass time. High chief of Zyriane plea for transfer of vassal is denied and the time goes on. Let's be real. it will be quite brief part, as there aren't many things that I can now do. It will take up to 13 years before coming out of age. Current focus is just surviving and maybe helping with religion conversion. Oh and getting rid of Sickly. This time without extreme measures.

    By March I realise that there is one thing I can do. Raid. So I raise levies and start organising.

    By April our half-sister from queen Nyumina is born - Pekshayka Permyakid.


    X8C5nRg.jpg

    Finally, our characters fights off his sickly disposition. Won't have to deal with gambling by undertaking health treatment.

    In May we finally become healthy. With that future starts looking up. We can expect another original Sarin-like long reign for our Dorinya. Kinda shame I couldn't confer Monastic ward bonuses to Dobrinya, as now without quick/smart we might struggle to achieve desired values of stewardship/learning. I might (and do) start swaying our guardian. Or I would, if it didn't require being an adult :(.

    Given our not best attributes we only have 5700 levies. That's not enough to raid Abbasids. Seems like I will have to settle for western europe again.


    EF1gaL4.jpg

    Money extraction operation ended in success. That's a lot of gold that went into Permian coffers.

    During summer our rich investor dies thus increasing our treasury by 1800 gold coins. The season of returning nomads starts. First Manarids show in Mari, just as our army is going there. That somewhat complicates things. At the very least I will have to combine both retinues to protect my realm for another 5 years. At worst I won't be able to set up with levies to extract european riches.


    fUHOi2t.jpg

    With each and every nomadic intrusion, my desire to exterminate every single nomad on the map increases.

    First nomadic intruders have poor luck. While they do roll Inspired Defence it won't help much against over 8000 troops (50% Light Infantry) that rolled Feint tactic (+100% Light Infantry Attack, +50% LI Defence, +150% Archers Attack and -50% to attack/defence of heavy infantry/cavalry). But then disaster happens. Our Flank decides to attack narrow flank commander of enemy army and we roll Generic Skirmish thus dealing no significant damage till end of fight. Battle progresses to melee at which we got Powerful charge from enemies and loose 3000 troops for their 200 :/. Goddamit. That was really unlucky as Generic Skirmish has less than 5% chance of firing...

    Another investor dies in October and we climb up to 18.664 coins in treasury. Given that we are now busy I don't spent time for recruiting another person. Might do it later, when we are not having anything better to do.

    In November Mari tribe gets looted. Suprisingly Manarids are not interested in Temple behind tribe and leave.

    By December my troops come back from crushing retreat in Bolgharia. Seems we have first to deal with intruders before embarking on some raiding.

    Year 895
    ======================

    Our Chancellor dies in late January and I try replacing him with high chief od Zyriane to maybe make him like us more. Didn't help as he is also ambitious (which I didn't spot). Even getting rid of his -40 negative relation modifier didn't manage to lower his -100 opinion of Dobrinya at all. Sent him to Constantinopole to catch sickness.

    I regrouped in Bolghar tribe and with 8500 troops move to avenge our previous lose from Manarids. I organize our infantry into single central flank and our cavalry retinues in the right flank (5800-2700 troops). Center is commanded by one-eyed warrior lodge commander Kokshka (21 Martial, Shield of Thundra + Organizer), while Cavalry is under our Lettigallian investor Lammekinus the "Cruel" (12 Martial, Aggresive Leader, Cavalry Leader, Brave)

    On March 10th another battle takes place - this time in Kerzhenets. Starts badly as 2 out of 3 enemy flanks roll narrow flank, and we start with Volley + Generic Skirmish (Volley had 15.2% chance, Gen. Skirm 3.6% and both Shieldwall/Feint 40.5% to illustrate how badly we did last time). Our forces are pitied against Swarm (counters Volley =.=), Disorganised Tactic and Generic Skirmish. This time we do better though and manage to punch through 2 enemy flanks during skirmish before melee unfolds. Final count is 900 ours for 700 nomads (and 5 year truce timer). Not bad. Could be better but I will take it.

    By April our regent is changed from Patriarch to our greek Court Physician. At the same time due to internal strife within Pecheneg Khaganate, their new leader lives on our shared border. Our brave raiders are immedietely sent to pay him a beating... a visit I mean!

    Sadly we don't get anything beside 9.5 gold. Such a pity as emperor rank heirs can be worth a ton. We also get opportunity to strike Jaedbertim nomads that keep fighting with remnants of Svetitskhoveli khaganate. I gladly accept that opportunity, as they were previously trying to sack us.

    6IXw3uS.jpg

    Dealing with nomads one by one. Jaedbertins are hitted pre-emptively second time (funnily enough, they didn't do us harm yet).

    Fight starts positively for us, as our center roll Feint tactic (but cavalry flank still only Generic Skirmish while Harass has almost 77% chance). Enemies roll Volley (on narrow flank), Harass and Volley Harass. We once again defeat both opossing flanks in skirmish and then do a switch-aroo during melee countering advance of nomads with our charge. We lose 900 troops for their 1500. Just after that we spot Pechenegs 3000 looking for vengeance and locked onto us.

    By September we catch them on Bilyar Tribe. Our 7300 against their 3000. Once again we roll Feint and this time also Harass to their Swarm (narrow flank), Harass abd Harass Swarm tactic. So our cavalry counters their cavalry getting extra +200% damage (Harass>Swarm). Fight goes smoothly costing us in the end 470 troops for their 800.

    With that by the time November arrives, we have secured our realm till year 900. But lost almost half of our levies. So not going on far raiding expeditions yet. Also by end of month our council stops being disgruntled at us.

    Year 896
    ======================

    Upon closer inspection I make a new discovery. No matter how good did it look na map, our conversion affected closer to 50% of our vassals instead (as I thought) almost all of them. Now I can see all those zealous pagan vassals hating our orthodox Dobrinya guts.

    As no events fire till march I realise that suprisingly our council is A-ok with idea of waging holy wars. That's changes things considerably. There are big plans for this ruler reign, and the quicker we start the better. The only problem being - I can't give out titles currently. I mean probably. So I can do second best thing. Get eternal concluded war going!

    What do I mean by that? Nothing else than to start building event troops via this exploit. As long as we are at war, troops from Steward/Patriarch tribal missions won't disappear. Which means that we're slowly stockpiling them. Currently we have at least 10 years of nothing better to do. I recall my Patriarch from converting to build Zeal in Perm(we are also at -277 piety because we are losing close to 11 piety/month to reinforce piety based retinues from our Pagan days). What will I do with such power? Nothing good for nomads of course. Plan to utilize those troops to carve out an empire in steppes,. Given recent track record you might understand my current sentiment. The quicker the last conquest for this AAR goes, the more time it leaves for economic managment.

    Soon I'm marching my retinue onto Velsk. Sadly neighbouring Bjarmia also joined. Which means we might need to do slightly more than expected. Ideally I would just capture their only tribe and be done with it, leaving the war icon going.

    In June my jewish spymasters reports stealing tech (regular event). It is 50 extra military points. On 6th that month we fight in Velsk.


    HNTO3Nc.jpg

    Now that I think about I should get into habit of checking for being member of warrior lodge. One thousand event pikes could bleed us dry. But not this time!

    I like to see Feint+Harass while our enemies roll Feint on both flanks but only Generic Skirmish in center. Narrow Flank isn't great but what can you do. We still will have to fight them after that to grind them to dust. Before end of month, we are done. 135 our warriors for their 887. With that and allies on the way I don't even need my own levies (reducing amount of gold in upkeep tremendously). Also I do check and both Steward and Patriarch have 48% yearly chance for raising event troops. Also as currently we have only 2/3 of what Dobrinya's father was able to raise from Perm, it means our event troops will consist higher % of what is inside our retinues (meaning more Light Cavalry).

    By September Velsk tribe is looted. Didn't realize I have my army on raiding stance. Well whatever. Will quickly capture it again. Now with Velsk conquered and battle at 100% warscore I can park my retinues in adjecent Vologda that offers curerently supplies for up to 18.00 troops and just move onto Velsk, whenever defenders army comes back. I also order all allies to hunt enemies, as I don't care much for capturing Bjarmian tribes now.

    On October 5th nomadic tengri rebels rise in Naberezhnye tribe. There is only 3000 of them and they have regular rebel troop composition. So the levies are raised in neighbouring Perm.

    During November I spot warriors of our 12 years old uncle Dokya (High Chief of Ural/Veliky Ustug and Vologda) fighting Velsk tribes in their home. I order my retinues to sweep by, as both sides are fighting evenly 1000 vs 1000. We arrive in time to help allied troops.


    Hw02T9V.jpg

    I must admit it was quite some time since last time I encountered so many rebelions. Was lucky I guess. That said with their increasing strenght (settings) better to pay attention.

    Unlucky in November - our 5200 levies move onto Bolgharia, rebels receive another 3000 troops :/. Might be tricky but I think we can prevail as they don't move to merge. We also have 1200 Heavy Infantry while they don't. Just in case I do consolidate troops into single flank under good commander. Few days later Velsk warriors are cut down to a single men. All allied chiefs are ordered to join with our levies in Tynea as cursed infidels decide to concentrate their forces the moment I threaten attack on one of their detachment. Noticed at least 3000 allied troops already joined gathering of forces in Tynea, which will be enough. Just have to patiently wait and not charge into my doom. Also few days before new year another investor dies meaning extra 500 gold!

    Year 897
    ======================

    Tengri mob is assaulting it's way westward through bolgharian tribes. Wiser for previous experiences I know that we won't lose buildings, thus accumulation of troops in Tynea occurs. By march I have under 1 banner close to 8000 troops so we can move onto Naberzhneye tribe and start re-capturing.

    Throughout the spring we are taking back 3 out of 3 bolgharian tribes. Sadly Velsk neighbour Syrj joins the war so we have to teach him a lesson too. We also manage to catch tengri rebels as they move through Svetitskhoveli remnants (now names something different but can't be bothered to check if the next interaction with them will be their doom ;D).


    0dmU1ZD.jpg

    Rulling steppes with iron hand! Funny enough due to game mechanics previously nomad population quickly forget about horse riding tradition

    Somehow our troops got distributed evenly across all flanks, so the fight was much longer that it was necessary. We manage to get an upper hand in skirmish to move into melee phase and crush our enemies thanks to inflicting around 150 casualties/day while taking only 60. In the meantime our advisor high chief of Votyaki dies and is replaced with Chief Biyar of Izhma (Orthodox and has 23 Intrigue :)). Both rebelion and Syrj tribe relief are done. Levies go home.

    Before I'm able to go towards next step of my new plan, 1000 Svetitskhoveli nomads show up. I raise levies again (to my discontent). I also split retinues near Velsk after capture of Syrj tribe. Cavalry march towards Udmurts tribe under Organiser commander, while infantry is left on standby.

    Sadly by October Naberezhnye tribe is looted (but doesn't lose any building), before it is even possible for me to react to it. This might prove to be an issue later with huge area to defend against not small nomad neighbours.


    cpl4G8p.jpg

    Hoping for Shrewd trait upon coming out of age. Patient ain't bad either and there will be different ways of obtaining Diligent later.

    Finally something regarding development of our child king happens. We can (and we do) make Dobrinya brooding. It can evolve into Just or Wroth - both would not be terrible (Envious is also possible but less desirable). If anyone wondered, decided on Thrift childhood focus (which gives us a chance at Shrewd but also Fussy that can evolve into Patient... Now that I think about it having Patient first may prevent getting Wroth, so increases chances for Just and Envious). Not bad.

    As our armies move to chase off Svetitskhoveli raiders, another Tengri uprising fires up. Meaning another 5000 troops to deal with. Meanwhile I spot that huge Veps to our west lost war to Khazars and is now one of their's tributaries.

    Year 898
    ======================


    jmt70O8.jpg

    That is quite funny. We just dealt with one rebelion. How about 2 more :D?

    Year start with our warriors punishing Svetitskhoveli nomads. They are swiftly dealt with. Then we move to catch Tengri rebels trying to move north. But before we can - another rebelion fires in Naberzhneye where our troops are. As game doesn't permit two same revolts, it becomes a peasant uprising. Good thing our reinforcement are nearby otherwise our 5500 would need to fight 11.000 rebels at once.


    OGXpRFQ.jpg

    Long and hard battle due to all reinforcments that kept arriving and changing tide of battle. Ultimately though it meant our victory was inevitable due to presence of Heavy Infantry. Always unique moment when having Heavy Infantry feels like "technological" advantage.

    Initially we win nicely against peasant force, but once they are joined by tengri uprisers situation is reversed, only to be saved by arrival of rest of our army. Finally it is over 10.000 troops permians versus the 6000 rebels at most. Enemies did themselves no favours with prolonging battle into melee. We end the battle loosing 2000 troops for over 5000 rebels. While both rebelions are instantly ended, it isn't the end of my worries. Given those tribulation Manarids raid us again. Ok game - WTF? I just defeated them 3 years ago. Did they change ruler to break that timer? No they didn't... So the AI cheats :/. So while our troops (2800) move onto them (1666), I also declare holy war for Svetitskhoveli because turns out my Council believes that I can handle enemies, defeated moment ago :). I fully share that assesment.


    mXw0T14.jpg

    Not sure why they are allowed to do it. Some things seem fishy with AI (remember Taid Emirate that kept being invulnerable to our raiding attempts?)

    My retinues defeat Manarids cleanly. As you can see our commander-investor having such cool helmet means he is high in his Band of Medina warrior lodge. Boy does he not dissapoint. What is dissapointing is that we still didn't get single event troop :/.

    In May after storming Svetitskhoveli capital holy wars ends with our total victory. That was last duchy missing from de jure kingdom of Perm. As previously I generate 2 new nobles for 14g, roll nicely (21/17 Stewardship) and give them 30g. Then my council approves giving them titles and thus we have 2 new administrators of those lands. Sadly all that rebel business costed us 2 previously landed chiefs in Bolghar and Bilyar tribes. Will have to swap them later to replace those kids.


    xskNR9j.jpg

    Not often can I wage holy wars during regencies. Definetely something to remember.

    Before I can move onto rest of bolgharian nomads I have to ransom one of their khagans. He has 110 gold but needs 385 to ransom himself. I click to grant him what he needs (ending on 387g) to get most of what he has back through ransom, then declare holy war on him. As our army gets in position, our beloved Chimgi-Turans loot Sibir. Can't be everywhere at the same time :/.

    Sadly our Council now doesn't want to allow additional holy wars. I order construction of earth hillforts from my own pursue in two newly acquired tribes and move retinue south to protect those investments.

    Upon observing how our chiefs are doing, I notice that the furthest tribe east of Perm (Ashli) not only did convert towards our religion but also culture. Nice! It is important for tribals as they get rather big penalties for levies when culture/religion don't match(-25% levies modifier for each).

    Having nothing better to do I'm moving towards cheeky Chimgi-Turans, who by arriving at Ural tribe invoked my wrath. Maybe we can holy war them :>? Wouldn't think about it without their intervention. Now they will have only themselves to blame for. But turns out - that won't be the case. Both pragmatist (who disagree with waging more than single war) and glory hounds (for whom target is too weak) don't agree on another war declaration.

    In December our retinues don't manage to deal with half as many Chimgi-Turans. Forgot Ural has mountain and the game punished me with double narrow flank. Now wait - it is listed as Arctic. So I was wrong and was just unlucky. Extra so, as both enemy commanders didn't have narrow-flank traits.


    xz0jpi3.jpg

    One of worst military defeats in recent in game years. We just got rolled on those narrow flanks after flabby skirmish phase

    Year 899
    ======================

    Levies are raised and I give chase. Before I can catch them - another peasant revolt occurs - this time in converted Ashli tribe that has 34% revolt risk! So here we go again. Seems like locals are not happy with recent change in customs. Still worth it for the long run.

    Meanwhile on Velsk front we are chasing off various small Suomenusko tribes that joined. Would be nice, if we got any event troops for our troubles. So far we missed 6 basically coin flips in a row. Funny how pagan defensive bonus (+80% units defense) seems to be a non-factor in all those fights.

    By June our investor from Band of Medina dies. Turns out he was in possesion of Axe of Perkunas (Quality 5 Romuva artifact), that we couldn't inherit. That would make for 2nd different pagan religion quality 5 artifact that we got without trying, while failing in getting our own. Didn't even noticed. But we did inherit his wealth. In the meantime our son of ex-investor spent huge chunk of his money on building temple in his county. That works for us too. Will have to retrieve that later. He won't build another temple, because his county had only 2 holding slots, both now occupied (tribe+temple). Then our spymaster provides us with another 50 culture technology points.


    FnUZSUU.jpg

    Rebels trying their hardest to cause as much pain. Not on my watch though. We massacre those fools even with having to cross the Kama river.

    We catch enemies across river and roll nicely - shieldwall. Even if we are not inflicting as much damage now as possible, as long as we make it into melee against non independence revolt (containing heavy cavalry), we are fine. Enemies roll shieldwall, Generic Skirmish and Volley. They don't make it toward melee phase, as enemies run away and yet another rebelion is put down. With that we should be fine (finger crossed?). Most of those revolt risk modifiers should vanish within 2 years max, and currently rebelion chance went from 34-26% to 11-6% per year for each of affected counties.

    By September both Bakshira and Belaya tribes finished earthen forts, so I order Warcamp I for 100 prestige (twice). With that Nomad agitation will be dealt with (for as long, as neighbouring Pechenegs don't destroy it during looting).

    In second week of October we pass 19.000 gold milestone. Our short reign penalty also diminished so far from -14 to -4. No intrigues that would endanger us happened so far, so it should be fine.

    Rest of the year is spent observing new AI chief behaviour and I notice that for some reason they focus on getting commanders before filling their councils, which is quite bizaire (as Commanders require some prestige while Nobles cost only gold).

    Year 900
    ======================


    56quR8V.jpg

    Always nice to know how those events look from child side. Let's pray it becomes Shrewd for that great +2 to all attributes.

    New year starts fantastically - another childhood trait event. We get option for Curious and we take it no questions asked. Curious has chance of becoming Shrewd! Which counts as "inteligence" trait for prosperity events, giving us 0.9x MTTH modifier (which is good). And who doesn't like +2 to every stat, that is immune to becoming removed via "over the limit" trait mechanic?


    N9zbdxk.jpg

    Age of Vikings went without much impact, this hovewer unlocks holy orders for most reformed religions so it can change a lot.

    More news follow. Pope announces beginning of crusades, because Rome is in the hands of Cathar Duke. Given how much Europe is still in turmoil, and Catholicism being a heresy of Waldensianism, I wish them best of luck ;). Then the usual notification spam about various holy orders emerging follow. Initially miss the chance to check if those holy orders already spawn Waldensian or still Catholic and the AI will have to do another round of switching between them to get ownership of them. In this playthrough it even seems possible for AI. While looking for Pope Gregorious V I spot that Rome is not in the hands of Italian Cathar directly as stated earlier- it is administered on county level fully by Tengri Khazars. This is some adventurer though that arrived there and has no formal ties to our Khazars. Seems I'm not the only one having bad experience with them. But maybe Crusade will help us deal with them. Those pesky nomads went kinda big with holdings spreading from Transoxiana to Rome...

    Luckily for me another holy orders spawns after some time, and this time I remember to check. Turns out they spawn in dominant religion already. I was wondering how would it work, when Iconoclasm was mainstream and some Orthodox ruler took over Jerusalem to create their's holy order (Brotherhood of Holy Sepulchre). With that proof, it seems that Pope activity will help Europe unite... Under different branch of Christianity, as it is infamous to having the most holy orders in game (Templars, Hospitallers, Teutons and 2 Iberian smaller orders). For relatively cheap price in piety it will help western europe blob up. Will welcome with open arms any power that will challenge Abbasids.


    jxbd45k.jpg

    Proof that Holy Orders spawn in dominant religion

    Having nothing better to do, I analyse how did Rome ended up being Tengri. Turns out Khazar conqueror was adventurer (and werewolf xD), took surrounding Rome county in year 891 and then since 893 spread himself towards Rome. Probably won't occupy those places for long, as now christians will go balistic over that transgression. I wonder how it will affect Slavic central europe.

    By April we have to chase off again relief troops in Velsk (and we still have no single event troop to show for our effort).

    In June we catch some Vepsian 600 troops, that were moving around and waiting for opportunity to capture back one of taken tribes. They are easily crushed.

    Warcamps construction finishes in Bakshira and Belaya by 21st of September, as nomad agitation alarm vanishes.


    NtlZZDJ.jpg

    Silent front. Just patroling and dealing with small forces.

    November forces us to deal with Vepsian troops once more. Then 2 weeks later our spymaster generates another 50 culture tech points. I check how the building of Great Library in Udmurts progressed and we are 30.5% done.

    After killing every last Vepsian year ends and so this part comes to a conclusion.
     
    • 3Like
    • 1Love
    Reactions:
    Economic Summary: Perm Year 900
  • CKPwd5F.jpg

    Economic Report: Perm Year - 900

    Realm size: 43
    Yearly Income: 27,74
    Treasury: 19.563 (+504 in currently held investors, lost mercenary band :()
    Number of Cities in Realm: 0
    Number of Cities in Personal Demense: 0
    Number of Prosperity Province Modifiers: 4
    Number of Holding Slots Generated: 3
    Number of Great Works: 0 (1 under construction)
    Global Construction Speed modifier: -5%
    Global Construction Cost modifier: 0%

    5 Highest Income Realms (Yearly Income)
    1. Abbasid Empire (824,80)
    2. Bizantine Empire (335,83)
    3. Pala Empire [Bengal Empire] (314.41)
    4. Kingdom of England (215.24)
    5. Republic of Venice (185,91)
    Honorable Mentions:
    Republic of Amalfi (370.72)(Richest Trade republic /Under Byzantines),
    Frisia (Dutch France during huge civil war that split them evenly into 160 and 110 income parts)

    5 Wealthiest Counties Worldwide (Province Wealth)
    1. Venezia (191,9)(would be 280,67 if not partially looted)
    2. Al-Iskandariyya (219,0)(would be 276,52 if not partially looted)
    3. Constantinopole (217,2)
    4. Basra (209,3)
    5. Jerusalem (207,5)

    Additional Comment on worldstate: Abbasids are close to 1000 realm size. I doubt there is stopping them with their close to 50.000 army, as they took over all of Northern Africa, now are killing tribals on the other side of Sahara and soon Persia will get absorbed into their de jure empire further increasing levies. Anatolia also went to them, as Armenian were so focused on killing Byzantines that they got anexed by muslims really close. On topic of everyone favourite greek empire - they are falling. Currently at 13.000-14.000 army size, lost their southern holdings in Anatolia (together with holy site) to khazar tengri adventurer, who probably soon will get gobbled by green blob. Also they have possessions in Italy (which is a mess). At this point I might root for Bulgharia to convert into Orthodox and take over as new Byzantines. Dutch France is either in civil war between Dutch and French nobles of diferrent christianity denominations or is getting invaded by Cathar Anglo-Saxons, who are on the rise (they subjugated Irish and are currently the powerhouse in western europe after securing foothhold in Normandy). Navarra is on it's way to unite Spain, Italy is fragmented (Rome is under Tengri Khazar adventurer currently) and new Bavarian liberator king with huge army might make a bid to unite Germany. Scandinavia pittered out - Svibjod managed to convert from Reformed Germanic to Old Germanic and Finland which was previously bastion of Old Germanism, decided it likes Reformed version of this religion better. All since last update. Nomads are currently divided into 3 power blocks: Khazars to the west, Pechenegs in the middle and Kirghiz in the east. There was a change in India - Tibet liberated itself from Chinese and made a huge move into de jure Rajashtan, gobbling Pratihara and shielding both Bengal and southern India kingdoms from Arabs. Trade republic of Pisa (and Genoa) ceased to exist, so it is only Venezia and Amalfi currently. World seems to became somewhat poorer since last update and new age of huge religion wars (now with holy orders) probably will initiate phase of unifications.
     
    Last edited:
    • 3Like
    • 1
    Reactions: